SUPREME COURT OF NOVA SCOTIA  
Citation: R v. Colpitts, 2018 NSSC 40  
Date: 2018-03-09  
Docket: Halifax, Nova Scotia, CRH No. 346068  
Registry: Halifax  
Between:  
Her Majesty the Queen  
v.  
Robert Blois Colpitts and Daniel Frederick Potter  
LIBRARY HEADING  
The Honourable Justice Kevin Coady  
Judge:  
Heard:  
November 16, 2015 to November 7, 2017, in Halifax,  
Nova Scotia  
March 9, 2018  
Written Decision:  
Subject:  
Criminal law; securities; conspiracy; fraud; intent to defraud;  
fraudulently affecting the public market price of shares; co-  
conspirators’ exception to the hearsay rule; Section 465(1)(c)  
conspiracy to commit market fraud contrary to s 380(2);  
Section 465(1)(c) conspiracy to commit fraud contrary to  
s. 380(1)(a); Section 380(2) market fraud; Section 380(1)(a)  
fraud on the public over $5,000; Section 380(1)(a) fraud  
on persons both known and unknown, over $5,000.  
The defendants were charged with fraud and conspiracy to  
commit fraud related to the market price of Knowledge House  
Inc. (“KHI”) shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange. It was  
alleged that between January 2000 and August 2001, the  
defendants, together with B. Clarke and ten unindicted co-  
conspirators, developed and implemented a sophisticated  
Summary:  
market manipulation scheme to artificially maintain the price  
of KHI shares to counteract the impact of the dot-com crash,  
attract new investment, maintain access to credit sources, and  
protect their personal net worth. It was alleged that the  
defendants and other conspirators defrauded numerous  
individuals and financial institutions of amounts in excess of  
$20 million.  
(1) Were the defendants (or any of them) guilty of  
Issues:  
conspiracy to commit market fraud contrary to s. 380(2)?  
(2) Were the defendants (or any of them) guilty of  
conspiracy to commit fraud contrary to s. 380(1)(a)?  
(3) Were the defendants (or any of them) guilty of market  
fraud contrary to s. 380(2)?  
(4) Were the defendants (or any of them) guilty of fraud on  
the public over $5,000 contrary to s. 380(1)(a)?  
(5) Were the defendants (or any of them) guilty of fraud on  
persons both known and unknown over $5,000 contrary to  
s. 380(1)(a)?  
The Crown proved beyond a reasonable doubt that the  
defendants, together with Clarke and ten unindicted co-  
conspirators, developed and implemented a multi-faceted  
scheme to manipulate the KHI share price on the Toronto  
Stock Exchange. The conspirators employed a variety of  
manipulative techniques to artificially maintain the KHI share  
price including buy-side domination, sell-side suppression,  
material non-disclosure, undisclosed incentives, parking  
stock, and high closing the stock.  
Result:  
The Crown proved beyond a reasonable doubt that the  
defendants, together with the other conspirators, acted with an  
intention to defraud. Their objective was to artificially  
maintain the KHI share price creating a false impression of  
retail demand for the stock for the specific purpose of  
attracting new investors. They suppressed sales and regularly  
high-closed the stock in advance of large investments to  
ensure that the deals would close.  
From March 2000 to August 2001, the conspirators spent  
more than $11 million buying over 50% of the KHI shares  
that crossed the Exchange. Their conduct, which largely  
immunized the stock against the significant downward  
pressure on the share price caused by the dot-com crash,  
created an artificial price for KHI shares.  
The actions of the defendants not only put the economic  
interests of existing and potential KHI shareholders at risk,  
but caused significant economic loss to numerous investors,  
known and unknown, and financial institutions.  
In accordance with the Kienapple rule against multiple  
convictions for the same wrongdoing, each defendant was  
convicted of conspiracy to commit market fraud contrary to  
s. 380(2) and market fraud contrary to s. 380(2).  
THIS INFORMATION SHEET DOES NOT FORM PART OF THE COURT'S DECISION.  
QUOTES MUST BE FROM THE DECISION, NOT THIS LIBRARY SHEET.  
SUPREME COURT OF NOVA SCOTIA  
Citation: R. v. Colpitts, 2018 NSSC 40  
Date: 2018-03-09  
Docket: Halifax, Nova Scotia, CRH No. 346068  
Registry: Halifax  
Between:  
Her Majesty The Queen  
v.  
Robert Blois Colpitts and Daniel Frederick Potter  
Decision on the Prosecution  
The Honourable Justice Kevin Coady  
Judge:  
Heard:  
November 16, 2015 to November 7, 2017, in  
Halifax, Nova Scotia.  
March 9, 2018  
Written Decision:  
Counsel:  
James Martin, Mark Covan and Scott Millar, for the Crown  
Brian H. Greenspan and Jane O’Neill, Q.C. for Daniel Potter  
R. Blois Colpitts, Self-Represented  
Page 2  
By the Court:  
Introduction  
[1] The saga of Knowledge House Incorporated (KHI) has dominated  
discussion in the business and investment community in Nova Scotia for the past  
17 years. This publicly-traded e-learning company collapsed in August 2001,  
resulting in significant financial losses to both individuals and financial  
institutions. Daniel Potter was KHI’s Chief Executive Officer. Blois Colpitts was  
legal counsel and Lead Director. Bruce Clarke was an investment advisor at the  
Halifax office of National Bank Financial Ltd. (“NBFL”) where KHI insiders  
conducted much of their securities business.  
[2] The circumstances surrounding the demise of KHI attracted the attention of  
the Nova Scotia Securities Commission. The Commission investigator concluded  
that several KHI officials, including Messrs. Potter, Colpitts and Clarke, may have  
been involved in a scheme to manipulate the price of KHI shares on the Toronto  
Stock Exchange (“TSX”) in 2000-2001. These concerns resulted in a referral in  
2003 to the RCMP for the purposes of a criminal investigation. On March 17,  
2011, the Crown preferred an indictment against all three, alleging fraud and a  
conspiracy to commit fraud related to the market price for KHI shares. The years  
between preferring the indictment and the start of the trial on November 16, 2015  
were consumed by various pre-trial applications, mostly concerning disclosure  
issues.  
[3] This has been an extremely lengthy, complex and challenging trial. The  
Crown called 57 witnesses and Mr. Colpitts called 18 witnesses, including himself.  
Mr. Potter elected not to call evidence. Mr. Clarke entered a guilty plea in the  
early weeks of the trial and was sentenced to three years’ incarceration. The  
evidence and submissions consumed in excess of 160 trial days over a two-year  
period. Additionally, the defendants advanced 16 mid-trial applications. The  
parties exhibited thousands of documents contained in 184 exhibits, including  
Exhibit 1, which contains 5,672 electronic documents and over 800  
communications. The evidence lacked narrative, as most of the testimony  
consisted of commentary on the documentation. At the conclusion of evidence, the  
parties filed post-trial briefs and made oral submissions. The Crown’s post-trial  
brief was 247 pages in length.  
Page 3  
[4] The events surrounding the demise of KHI also resulted in several civil  
actions brought by and against a number of KHI insiders including Mr. Potter and  
Mr. Colpitts. Those actions were heard and decided in 2012. They produced  
voluminous documentation that formed part of the evidence in this criminal trial.  
History of KHI  
[5] In order to fully understand this lengthy and complex prosecution, it is  
helpful to review the history of KHI. This company was founded by Dr. Bernard  
Schelew in 1984 as Knowledge House Publishing Limited. In 1988, the company  
obtained a listing on the Montreal Stock Exchange. Daniel Potter was a member of  
the Board of Directors at that time.  
[6] In 1991, Daniel Potter and Gary Blandford founded a company called the  
Information Technology Institute (“ITI”). Its purpose was to educate post-graduate  
students in information technology systems. In 1998, Mr. Potter sold his interest in  
ITI to Torstar, resigned from the Board and took a controlling interest in KHI. Mr.  
Colpitts, the company’s legal counsel, assumed Mr. Potter’s seat on the Board of  
KHI.  
[7] With Mr. Potter as Chief Executive Officer, the company reinvented itself.  
It transitioned from a medical education software developer to “a learning,  
performance support and information technology company.” The vision for KHI  
was the complete overhaul of the K-12 and post-secondary education system  
through the introduction of collaborative, problem-based learning programs.  
[8] Although management’s end goal was for KHI to be a pure e-learning  
company, the business began as a provider of school technology infrastructure. In  
the summer of 1999, KHI acquired Micronet Information Systems Limited and  
Innovative Systems Limited, two Nova Scotia companies with lucrative  
government contracts to supply computer hardware, software, warranty support,  
and installation services to a K-12 public education system. These contracts,  
which were good until early 2001, provided KHI with an early revenue stream.  
Also in 1999, KHI acquired Silicon Island Art & Innovation Centre Limited and  
the Centre for Distance Education (“CD-Ed”). The former was a business  
incubation centre while the latter was a distance learning centre.  
[9] The acquisitions of these companies were not done with cash. Instead, their  
principals received large blocks of KHI shares (4.5 million plus) that were to be  
held in escrow and they agreed to become employees of KHI. They were also  
Page 4  
provided with warrants which gave them the opportunity to purchase further KHI  
shares from treasury in the future at an agreed-upon price.  
[10] In addition to the government contracts, KHI brought in significant revenue  
through a limited partnership offering (the “KHLP” or “LP”). Limited partnership  
units were sold to investors throughout 1998 and 1999, raising $3.45 million for  
the company. The revenues were earmarked to finance research and development  
of KHI’s proprietary learning programs. Other smaller sources of revenue for the  
company included tuition sales of career skill development courses offered by CD-  
Ed and rental revenue from Silicon Island.  
[11] By the end of 1999, KHI had grown from less than 20 employees to 120. At  
that time, as a result of restructuring of Canadian capital markets, the Montreal  
Stock Exchange ceased trading in equities. Notwithstanding KHI’s small  
shareholder base, the company began trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange on  
December 6, 1999. One week later KHI entered into an agreement with the  
Ashford Group, builders and operators of technologically-advanced schools in  
Nova Scotia. Under the agreement, KHI, in partnership with IBM Canada  
Limited, would provide technology and services for 15 schools being constructed  
in 2000. The agreement was valued at $17.6 million, plus additional annual  
amounts of approximately $750,000 for 20 years, for maintenance and updating of  
technology in the schools. On January 21, 2000, KHI also reached an agreement  
with the Strait Regional School Board to collaborate in developing a new  
curriculum for distributed learning environments.  
[12] The early success of KHI was closely followed in the local press. For  
example, the Halifax Chronicle Herald published an article in its March 30, 2000,  
issue entitled, “Knowledge House Embarks on Road Show with IBM; Halifax  
Firm High on Learning. In later editions, articles with the following headlines  
appeared: “Lifelong Learning – Dan Potter of Knowledge House on a Mission to  
Market Education” and “Firm Taking High School High Tech”. The future for  
KHI looked bright.  
[13] In March 2000, the tech bubble1 burst, causing public interest in  
technology stocks to decline dramatically. Starting in April 2000, stock prices in  
the technology sector would fall until well into 2001.  
1Also known as the “dot-com bubble”.  
Page 5  
[14] On March 23, 2000, KHI released its annual report for the fiscal year ending  
December 31, 1999. The company’s revenue for that period was $18,238,000 a  
dramatic increase over the $813,319 reported the previous year. KHI reported a  
profit of $528,000, up from $123,390 the previous year. On March 29, 2000, KHI  
announced a strategic national partnership with IBM Canada to work together to  
jointly market, install, and support their collective portfolio of offerings.  
[15] On May 25, 2000, KHI released its first-quarter results. Revenue for the  
three-month period was $7,582,724 compared with $364,587 in the first quarter of  
the previous fiscal year. Net earnings were $102,070 as compared with $75,796 in  
1999. On August 25, 2000, KHI released its second-quarter financial results for  
the period ending June 30, 2000. Revenue was $15,397,712 compared with  
$979,394 the previous year. Profits increased to $105,000 compared with $55,111  
in the second quarter of the previous year.  
[16] The months of August and September 2000 saw three individuals make  
significant pre-arranged market purchases of KHI stock. On August 3, Derek  
Banks, through his company Plastics Maritime, purchased $1 million worth of  
shares from Mr. Potter’s RRSP account. Between August 29 and September 8,  
Ben Barthe, a German investor, purchased $1.7 million worth of shares. On  
September 7, 2000, David Fountain, through his company Longwood Investments,  
purchased approximately $2 million worth of shares.  
[17] In October 2000, Dr. Lutz Ristow, a friend of Ben Barthe, became interested  
in investing in KHI. On November 15, 2000, the two friends signed a Subscription  
Agreement under which they agreed to purchase 500,000 units of KHI for a total  
price of $3,250,000. Each unit was comprised of one KHI common share and one  
warrant to purchase another KHI share from treasury at a later date. The parties  
agreed that the investment would be paid for in four equal installments of  
$812,500, payable on November 15, 2000, February 15, 2001, May 15, 2001, and  
August 15, 2001.  
[18] KHI released its third-quarter financial results on November 20, 2000.  
Revenue for the period ending September 30, 2000, was $12,540,842 as compared  
with $3,493,087 in the previous fiscal year. Net earnings were down somewhat.  
KHI attributed the level of net income to the fact that the company had grown  
rapidly over the previous two years and had invested in increased staff and  
infrastructure. By the end of 2000, publicly-available information suggested that  
all was well at KHI. Despite the dot-com crash in March, the stock price had  
Page 6  
remained relatively stable. The company was receiving positive attention in the  
local media. Significant investments by Mr. Fountain, Mr. Banks, Dr. Ristow and  
Mr. Barthe were in place. On the outside, KHI appeared to be an “up-and-comer”  
that was beating the odds. Behind closed doors, however, the company was in  
financial distress.  
[19] On January 15, 2001, Mr. Potter circulated a memo to KHI Directors  
advising them they urgently needed to raise $3 million in new equity to support the  
company’s growth and operations. He explained that the company had made a  
“significant error” during 2000 by directing too much of its new investments to  
market (non-treasury) share purchases. Of the $14 million in new block share  
purchases received in 2000, only $2.5 million was invested in the treasury of the  
company. Mr. Potter further advised that on December 15, 2000, Royal Bank of  
Canada had reduced KHI’s operating line of credit from $3.5 million to $500,000.  
This development added urgency to the need for new investment in the company.  
KHI struggled to attract new investors and, as time went on, the company’s  
financial situation became dire. Meanwhile, in April 2001, Mr. Potter was named  
Chairman of Nova Scotia Business Inc., the agency in charge of using taxpayers’  
money to help businesses.  
[20] Having been unable to raise the necessary capital itself, KHI announced on  
August 17, 2001, that it had entered into an engagement agreement with IBK  
Capital Corp of Toronto. IBK would raise up to $5 million on KHI’s behalf by  
way of private placement of common shares or other securities. The news was not  
favourably received. That morning, several KHI shareholders received margin  
calls as a result of the collapse in the share price of ITI, Mr. Potter’s former  
company. KHI’s own stock price began a free fall, from which it never recovered.  
On September 13, 2001, KHI announced that it could not continue its operations  
due to a lack of available financing. Unable to make payroll, the company closed  
its doors.  
The Charges Against Messrs. Potter and Colpitts  
[21] The Crown alleges that Mr. Potter, Mr. Colpitts, and Mr. Clarke, along with  
ten other co-conspirators, developed and implemented a plan to artificially  
maintain the share price of KHI stock throughout 2000 and 2001. These KHI  
insiders and shareholders focused their efforts on maintaining the KHI stock prices  
rather than enhancing the company’s product. Their alleged activities resulted in  
the following charges being preferred against Mr. Potter and Mr. Colpitts:  
Page 7  
Bruce Elliott Clarke, Robert Blois Colpitts and Daniel Frederick Potter of Halifax,  
Province of Nova Scotia, stand charged:  
THAT between the 1st day of January, 2000, and the 13th day of September,  
2001, at or near Halifax in the Regional Municipality of Halifax, Province of  
Nova Scotia and elsewhere in the Province of Nova Scotia, and at or near  
Montreal in the Province of Quebec, and at or near Toronto in the Province of  
Ontario, and elsewhere in Canada and places outside of Canada:  
1.  
They did unlawfully conspire together with Bruce Elliott Clarke, Robert  
Blois Colpitts and Daniel Frederick Potter, the one with the other or others of  
them, and with person or persons unknown or unnamed, by deceit, falsehood or  
other fraudulent means, with intent to defraud, to unlawfully affect the public  
market price of shares of Knowledge House Incorporated contrary to Section  
380(2) of the Criminal Code and did thereby commit an offence contrary to  
Section 465(1)(c) of the Criminal Code.  
2.  
AND FURTHERMORE BETWEEN THE SAME DATES AND AT  
PLACES AFORESAID they did, by deceit, falsehood or other means, with intent  
to defraud, affect the public market price of shares of Knowledge House  
Incorporated, contrary to Section 380(2) of the Criminal Code.  
3.  
AND FURTHERMORE BETWEEN THE SAME DATES AND AT  
PLACES AFORESAID they did by deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent means  
defraud the public in respect of the market for shares of Knowledge House  
Incorporated, of a sum exceeding five thousand dollars, contrary to Section  
380(1)(a) of the Criminal Code.  
4.  
AND FURTHERMORE BETWEEN THE SAME DATES AND AT  
PLACES AFORESAID they did by deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent means  
defraud persons, both known and unknown, in respect of the market for shares of  
Knowledge House Incorporated, of a sum exceeding five thousand dollars,  
contrary to Section 380(1)(a) of the Criminal Code.  
5.  
[Omitted, as it relates to Mr. Clarke only.]  
6.  
They did unlawfully conspire together with Bruce Elliott Clarke, Robert  
Blois Colpitts and Daniel Frederick Potter, the one with the other or others of  
them, and with person or persons unknown, or unnamed, by deceit, falsehood or  
other fraudulent means, to defraud the public, and persons both known and  
unknown, in respect of the market for shares in Knowledge House Incorporated,  
of a sum exceeding five thousand dollars, contrary to Section 380(1)(a) of the  
Criminal Code and did thereby commit an offence contrary to Section 465(1)(c)  
of the Criminal Code.  
[22] The Crown alleges that from January 2000 until the collapse of KHI in  
August 2001, these defendants maintained the price of the stock at an artificially  
high level. The Crown alleges these actions were taken to maintain access to credit  
Page 8  
sources, to entice new investments and to protect the defendants’ personal net  
worth. The Crown alleges the defendants utilized the following techniques:  
1) Market Domination:  
[23] Domination of the buy side involves the intentional maintenance of the stock  
price by purchasing a high percentage of the shares offered for sale by retail  
shareholders. This conduct compensates for a lack of retail demand and creates a  
misleading impression of liquidity in the market. Unsuspecting investors who  
assume that the current price is the product of genuine supply and demand are  
duped into paying more for the stock than they otherwise would. Price and  
liquidity are key considerations for investors and manipulative market domination  
creates misleading impressions of both. The Crown’s expert, Langley Evans,  
described market domination at paras. 51 and 52 of his report:  
With sufficient financial resources, it is possible to artificially influence the price  
by overwhelming the market and buying all the stock made available. One person  
or a group with sufficient money can buy enough of the stock to move the price  
up or maintain price at the level of their choosing for as long as their financial  
capacity allows.  
For very large publicly traded companies, such as a large chartered bank in the  
Canadian markets, the amount of buying required to move the price can make  
manipulating the price an impractical undertaking. However, for the securities of  
smaller public companies that are more thinly traded (i.e. illiquid), it can be  
feasible to influence the price and do so with far less funding. For this reason,  
targets of stock manipulation are frequently micro-cap or small cap public  
companies.  
[24] Mr. Evans recognized in his testimony, however, that purchasing a high  
percentage of the shares available on the market is entirely lawful if those  
purchases are made for legitimate investment purposes. After all, every legitimate  
trade can have an impact on share prices. It is only where the purchases are made  
with the primary intent of affecting the stock price that they become manipulative.  
2) Sales Suppression  
[25] Suppression of the sell side means taking steps to ensure that as little stock is  
sold as possible. Sales suppression eliminates downward pressure on the share  
price by preventing existing shareholders from selling their shares on the market.  
This can be accomplished by way of incentives, pressure tactics, ignoring sell  
Page 9  
orders, collusion among large shareholders, requiring permission before selling and  
withholding share certificates. The Crown’s expert discussed this technique at  
para. 58 of his report:  
Selling stock puts downward pressure on the stock price, so any selling activity is  
contrary to persons who wish to artificially raise or maintain the stock price.  
This technique interferes with the natural laws of supply and demand and lends to  
the impression that investors are confident with their investment.  
3) High Closing the Stock:  
[26] The closing price of a stock is the final price at which a security is traded on  
a given day. It represents the most up-to-date valuation of a security until trading  
commences on the next trading day. High closing refers to the practice of entering  
the market, usually late in the day, and purchasing (or offering to purchase) stocks  
at increasing prices to give a false impression of favorable performance. The  
closing price is important to investors for at least two reasons. First, regardless of  
how well a stock performs throughout the day, it is the closing price that is  
published in the media. Second, the closing price is used to set a stock’s value for  
margin account purposes. The Crown’s expert discussed high closing at para. 38  
of his report:  
Closing prices are particularly important because they are used for margin  
calculations and portfolio valuations, and are widely publicized in market  
information systems and financial newspapers. This makes affecting the closing  
price an attractive objective to persons wishing to manipulate the market of a  
specific securities [sic]. The technique of ‘high closing’ is often used to meet this  
objective. High closing is the practice of entering one or a series of orders for the  
purpose of raising the closing trade price or the closing bid price for the security  
from what it would otherwise be if left to the ordinary forces of supply and  
demand.  
The most dramatic and easily recognizable examples of high closing involve  
purchase orders that are entered very near the end of a trading session and that  
increase the last trade price for the security by a significant amount.  
[27] Not every instance of the market closing high is a manipulation. A stock  
might end on an uptick any given day, purely by chance.2 A legitimate bid  
2An uptick is when the stock trades at a higher price than that of the previous trade.  
Page 10  
entered early in the trading day might not be hit until minutes before the market  
closes. Manipulative intent can be demonstrated through direct evidence in the  
form of statements of intention, or it may be inferred through the surrounding  
circumstances, such as frequency, patterns and context. The advantage gained by  
high closing is short-lived because the market starts fresh the next day.  
Consequently a pattern of high closing is required to maintain an artificially high  
stock price over a period of time.  
4) The Use of Margin Accounts:  
[28] In addition to allowing clients to purchase shares with cash, many  
brokerages offer margin accounts. Trading on margin plays a significant role in  
this trial and warrants a detailed explanation. Margin trading allows clients to buy  
securities with borrowed money. The collateral for the borrowed funds is the  
securities in the investor’s account. Trading on margin increases an investor’s  
purchasing power, enabling them to buy more stock than they can afford to pay for  
out of pocket. Margin trading is a double-edged sword. It can lead to greater gains  
when stock values increase. It also exposes the investor to far more substantial  
losses when values drop.  
[29] To buy securities on margin, you must sign a margin agreement with your  
dealer and deposit enough cash or securities to meet the margin requirement for the  
securities you intend to purchase. The margin requirement dictates the minimum  
amount of equity that a client must contribute toward the purchase. It is usually  
expressed as a percentage of the current market value of the particular security.  
Margin requirements are set by the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization  
of Canada. In 2000-2001, they were set by its predecessor, the Investment Dealers  
Association. The margin requirements set by these bodies are only minimums,  
however, and individual brokerages may set more conservative requirements. Any  
equity available that exceeds the margin requirements for the securities in the  
account is known as excess margin. Excess margin can be used to purchase new  
securities or to add to an existing position.  
[30] Margin account holders must always maintain adequate margin in the  
account to meet margin requirements or they are at risk of receiving a margin call.  
A margin call is a demand that the investor deposit additional cash or securities to  
bring the account back up to the margin requirement. The dealer reserves the right  
to sell the securities in a margin account in order to bring the account back to good  
standing. Once you receive a margin call, you must decide whether to deposit  
Page 11  
sufficient cash or securities into the account or to liquidate some of your shares. If  
you fail to respond to the margin call, the investment dealer is entitled to sell some  
of the securities in the account.  
[31] One way to lower the risk of a margin call is to maintain a diversified  
portfolio in your account. If a single stock represents a significant percentage of  
your portfolio, you have what is known as a concentrated position. Maintaining a  
concentrated position presents an increased risk because a drop in the stock’s value  
suggesting reduced demand in the market can trigger a chain reaction. The  
drop in the share price may bring the account below the margin requirement,  
resulting in a margin call. If you are unable to respond to the margin call by  
depositing cash or marginable securities into the account, your dealer may sell off  
some of your stock. Depending on the liquidity of the stock, adding more shares to  
the sell side of the market may increase downward pressure on the share price,  
further reducing the margin in your account, and so on.  
[32] The theory of the Crown is that the defendants and the alleged co-  
conspirators used their margin accounts to dominate the market, and that, when  
necessary, they worked to raise the price of the stock to avoid margin calls on their  
highly-concentrated accounts.  
5) The Use of Nominees  
[33] Nominees can be used to disguise the true nature of trading. The Crown’s  
expert described this technique at paras. 53-55 of his report:  
Nominees can be used to disguise the true nature of the trading. If all the trading  
emanated from one account, a manipulative scheme might become obvious and  
easily detected. However, if the activity is spread among several accounts, it can  
appear that the trading is coming from independent decisions, and lending more  
of an impression of consensus on the security’s pricing in the market.  
Fragmenting the trading into different accounts can also circumvent insider trade  
reporting requirements. Securities Acts typically require directors, officers or  
shareholders of greater than 10% to publicly report their trading, either 10 days  
after month end or 10 days after the trade, depending on the jurisdiction. By  
using nominee accounts in the names of persons outside these categories, the  
insider reporting requirement can be avoided and help keep trading by insiders  
hidden from public view.  
Nominees can vary widely in their knowledge of a manipulative scheme ranging  
from little or no knowledge to completely informed and active participants.  
Nominees are, however, generally at least aware that their accounts are being used  
Page 12  
in some way for trading in the security. Where a scheme relies heavily on the  
trading by a specific account or a handful of specific accounts, those accounts are  
sometimes referred to, in trading street slang, as the ‘box account’ or ‘box  
accounts’.  
[34] The use of nominees by the defendants forms part of the Crown’s theory of  
manipulation.  
6) Parking Stock:  
[35] Parking stock can be seen as a sub-category of sales suppression. It refers to  
placing large blocks of stock in the account of a complicit nominee or an unwitting  
client and ensuring that the stock never gets sold. The Crown’s expert discussed  
this practice at para. 56 of his report:  
This technique is a variation on the use of nominees and requires the assistance of  
a broker participating in the scheme. The broker buys and holds stock without the  
knowledge or consent of the accountholder. The stock purchases can be used to  
support the market and holding the stock in the account assists in restricting the  
supply of stock during the period of the manipulation. To park stock, typically  
the accountholder is vulnerable through a combination of complacency, lack of  
sophistication, or dependency on the broker.  
[36] This technique fulfills a manipulative agenda in that it responds to a market  
where there are few, if any, buyers in the market for a particular stock.  
7) The Use of Incentives:  
[37] The stock market is meant to be comprised of independent buyers and sellers  
making decisions based on legitimate investment goals. When a conspirator offers  
incentives either to buy or to refrain from selling, the recipient is no longer making  
investment decisions based solely on the stock itself, but on other considerations as  
well. If an incentive is not disclosed, the public is duped and the fair market  
breaks down. The Crown’s expert discussed incentives at para. 57 of his report:  
Creating artificial demand for the stock by providing financial incentives can also  
advance a manipulative agenda. Incentives can take different forms, such as  
making stock available at far below the quoted market in return for an agreement  
to make further market purchases of the security. Alternatively, existing investors  
who are potential sellers can be provided financial inducements to refrain from or  
delaying [sic] selling their stock.  
[38] Langley Evans gave evidence on this technique as follows:  
Page 13  
[If] the agenda is to artificially increase or maintain the price at a level higher than  
what it would be otherwise, you would see incentives provided to buy and  
penalties for selling or incentives not to sell. And those would be all ways of  
artificially influencing the supply or constraining it and enhancing the demand.  
8) The Use of a Box Account:  
[39] In 2000-2001, Bruce Clarke was an investment advisor at NBFL’s Halifax  
office. His son, Steven Clarke, also worked at NBFL providing administrative  
support to his father. Bruce Clarke was the investment advisor for Mr. Potter, Mr.  
Colpitts and the majority of the alleged co-conspirators. Mr. Clarke owned a  
private investment company named 2317540 Nova Scotia Limited. It held a  
margin account at NBFL that has become known as “the 540 account”.  
Historically, this account was relatively inactive.  
[40] The Crown alleges that between January and March 2000, the alleged co-  
conspirators (known as the “control group”) infused the 540 account with cash and  
securities to enable it to buy and sell KHI shares in the coming months. It is  
alleged that the alleged co-conspirators used this account as their principal box  
account to manipulate the price of KHI stock on the Toronto Stock Exchange.  
They often referred to it as “the orderly market account”.  
[41] The Crown alleges that Mr. Potter controlled the 540 account and, as such, it  
was his nominee account. By using the 540 account to make purchases, the  
defendants were able to soak up any KHI shares coming to the market while  
avoiding insider reporting requirements.  
9) Non-Disclosure of Material Information:  
[42] Investors’ decisions to buy, sell or hold must be fully informed. An investor  
has the right to know the material facts surrounding the business of a company and  
its stock. This right is protected by legislation. The Crown’s expert described  
material disclosure as follows:  
As a reporting issuer, KHI had continuous disclosure obligations, which included  
preparing and distributing financial statements and making timely announcements  
of any material changes in KHI affairs. Canadian reporting issuers must file all  
materials related to their continuous disclosure obligations of SEDAR.  
Page 14  
SEDAR is an organization that collects all publicly-available information for  
publicly-traded companies in Canada.  
[43] Non-disclosure of material information is an offence under securities law,  
but it is also a means by which a company can maintain the price of a stock. For  
example, if information that might induce a shareholder to sell is not disclosed, this  
can be a form of sales suppression.  
The Alleged Co-Conspirators  
[44] The Crown alleges that the 13 members of the “control group” collectively  
utilized the above techniques to manipulate the price of KHI stock on the Toronto  
Stock Exchange. This is not to suggest that all alleged co-conspirators utilized all  
of these techniques throughout the indictment period. The Crown alleges that each  
person in this group did something that contributed to the overall goal of the  
conspiracy, that being to illegally maintain the market price of KHI shares on the  
Toronto Stock Exchange. So who are the alleged co-conspirators?  
[45] Daniel Potter was the President and Chief Executive Officer of KHI. The  
Crown considers him to be the primary participant in this conspiracy. They allege  
that “he created it, he directed it and he controlled it.”  
[46] On March 8, 2000, Mr. Potter signed a “Guarantee Agreement” with NBFL  
in which he “unconditionally guarantees to National Bank Financial Ltd. all  
current and future debts and liabilities” of several individuals and private  
companies. The list is as follows:  
Ronald Richter of Middleton, Nova Scotia  
John F. Sullivan and Linda Sullivan of Guysborough, Nova Scotia  
Starr’s Point Capital Incorporated  
Gramm & Company Incorporated  
3020828 Nova Scotia Limited  
2532230 Nova Scotia Limited  
Knowledge House New Technology Limited Partnership  
Page 15  
Mr. Richter is Mr. Potter’s brother-in-law. Mr. Sullivan was a former  
superintendent of the Strait Regional School Board who took a position with KHI.  
The Limited Partnership was a subsidiary of KHI and the four companies were  
controlled by either Mr. Potter or his spouse, Fiona Imrie.  
[47] The Court heard evidence that the accounts covered by the cross-guarantee  
were treated as one account for margin purposes. The Crown alleges that this  
cross-guarantee allowed Mr. Potter access to these margin accounts and this  
arrangement meant that under-margin accounts could be balanced by above-margin  
accounts. It is the Crown’s theory that this guarantee gave Mr. Potter greater  
flexibility in implementing manipulative techniques. In addition, Mr. Potter had  
his own account for which he was personally responsible.  
[48] Blois Colpitts, in 2000-2001, was a very successful securities lawyer at  
Stewart McKelvey Stirling Scales. He was legal counsel to KHI and was its Lead  
Director and Chair of its Audit Committee. The Crown alleges that whenever Mr.  
Potter had a problem that needed fixing to ensure the object of the conspiracy  
continued, Mr. Colpitts stepped in to try and resolve it.  
[49] Bruce Clarke was an investment advisor in the Halifax office of NBFL in  
2000-2001. In the 1980s and early 1990s, Mr. Clarke worked as an investment  
advisor together with David Mack at a company known as J.D. Mack. Although  
the firm was named after Mr. Mack, Bruce Clarke was the controlling shareholder  
and Chief Financial Officer. In 1995, when J.D. Mack could not meet its capital  
requirements, the Canadian Investor Protection Fund took control of the firm.  
Bruce Clarke was disciplined by the Montreal Stock Exchange and J.D. Mack was  
acquired by Lévesque Beaubien Geoffrion in a mandated acquisition. Lévesque  
Beaubien Geoffrion was eventually absorbed by NBFL.  
[50] The Crown says Bruce Clarke was the broker who implemented the majority  
of the trading activity in the alleged conspiracy. A broker with access to a public  
market was an essential piece in the price maintenance scheme. The Crown  
alleges that he was in the hands of Messrs. Potter and Colpitts and, as such,  
managed the trading in all NBFL accounts for all of the alleged co-conspirators. It  
further alleges that his trading in these accounts dominated the buy side of the KHI  
market, pushing back the sell side which, if left unattended, would have driven  
down the price of the stock. Much of this buying was conducted through his 540  
account.  
Page 16  
[51] Steven Clarke is Bruce Clarke’s son and, in 2000-2001, was his employee at  
NBFL. He testified for the Crown. The Crown alleges he assisted in the  
conspiracy by entering orders at his father’s direction and regularly updating Mr.  
Potter on the status of the cross-guaranteed accounts and the margin available for  
purchasing KHI stock when there were no buyers in the market.  
[52] Calvin Wadden became part of KHI when he sold his share of Micronet to  
KHI in return for shares and a job. No cash changed hands. The Crown alleges  
that he was aware of the manipulation and, from time to time, participated fully.  
On the other hand, Mr. Wadden wanted to sell his shares to fund other projects.  
This dichotomy created considerable conflict between him and the other alleged  
co-conspirators.  
[53] Raymond Courtney became part of KHI when he sold his share of Micronet  
to KHI in return for shares and a job. No cash changed hands. The Crown alleges  
that his primary role in the conspiracy was to buy shares off the market.  
[54] Ken MacLeod, along with Donnie Snow, was the former owner of Silicon  
Island Art & Innovation Centre Limited and the Centre for Distance Learning. He  
sold his company to KHI and in return received KHI shares, an executive position  
and a seat on the Board of Directors. The Crown alleges that Mr. MacLeod was a  
“core member of the conspiracy” and for the most part he was used by Mr. Potter,  
Mr. Colpitts, Mr. Clarke and Mr. Wadden as a primary source to buy excessive  
sell-side pressure on KHI stock through his account named “FutureEd.com”.  
[55] Eric Richards was an investment advisor at Bank of Montreal Nesbitt Burns  
(“BMO NB”) in 2000-2001. He was responsible for the investment accounts of  
Mr. Wadden, Mr. Courtney and a local businessman, Steve Tsimiklis, who had  
significant holdings in KHI. The Crown says Mr. Richards knew there was no  
market for KHI shares and accepted that any sales must be conducted with the buy  
side arranged.  
[56] Steve Wilsack and Craig Dunham sold their company, Innovative Systems  
Limited, to KHI and received KHI shares as payment. The Crown’s theory is that  
Mr. Wilsack was involved in buying KHI shares on the market at increasing prices  
at the request of other members of the conspiracy. Additionally, he sought  
permission before attempting to sell his KHI shares.  
[57] Gerard McInnis, in 2000-2001, was KHI’s Senior Vice-President Finance  
and Accounting. The Crown’s theory is that in the Spring of 2001, Mr. McInnis  
Page 17  
agreed to participate in a warrant swapdeal to obtain KHI warrants that were  
then used as leverage to provide buying support for KHI shares.  
[58] Jack Sullivan and Jack Hill are also alleged to have participated in the  
Spring 2001 warrant swap deal concocted by Mr. Wadden. The theory of the  
Crown is that they acquired warrants for one cent and then exercised the warrants  
for $1.50 to acquire KHI shares from treasury. A condition of the deal was that  
once the KHI shares were in their margin accounts, the three would each borrow  
against those shares to buy 20,000 KHI shares off the market.  
[59] Shirley Locke, in 2000-2001, was an investment advisor and branch  
manager of BMO NB’s Halifax office, and a good friend of Mr. Colpitts. The  
theory of the Crown is that she encouraged her clients to buy KHI when Mr. Potter  
and Mr. Colpitts needed someone to “soak up selling pressure.”  
[60] Dr. Bernard Schelew founded the company that would become KHI. When  
he left the company, he held 1,241,725 shares. The Crown says that the defendants  
strongly discouraged Dr. Schelew from selling his shares. When he would not  
listen, the defendants revealed what they had been doing to support the market and  
Dr. Schelew became involved in the conspiracy, purchasing more shares to  
maintain the stock price.  
[61] The Crown called evidence from only two of the above conspirators: Steven  
Clarke and Gerard McInnis. Mr. Colpitts testified on his own behalf and called  
evidence from Bernard Schelew and Shirley Locke. While the defendants take  
issue with the Crown not calling additional co-conspirators, the Crown makes no  
excuses for that decision. The Crown relies on the co-conspirators exception to the  
hearsay rule to introduce contemporaneously-made correspondence between the  
alleged co-conspirators in 2000-2001. The Crown views the correspondence as  
more reliable than what the conspirators might say in oral testimony. After all,  
these exchanges were made over 15 years ago and the human memory may not be  
able to recover the detail outlined in the correspondence. There is also the danger  
the conspirators might not be forthright given their status as unindicted co-  
conspirators. Furthermore, if the defendants felt that any of the individuals who  
were not called had information friendly to the defence, they had the option of  
calling those individuals.3  
3On this point, see R. v. Cook, [1997] 1 S.C.R. 1113, [1997] S.C.J. No. 22, at para. 39.  
Page 18  
The Evidence  
[62] The Crown’s case against the defendants is built on hundreds of  
communications, a Match Trade Report (“MTR”) containing a historical record of  
every trade of KHI stock on the TSX during the relevant period, charts and  
summaries prepared by RCMP investigator Ian Black in relation to the trading of  
KHI, and opinion evidence from its expert, Langley Evans, who was provided with  
the MTR and materials prepared by Ian Black.  
[63] The defendants do not challenge the authenticity of the communications.  
They do not deny that the transactions described in those documents and confirmed  
by other evidence did indeed take place. They disagree, however, with the  
interpretation the Crown has placed on those communications and transactions, and  
the intent imputed to the defendants pursuant to that interpretation. According to  
the defendants, everything they did was legal and consistent with standard industry  
practice for management and insiders of a small-cap public company. With respect  
to allegations of high closing, they say that any illegal activity by Bruce Clarke  
was done without their knowledge.  
[64] The defendants also argue that the MTR prepared without reference to  
order tickets or contemporaneous market depth information does not paint an  
accurate picture of the market as it appeared to investors at the relevant times.  
According to the defendants, this deficiency makes the MTR, and the evidence of  
Mr. Black and Mr. Evans by extension, completely unreliable. In relation to Mr.  
Evans, they also say that his report was riddled with errors and that his conclusions  
are based on incomplete information. For this reason, they say his evidence should  
be rejected in its entirety.  
[65] I will begin by reviewing the Crown’s case against the defendants. I will  
then review the evidence led by Mr. Colpitts, and the defence submissions in  
relation to the alleged frailties of Crown’s case.  
The Crown’s Case  
[66] It is necessary to review the most important evidence led by the Crown in  
some detail in order to provide the necessary background for the defence evidence  
and submissions, and the Court’s analysis.  
The conspiracy begins  
Page 19  
[67] The Crown says the conspiracy began on December 1, 1999 when, in  
anticipation of KHI stock moving to the TSX on December 6, Dan Potter sent an e-  
mail to KHI senior vice-presidents, directors and Calvin Wadden about the “Share  
the Future Program. In the e-mail, Mr. Potter stated, “I am initiating a push to  
create overall increased demand for KHI shares on the market my personal target  
is to have an average of 10,000 shares a day trading on the exchange by the end of  
Jan. 2000.” On the same day, Mr. Potter sent an e-mail to Dr. Bernard Schelew:  
From the memo below you'll see that I am working to get the stock to progress to  
the next level. As part of this process, I will be asking each Director to help  
facilitate buy-side activity in the stock- it is a good time to do this for our  
respective friends and network because that [sic] stock has consolidated strongly  
around the $4.00 level and increased activity will tend to bring that up.  
In discussing this program with Bruce and David, they advised that Anthony  
[Phelips] wanted to sell 200,000 KHI shares - I assume that this may be connected  
to his investment your new company. I am asking you to help me in our  
initiative at this time and NOT to put sell-side pressure on the stock at this  
time. It will [sic] fine as we (with your help) find new buyers for the KHI shares,  
that Tony and anyone else wishing to invest in your company, sell so that they  
may do so. Right now, however, the emphasis needs to be on the "Goose that lays  
the Golden Eggs – KHI”)!  
Please confirm that you can keep Tony's shares from becoming a burden to  
the efforts I have initiated with David, Bruce and others to have the KHI  
stakeholders work together and support the company in this initiative.  
[Emphasis added]  
[68] According to the Crown, these e-mails show Dan Potter’s plan to get  
insiders to purchase stock with the objective of increasing the price. In addition,  
the e-mail to Dr. Schelew was the first example of Mr. Potter attempting to  
suppress sales of stock by KHI shareholders.  
[69] On December 9, Dan Potter e-mailed Bruce Clarke and told him that  
Bernard Schelew had spoken with Mr. Phelips who said he would “meditate on it”  
and call him back about his shares. One week later, Dr. Schelew e-mailed Mr.  
Potter and told him Mr. Phelips had decided “for tax reasons” to wait until January  
to sell 50,000 shares. Dr. Schelew added, “Actually, he may not sell KHI at all but  
may hang in.” Dan Potter replied to Dr. Schelew on December 16, and wrote, in  
part:  
Page 20  
By a copy of this to Bruce Clarke, I’m advising him of Tony’s decision. Please  
ensure that, when his selling intent wells up again, that we have lots of advance  
notice.  
[70] On December 6, 1999, KHI’s first day on the TSX, the stock traded between  
$4.15 and $4.30. By December 29, the stock reached $6.75 before closing the  
month at $6.25. For the month of December, 353,752 shares of KHI crossed the  
Exchange. Suspect accounts4 purchased 23,300 of those shares.  
[71] As it transpired, on January 6, Anthony Phelips did sell 45,800 of his  
200,000 shares. All but 300 were purchased by clients of Shirley Locke. Her  
clients also bought 32,200 shares from 3027748 Nova Scotia Limited, a company  
associated with Donnie Snow and Ken MacLeod. According to the Crown, this  
was because Shirley Locke was helping the defendants find buyers so that the  
share price would not go down.  
Donnie Snow sells one million KHI shares  
[72] Donnie Snow, together with Ken MacLeod, was the former owner of CD-Ed  
and Silicon Island. Unlike Mr. MacLeod, Mr. Snow decided that he did not want  
to remain an employee of KHI. Instead, he preferred to sell his shares and pursue  
other opportunities. The plan, as set out by Dan Potter in an e-mail, was for Mr.  
Snow to sell 1 million shares of KHI at $5.90 to Charles Keating on the TSX.  
Bruce Clarke would act as Mr. Keating’s broker. To come up with the 1 million  
shares, Donnie Snow would sell 840,000 shares and exercise warrants on a further  
160,000. Mr. Potter explained that in order to effect the transaction, the balance of  
the escrow on the shares of Mr. Snow and Mr. MacLeod would have to be  
released. In the spirit of fairness, the balance of Ray Courtney and Calvin  
Wadden’s shares would also be released from escrow.  
[73] On January 11, Mr. Snow sold 1 million of his KHI shares to Charles  
Keating for $5.9 million. Due in large part to that transaction, 1,574,525 shares of  
KHI crossed the Exchange during the month of January. Suspect accounts  
purchased 238,300 shares. Bruce Clarke, using the account he shared with his wife  
(the “Clarke joint account”), purchased 21,100 shares at prices ranging from $5.90  
to $7.10. Without accounting for any commissions, Bruce Clarke personally spent  
$178,280 buying KHI during January.  
4The term “suspect accounts” will be used throughout this decision to refer to accounts connected to the alleged  
conspiracy.  
Page 21  
[74] As Mr. Potter set out in his December 1, 1999 e-mail, his goal was to have  
10,000 shares trading daily by the end of January. Out of 20 trading days in  
January, over 10,000 shares traded on 13 of those days. The plan was working.  
Dan Potter directs Craig Dunham and Steve Wilsack to Bruce Clarke  
[75] Gerard McInnis testified that Steve Wilsack and Craig Dunham had  
shareholder loans payable to the company as a result of purchase adjustments  
arising from the acquisition of their companies and KHI had decided to accept  
shares as payment for those debts. To that end, Mr. McInnis e-mailed Messrs.  
Wilsack and Dunham, with copies to Dan Potter and Calvin Wadden, on February  
25, writing in part:  
Spoke with Andrew Burke5 today and he asked for you each to contact him  
regarding making arrangements for you to take possession of the shares we  
released from escrow to allow you to pay off your shareholder loan. … I had  
recommended that you deliver the shares to Bruce Clark [sic] at National Bank  
who would hold them in trust, sell them into an orderly market and forward  
proceeds to us. If you choose to use your own broker we will allow this, however  
we still request you co-ordinate the sale with Calvin so they can be sold in an  
orderly manner as to not disrupt our market position.  
[76] Mr. Potter replied the same day, writing “Sorry for the back seat driving but  
we should insist on Bruce doing the selling!” Following Mr. Potter’s instructions,  
Mr. McInnis e-mailed Wilsack and Dunham back right away:  
I apologize for flip-flop on this one..but upon speaking with Dan again he was  
more insistent on having you deliver the shares to Bruce Clarke and having Bruce  
manage the selling transactions. I would be pleased if you would honor this  
request.  
[77] The Crown says this was an early example of a pattern throughout the  
indictment period of Dan Potter convincing or requiring shareholders to place their  
shares with Bruce Clarke so that the defendants, through Mr. Clarke, could  
effectively control the trading of KHI stock. In other words, to the greatest extent  
possible, no one was going to sell KHI shares without the defendants’ knowledge  
and approval.  
5At the time, Andrew Burke was an associate at Stewart McKelvey who often did work for Mr. Colpitts.  
Page 22  
Staffing Strategists deal  
[78] By February 2000, Dan Potter was in the process of finalizing a deal to  
invest in Atlantic Canada Careers Inc. (“ACC”) and Wilson Associates Inc., two  
companies founded by Jim Wilson. Mr. Wilson testified that Wilson Associates  
was an executive recruitment company that recruited senior executives for  
businesses in Atlantic Canada and, eventually, across the country. ACC was an  
internet recruitment advertising company owned by Wilson Associates.  
Companies would place advertisements on the ACC website which gave them a  
greater reach than traditional newspaper ads.  
[79] Jim Wilson testified that he met Dan Potter in 1999 when their children were  
attending the same school. He met Mr. Colpitts socially in late 1999 through Mr.  
Potter. The business relationship between Mr. Wilson and Mr. Potter began when  
KHI used ACC to post recruitment ads for KHI. Mr. Potter was pleased with the  
results and had several discussions with Mr. Wilson about ACC’s business model.  
He asked Mr. Wilson about his vision for the company and Mr. Wilson told him  
that he wanted to grow the business. They continued their discussions until they  
devised a plan where Mr. Potter would take an equity position in the company and  
they could execute on the growth plan together.  
[80] They agreed that Mr. Potter would pay $100,000 in cash, and another  
$800,000 in shares of KHI that would be deposited into an account with Bruce  
Clarke at NBFL. Wilson Associates and ACC would be collectively renamed  
Staffing Strategists, Inc. The new company would be an executive search and  
recruitment advisory business using the internet to give hiring organizations direct  
access to target candidates.  
[81] Mr. Wilson testified that his understanding was that he would be able to sell  
the Knowledge House shares when Staffing Strategists needed cash for expansion.  
According to Mr. Wilson, that’s not how things played out. Instead, when he  
called Bruce Clarke to try and sell KHI shares, Mr. Clarke told him that he  
shouldn’t sell, and should instead borrow against the shares to raise working  
capital. Mr. Wilson testified that whenever the company found itself in need of  
cash or subject to a margin call from National Bank, Mr. Potter and Mr. Clarke  
would come up with a way to infuse some cash or bring the account back on side  
without the sale of KHI shares. For example, in January 2001, when Staffing  
Strategists needed cash, Mr. Potter and Mr. Clarke arranged for a transfer of  
95,000 shares of Anitech Enterprises into the account from a relative of Dan Potter.  
Page 23  
Staffing Strategists then sold those shares for $1.05 per share. In March 2001, the  
account received a margin call for $155,000. According to Mr. Wilson, either  
Blois Colpitts or Dan Potter came up with an opportunity for the company to  
acquire warrants from Ken MacLeod. The idea was that Staffing Strategists could  
buy the warrants at a penny per share for $2,400, then execute them at $1.50 when  
the stock was trading at around $5.40. In other words, Staffing Strategists was able  
to acquire 240,000 shares at $1.51 per share while the market value was $5.40 per  
share. This had the dual effect of bringing the account back on side while creating  
an additional $100,000 of excess margin that the company could use to fund its  
operations.  
[82] Despite further attempts by Mr. Wilson and Laura Quartermain, Staffing  
StrategistsVP Finance, to sell KHI shares, there were no sales of KHI from the  
account. Ms. Quartermain testified that Bruce Clarke was always willing to assist  
when the request was to draw on the margin account, but he would not execute  
orders to sell shares. She further testified that whenever the company needed cash,  
Dan Potter and Blois Colpitts would come up with other options, including a short  
term personal loan from Dan Potter’s wife, Fiona Imrie.  
[83] Unable to sell before the price of KHI tanked in August 2001, Staffing  
Strategists was left with a $776,000 debt to NBFL (50% of which belonged to Mr.  
Potter) that ultimately doomed the company.  
Trading volumes and share price for February 2000  
[84] During February 2000, 348,069 KHI shares crossed the Exchange. Suspect  
accounts purchased 63,000 shares. From February 2 to February 11, the Clarke  
joint account and the Bruce E. Clarke account spent a combined $253,475  
acquiring KHI shares. Accordingly, for the months of January and February 2000,  
Bruce Clarke personally spent a staggering $431,755 acquiring KHI shares  
(without accounting for commissions). In terms of the share price, the stock closed  
on February 1 at $7.25, the highest price it would reach for that month. The price  
dropped through the month and closed on February 29 at $6.60.  
Loading the 540 account and the dot-com crash  
[85] March 2000 was a particularly important month in the Crown’s case for two  
reasons: KHI insiders loaded the 540 account with shares and cash so that it could  
start trading in KHI, and the “tech bubble” burst.  
Page 24  
[86] As of December 31, the 540 account a corporate account belonging to  
Bruce Clarke contained cash ($169.21) and securities (12,970.34) amounting to  
$13,139.55 in value. It did not hold any KHI shares, but contained several stocks  
ranging in value from a low of six cents to a high of $1.48. On March 3, 2000,  
Dan Potter authorized the transfer of $100,000 to the 540 account from the NBFL  
margin account of 2532230 Nova Scotia Limited (the “230 account”), a company  
owned by Mr. Potter’s wife. Bruce Clarke was the investment advisor on the  
account. Six days later, the 540 account received 220,000 shares of KHI as a  
“loan” from Calvin Wadden. As a result of both transactions, the account’s equity  
increased from just over $13,000 to more than $1.6 million. With KHI’s margin  
requirement of 50%, the 540 account acquired $850,000 in loan-value-based  
buying power and immediately started buying KHI stock.  
[87] According to the Crown’s expert, Langley Evans, the 540 account was  
clearly a nominee for the control group. He wrote, at para. 106 of his report:  
Clarke’s status as a registered broker, combined with the receipt of assets from  
KHI insiders and associates coincident with the start of heavy KHI trading  
activity by the 540 account … lead me to the opinion that the 540 account was a  
nominee for the Group. The activity in the 540 account in the following months  
is also consistent with playing a nominee role in the Group’s trading. All these  
factors surrounding the 540 account are indicators consistent with a manipulative  
agenda. Clarke appears to be a fully knowledgeable and willing participant in the  
Group’s agenda.  
[88] Just as the 540 account was getting on its feet, the “tech bubble” burst.  
Interest in technology stocks plummeted. The Court heard evidence that from  
1995 until March 2000, investors were throwing money at anything and everything  
related to technology or the internet. Venture capital for technology-related  
companies was widely available, making financing relatively easy for untested  
business models. A tech company could go public without a proven track record  
of profitability and be rewarded with a high stock market valuation. These  
valuations were not based on fundamentals like cash flow and profit record, but on  
metrics like website traffic. Stock prices in the technology sector climbed and  
climbed.  
[89] This exuberant market lasted until March 2000, when the consensus  
emerged that most of these companies had been significantly overvalued. Once the  
market returned to more traditional ways of valuing stocks, the valuations for many  
tech companies dropped and the market crashed. In other words, the bubble burst.  
Page 25  
Many of the same companies that had thrived in the earlier boom market failed  
when their businesses proved unsustainable and they could no longer obtain  
financing.  
[90] From this point forward, the Crown says there was tremendous pressure on  
KHI insiders to keep the stock price from plummeting like so many others had.  
Trading volumes and share price for March 2000  
[91] During March, 735,052 KHI shares crossed the Exchange. The stock traded  
in the $6.00 to $7.00 range until March 23, when KHI released positive financial  
results. The market reacted, driving up the share price. Trading volumes increased  
significantly over the next eight days, with the price reaching a high of $9.85 on  
March 29. On March 31, the stock closed at $8.40.  
[92] Suspect accounts6 spent $738,971 buying KHI stock in March. The 540  
account alone spent over $500,000. In his report, Langley Evans described the  
trading by the 540 account during March as “suspicious”. He explained at paras.  
104-105:  
The early trading by the 540 account is fortuitous. Between March 3 and March  
24, the 540 account accumulates over 30,000 KHI shares at prices between $6.35  
and $6.75. KHI released encouraging financial results on March 23. The market  
responded favourably to these results and price for KHI shares increased  
significantly. From March 28 to 31, the 540 account is a net seller of several  
thousand shares at prices ranging from $7.35 to $8.75.  
This trading is suspicious. Given that the trading immediately precedes the  
favourable announcement of company profits combined with Clarke’s association  
with insiders of KHI, the activity raised the prospect of illegal insider trading (i.e.  
trading with knowledge of undisclosed material information.  
Eric Richards joins BMO Nesbitt Burns  
[93] In April 2000, Eric Richards, an investment advisor with Financial Concepts  
Group, joined Bank of Montreal Nesbitt Burns. Several individuals from BMO  
NB were called as witnesses in this trial. Bruno Falvo, a member of the Risk  
Management Group at the relevant time, testified that he became aware of KHI in  
6The 540 account, Sandra Clarke, Clarke joint account and Starr’s Point Capital.  
Page 26  
April 2000 when he learned that Mr. Richards, a new investment advisor, wanted  
to bring in several heavily margined client accounts containing concentrated  
holdings in KHI. These included the accounts of Calvin Wadden, Ray Courtney  
and Steve Tsimiklis. Due to the size of the loans and the degree of concentration,  
the accounts could not be transferred in without review and approval by the Risk  
Management Committee.  
[94] Mr. Falvo looked into KHI stock and reported to Charyl Galpin, Chief  
Admin Officer and Chair of the Risk Management Committee, that the stock was  
very illiquid, trading only 3,000-10,000 shares per day. Mr. Falvo testified that a  
stock would not be considered liquid unless it was trading at least 100,000 shares  
per day. He described KHI as “not very liquid at all.” After hearing from Mr.  
Falvo, Charyl Galpin e-mailed Carole Cushing, Atlantic Divisional Manager, on  
April 27, 2000 and indicated that due to the limited liquidity, BMO NB should  
contemplate granting no loan value on KHI. Carole Cushing replied:  
Please grant the margin as these are principals of the firm, slowly liquidating this  
year to diversify. There is a good book behind these positions. If we have  
problems going forward we can always discuss, but I think this is a case where we  
should grant the margin while we get this business done.  
[95] Although the Risk Management Committee decided not to accept the margin  
loans, Carole Cushing successfully convinced Gilles Ouellette, head of the Private  
Client Group, to accept the accounts on the basis that Mr. Wadden and Mr.  
Courtney intended to sell 200,000 shares of KHI by the end of June 2000 and to  
have liquidated a total of 500,000 shares each by the fall. The acceptance was  
conditional, however, on elimination of the loans by the end of June.  
Trading volumes and share price for April 2000  
[96] The stock opened on April 3, 2000 at $8.55, the high price for the day, and  
closed at $7.60. For most of the month, it traded between $7 and $8, but by April  
25 had dropped back down in the $6.00-$7.00 range. On April 28, with significant  
buying by the 540 account, the stock closed at $7.20.  
[97] By the end of April, the effects of the tech crash were becoming apparent.  
The number of shares crossing the Exchange was 290,775, a 60% drop from the  
previous month. The 540 account was a heavy purchaser, spending over $1  
million buying KHI shares. The Clarke joint account spent $5,086. Together,  
Page 27  
these accounts purchased just under half of the KHI shares that crossed the  
Exchange.  
Trouble in paradise and an investment on the horizon  
[98] By May 2000, the Crown says, cracks were forming in the relationship  
between Dan Potter and Calvin Wadden. E-mails suggest that Mr. Wadden  
planned to leave KHI by June. On May 4, he e-mailed Mr. Potter about  
“supporting the market” and expressed some irritation that he had not been  
informed that the 220,000 shares he loaned to the 540 account were going to be  
used as security to purchase over a million dollars’ worth of KHI shares. He also  
stated:  
As I told you and Ray in April I have committed to my partners to support the  
company and not place pressure on the market but I fully expect that if  
opportunities arise to sell stock we are the three people to be offered the sale first.  
It has been my position for some time that I will need to sell stock by the end of  
June. I am still working under these timelines.  
[99] Dan Potter replied with a proposal that Messrs. Potter and Wadden, along  
with Ray Courtney, would provide equal support to Bruce’s ‘orderly market’  
account with 100,000 KHI shares each. Under this arrangement, Calvin Wadden  
would get 120,000 of his 220,000 shares back. Mr. Potter indicated that Mr.  
Courtney had already agreed to this idea.  
[100] Adding to Dan Potter’s problems, Bernard Schelew, the founder of the  
company, wanted to unload a million shares in KHI. He e-mailed Mr. Potter on  
May 23, 2000, setting out a schedule of how he would like to sell his holdings.  
Dan Potter forwarded the e-mail to Blois Colpitts with the message “fyi.”  
[101] But it wasn’t all bad news for KHI. On May 24, 2000, Dan Potter e-mailed  
Gerard McInnis and Blois Colpitts, informing them that “[a] German investor  
group led by Mr. Michael (Ben) Barthe is interested in investing in a minimum of  
500,000 treasury shares of KHI. His group is willing to make a long term  
commitment to hold the stock, but wants a discount of 20% to the current market.”  
The e-mail went on to discuss possible structures for the deal. A draft term sheet  
was prepared, contemplating a $3.5 million investment by Mr. Barthe.  
Trading volumes and share price for May 2000  
Page 28  
[102] Trading volumes in May dropped a further 65%, with only 104,805 KHI  
shares crossing the Exchange. The 540 account was a constant buyer, spending  
$285,149 to purchase 39.1% of the total shares traded. The share price remained  
fairly stable with the stock trading between $6.50 and $7.25 before closing the  
month at $6.90.  
Calvin Wadden gets his 120,000 shares back from Dan Potter  
[103] On June 6, 2000, Dan Potter arranged for Calvin Wadden to get his 120,000  
shares back from the 540 account. He e-mailed Bruce Clarke authorizing the  
transfer of 120,000 shares from the account of 3020828 Nova Scotia Limited, an  
account owned by Mr. Potter. Bruce Clarke followed up with a letter to Calvin  
Wadden, copied to Dan Potter confirming that 120,000 of the 220,000 shares Mr.  
Wadden loaned to the 540 account in March were being returned to him, and that  
100,000 shares remained in the account.  
[104] According to the Crown, the fact that Dan Potter used his own shares to  
replace the shares that Mr. Wadden had loaned to the 540 account is clear evidence  
that Mr. Potter controlled the 540 account and was aware of everything it was  
doing.  
Ben Barthe investment market or treasury?  
[105] At the same time, Gerard McInnis was discussing the excess of sellers (the  
“seller overhang”) in the market with Dan Potter. In other words, there were more  
sellers than buyers. On June 6, Mr. McInnis e-mailed Mr. Potter with the subject  
“status of German Investor”, writing in part:  
You indicated briefly that you think he went for the $7 shares, $10 warrants.  
What is status?  
Re from treasury or from market. I know you are in constant contact with Bruce.  
My understanding is that there is big overhang in the market and moving some of  
these shares out from market would be good. Are you not concerned with the  
overhang or why would he (German) be opposed to some from market? I also  
believe the cash inside the company is good too! I presume that is your concern.  
[106] Dan Potter replied the next day:  
Page 29  
Still feeling positive about German investor group at 7 and 10 as offered. They  
want treasury and I don't want to question that both for optical and cash in  
company reasons.  
The overhang in the market is significant but not that BIG! We are working on  
that as well. …  
[107] According to Mr. Potter’s reply, Ben Barthe wanted his investment to go to  
the company’s treasury, where it could be used to fund operations, rather than  
going into the pockets of other shareholders through a trade on the Exchange.  
Steve Wilsack wants to sell  
[108] By this point in June 2000, Steve Wilsack had decided to leave KHI and he  
wanted to get his hands on the rest of his KHI share certificates. To that end, he  
sent an e-mail to Gerard McInnis on June 6. Mr. McInnis tried to dissuade him  
from selling until September, writing, “You have had sufficient shares released to  
allow for proceeds to paydown the loans. Dan does not want to see any more  
pressure on the stock (sell side) if possible until Sept. However if you need to sell  
more to raise the needed cash we would ask you co-ordinate with Bruce Clark  
[sic].” Mr. Wilsack was clearly unhappy with this response, writing on June 8:  
On a related note, I will co-ordinate with Bruce as much as possible the sale of  
shares to pay off this debt. As for the release of the rest of the stock, I may have to  
sell some stock due to my present financial situation and a renovation project I  
already started. At no time was there a mention of a condition about holding the  
stock until September as part of my settlement. As of yesterday, this was the first  
mention of this. I will also need funds for a source of income for the short time  
period.  
When I drop of [sic] the final amount of $141,475.50, (planning next week), I will  
pick up the balance of my share certificates.  
[109] At this point, Dan Potter stepped in, inviting Mr. Wilsack to come to his  
home. On June 18, Mr. Wilsack wrote to Mr. Potter, suggesting he’d had a change  
of heart:  
Thanks for KHI update today. Your deck is quite relaxing too!! As always I  
enjoyed our chat… Further to our conversation regarding my shares, I will set up  
an account with Bruce this week. I plan to settle my outstanding balance with  
KHI with a stock exchange. I will work with Bruce with any further liquidation  
of stock until the end of September. At that time, I will have the option of  
transferring my stock to another broker or continue on with Bruce. I will also  
give further consideration to Deteck. All the best dan.”  
Page 30  
[110] The Match Trade Report shows sales by Steve Wilsack prior to his meeting  
with Mr. Potter. From the date of the meeting until September, Mr. Wilsack did  
not sell any more shares, despite his reported high need for cash.  
[111] The Crown submits that the reason Dan Potter did not want anyone selling  
until September is obvious: he was trying to keep the share price stable in  
anticipation of the deal with Ben Barthe. To accomplish this, he needed to keep  
sellers he knew about off the market, while inducing Bruce Clarke and other  
insiders to buy up as many shares as possible from retail sellers that he could not  
control.  
The 540 runs out of buying power  
[112] During the early days of June, Bruce Clarke, using the 540 account, was a  
frequent purchaser of shares. But the account only had so much buying power.  
According to the Crown, when the account was nearing its limit, Mr. Clarke  
decided to use a client account to buy a substantial number of KHI shares without  
that client’s knowledge and contrary to his instructions.  
[113] In 2000, Lowell Weir was the President of Enervision, a public company  
that had an investment account with Bruce Clarke. Mr. Weir testified that  
Enervision typically had $600,000 to $700,000 invested in certificates of deposit or  
GICs. During his direct examination, he explained that Bruce Clarke had  
encouraged him to invest in public stocks. Mr. Weir agreed, but told Mr. Clarke  
that he was only interested in liquid, blue chip stocks. The money in the account  
was the company’s working capital and he could not afford any losses. Mr. Weir  
testified that he was out of town during June, and when he returned, he learned that  
Mr. Clarke had used the Enervision account to purchase $203,680 worth of KHI  
shares. He testified that he told Mr. Clarke to stop buying KHI and when he later  
tried to sell the shares, Mr. Clarke put him off. He did manage to sell some shares  
in November 2000, when Mr. Clarke used another client account to purchase them.  
On cross-examination, Mr. Weir clarified that he had understood that some KHI  
shares would be purchased in June but that it was not going to be all KHI, and not  
in the numbers purchased.  
[114] Mr. Potter’s wife’s account, the 230 account, was also a heavy purchaser in  
June 2000. According to the Crown’s theory, with the 540 account near its margin  
limits, the 230 account entered the market and became the primary purchaser for  
the group. From June 14 to June 29, the 230 account spent $212,355 acquiring  
shares.  
Page 31  
Trading volumes and share price for June 2000  
[115] During the month of June, 157,200 shares crossed the Exchange. Suspect  
accounts7 purchased 57.7% of the total shares. Together with the Enervision  
purchases, the total spent was $611,480. In terms of the share price, the stock  
closed on June 1 at $6.70. In the weeks that followed, it traded between $6.40 and  
$7.50, closing at $6.95 on June 30, 2000.  
[116] Despite the BMO NB deadline of June 30 to clear the margin loans on the  
accounts of Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney, neither sold any shares during the  
month of June. The Crown says this is because Shirley Locke and Eric Richards  
were working with the defendants to avoid putting sell-side pressure on the stock.  
BMO NB continues to push for margin loans to be paid off  
[117] In early July, Risk Management at BMO NB was still pushing to have  
Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney clear their margin debts of $2.3 million. Carole  
Cushing managed to hold them off with assurances that the clients planned to  
deposit $1 million which would reduce the loan to $1.3 million. She asked for a  
one-month extension to pay off the rest. According to Ms. Cushing, the $1 million  
was going to come from KHI, and the company would decide during the following  
week’s Board meeting whether it would put the money directly into the accounts or  
set up a guarantor account with $1 million. She said the clients and company were  
aware that a failure to provide the funds would result in a margin call. Charyl  
Galpin told Gilles Ouellette that she could support it “as long as we agree that after  
July 31st there will be no more extensions.” Gilles Ouellette agreed.  
[118] In the weeks that followed, Carole Cushing, Eric Richards and Shirley  
Locke exchanged e-mails about the situation, with Ms. Locke advocating on behalf  
of Mr. Wadden and Mr. Courtney. On July 10, she wrote the following to Carole  
Cushing:  
I actually believe that allowing no margin on this is actually not very fair as well.  
I think that they should at least allow something. This doesn't mean we don't  
follow the second route of having the third party but I can well understand why  
the client would feel a bit hard done by.  
The $1 million deposit by KHI never materialized.  
7Clarke joint account, 540 account, Blois Colpitts, Enervision and 230 account.  
Page 32  
Craig Dunham wants to sell  
[119] According to a series of e-mails sent in July, an agreement had previously  
been reached between Craig Dunham and KHI that if he decided to leave the  
company, all of his shares would be delivered to him by June 30, 2000, rather than  
released from escrow in stages over a five-year period. On July 28, 2000, Mr.  
Dunham contacted Blois Colpitts and explained that he had been trying to get his  
shares handed over since June 30, and that he had planned his new home  
construction around the shares being delivered at that time. The Crown says that  
the reason for the delay in getting Mr. Dunham his shares was that the defendants  
did not want him to start selling before the Barthe deal closed.  
Calvin Wadden goes “off the rails”, retains a lawyer  
[120] In July 2000, the relationship between Calvin Wadden and KHI imploded.  
Harold Greenwood, a former employee of KHI and a friend of Mr. Wadden,  
testified that at some point, likely in June 2000, Mr. Wadden told him he wanted to  
divest his shares and sever his relationship with KHI. Mr. Wadden told him he  
was becoming frustrated with the direction of the company and with his inability to  
sell the stock. Mr. Wadden asked Mr. Greenwood to help him, as a friend, to  
approach Dan Potter about what could be done to sell his shares. When asked  
whether he told Mr. Wadden to simply go to the market and put in an order to sell,  
Mr. Greenwood said they discussed it but Mr. Wadden said he was experiencing  
some difficulty having his orders executed.  
[121] Hal Greenwood testified that one of the first things they did was contact Mr.  
Potter to see if he could help them understand why there was a problem with  
selling shares. He said there were a number of discussions with Mr. Potter as to  
what could and could not be done with the shares and that at one point, Mr. Potter  
told him that all he had to do to stop Calvin Wadden from selling was to make the  
right phone calls. According to Mr. Greenwood, he and Mr. Wadden eventually  
decided to hire a lawyer. Dan Potter did not cross-examine Mr. Greenwood on his  
evidence.  
[122] On July 17, Brian MacLellan, a lawyer at Merrick Holm, e-mailed Calvin  
Wadden confirming his retainer and instructions to enter an agreement to sell Mr.  
Wadden’s KHI shares on the TSX. Mr. MacLellan e-mailed Blois Colpitts the  
same day and the two lawyers began drafting term sheets for the purchase of Mr.  
Wadden’s shares. As the term sheets evolved, the purchaser was identified as  
Starr’s Point Capital Incorporated, a holding company owned by Dan Potter. The  
Page 33  
term sheet also contemplated the return to Calvin Wadden of the 100,000 shares he  
had loaned to Bruce Clarke’s 540 account. On July 20, 2000, Mr. MacLellan  
wrote to Bruce Clarke at NBFL requesting the return of the 100,000 shares. He  
noted that Calvin Wadden had made similar requests on July 14 and July 17.  
[123] While Mr. MacLellan was negotiating with Mr. Colpitts, he received a letter  
from Michael Meredith, counsel for BMO NB, informing him that BMO NB was  
not willing to extend the liquidation deadline beyond July 31, 2000 and would  
commence liquidation of Calvin Wadden’s KHI holdings on August 1, 2000.  
Bruce Clarke starts buying with the Union account  
[124] In July 2000, Bruce Clarke purchased KHI shares with an account associated  
with the Local 83 and 1392 Welfare Plan Trust Fund (the “Union account”).  
Locals 83 and 1392 were two Nova Scotia unions affiliated with the United  
Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners of America. The revenue generated from  
the investment account was used to provide benefits to union members. Bruce  
Clarke had been the investment advisor for the Union account since the 1980s.  
[125] The Union account was a discretionary trading account subject to a  
statement of investment policies that was reviewed and approved by the Board of  
Trustees. The Court heard evidence that the Board had approved a portfolio  
consisting of 10% cash, 30% equities and 60% fixed income, and that the  
investment advisor for the account would be expected to take positions in  
Canadian securities that would provide a reasonable return with only a moderate  
risk. Allan Rodgers, former Trustee for the Local 83 and 1392 Welfare Plan Trust  
Fund, testified that the Board of Trustees would not have allowed Mr. Clarke to  
purchase speculative education technology stocks. Langley Evans discussed the  
Union account trading in his report at para. 113:  
The Union Local 73 and 1392 Carpenters Welfare Plan had a brokerage account  
with NBFL (the Union account) for several years. Clarke was the broker for this  
account and discretionary control over the account. This client appears to have  
relied entirely on Clarke’s advice. This client account fits the profile of an  
account that could be used to “park” stock.  
[126] From July 24 to July 26, Bruce Clarke used the Union account to purchase  
$30,335 worth of KHI stock.  
Negotiations with Derek Banks  
Page 34  
[127] While all of this was going on, a potential solution to the Calvin Wadden  
and Ray Courtney margin loan problem emerged in the form of an investor named  
Derek Banks. Mr. Banks was the owner of a company called Plastics Maritime  
that he sold in 1997, after which he became a client of Shirley Locke.  
[128] After selling his business, Derek Banks did some of his own investing. He  
testified that he first came into contact with Shirley Locke in 1998, not long after  
he sold his business. She recommended that he invest in the KHLP, which he did  
on December 1, 1999. About six months later, he heard from Shirley Locke again  
in relation to a potential investment opportunity. Ms. Locke told him that there  
were two employee investors at KHI who were having financial problems. She  
said these individuals, Ray Courtney and Calvin Wadden, had sold their businesses  
to KHI and then spent too much money, taking out margin loans with BMO that  
were now being called. He explained that the suggested investment was a $2  
million loan with interest, plus a fee in the form of KHI shares.  
[129] After speaking to Shirley Locke, Derek Banks was contacted by Blois  
Colpitts. They discussed the investment and Mr. Banks then conducted his own  
research into the company. After determining that BMO would not accept KHI as  
security, Mr. Banks told Mr. Colpitts that he was not interested in the deal. Shirley  
Locke called him again soon with another alternative -- purchasing $2 million  
worth of shares directly from Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney. Mr. Banks said  
he was not interested in spending that much, but that he might consider $1 million.  
He then contacted Mr. Colpitts again.  
[130] Following several meetings with Dan Potter, Gerard McInnis and Jack  
Sullivan, Mr. Banks agreed, in negotiations with Blois Colpitts, to purchase $1  
million worth of shares from Ray Courtney and Calvin Wadden with an option8 to  
purchase more shares from them if he wished. Mr. Banks further testified that  
Shirley Locke was very involved in the negotiations, constantly asking how things  
were going and encouraging him to make the investment.  
Trading volumes and share price for June 2000  
8Options give the optionee the right, but not the obligation, to purchase shares at a particular price within a particular  
time frame.  
Page 35  
[131] In July 2000, 98,075 KHI shares crossed the Exchange. Suspect accounts9  
were active purchasers, spending over $300,000. From early July until the end of  
the month, the stock price ranged from $6.30 to $6.90, frequently trading between  
$6.60 and $6.75. On July 31, the 540 account and the Clarke joint account bought  
every share on the market and trading closed at $6.70.  
The Banks transaction goes ahead, with one change  
[132] Derek Banks testified that right up until he made his purchase, he understood  
that he would be buying his shares from Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney in a  
private sale. On the day of the closing, however, he spoke with Blois Colpitts who  
told him that the deal would instead be done on the Exchange through BMO NB  
and that the shares would be coming from Dan Potter’s pension fund. When Mr.  
Banks asked why, he was told that it would be easier for Dan Potter to resolve Mr.  
Wadden’s and Mr. Courtney’s financial problems.  
[133] The Sales Terms prepared for the deal indicated that on August 3, 2000,  
Plastics Maritime Limited would purchase 156,250 common shares of KHI at a  
price of $6.40 per share, for a total of $1 million. Mr. Banks would also be entitled  
to options on 210,000 common shares at an exercise price of $3.50.  
[134] In the days leading up to the Banks transaction, the 540 account was a very  
active buyer. On July 31, the 540 and the Clarke joint account bought every share  
that was sold. On August 1, the 540 and the Clarke joint account were the only  
purchasers, other than the market maker10 who picked up an odd lot of 105 shares.  
On August 2, the 540 bought 3,700 out of 5,700 shares. The Crown says this  
buying activity was intended to keep the price up before the deal closed. The  
Banks transaction took place on August 3, with Mr. Banks, through his Plastics  
Maritime account, purchasing 156,250 shares of KHI from Dan Potter’s RRSP.  
Dan Potter goes on a buying spree  
[135] With $1 million from Derek Banks, Dan Potter went on a spending spree  
buying up KHI shares. From August 4 to August 18, he purchased 143,800 shares  
of KHI. Many of these purchases were from suspect accounts. Mr. Potter also  
9Clarke joint account, 540 account, 230 account, Meg Research, Union account and FutureEd.com.  
10The “market maker” is a concept that will be discussed in greater detail later. For now, it will suffice to say that  
the market maker is an individual appointed and regulated by the Toronto Stock Exchange who is responsible for  
supporting an orderly market for the stock.  
Page 36  
purchased several thousand shares from the BMO NB Error Account run by Bruce  
Ewing, the trader assigned to liquidate the Wadden/Courtney shares. Almost all of  
Mr. Potter’s purchases were at prices higher than the $6.40 paid by Mr. Banks,  
with the highest price being $6.75 per share. Langley Evans said the following at  
paras. 128 and 129 of his report about Dan Potter’s purchases during this period:  
The transactions from August 4 to 18 show a very high level of coordination in  
trading among the Group accounts. The Potter RSP redistributes the $1 million  
proceeds received from the Banks transaction by making market purchases of  
KHI shares from other Group accounts including:  
$300,000 from Courtney  
$50,000 from Wadden  
$168,000 from the 540 account  
$100,000 from Colpitts  
The Group accounts eventually benefit from about two-thirds of the proceeds  
from Banks purchases. The money received by the 540 account and Colpitts  
accounts is timely because both are at or near their margin limits at the time of  
these transactions. The rest of proceeds are used by Potter’s RSP account to  
support the KHI market. The transactions among the Group accounts have the  
appearance of pre-arranged trading, and give a misleading appearance as to the  
strength of the market during this period.  
Barthe term sheet is executed  
[136] A term sheet dated August 4, 2000 was signed by both Dan Potter and Ben  
Barthe. Mr. Barthe agreed to purchase 250,000 common shares of KHI from Dan  
Potter or his designates on the TSX at a price of $6.80 per share, and would receive  
options on 150,000 common shares at $4.00 per share, for a total purchase price of  
$1.7 million. The trade date to be “no later than August 31, 2000.” This was a  
significant change from the treasury purchase that Ben Barthe had initially  
requested. Diverting this investment to the market meant that the $1.7 million  
would go to Mr. Potter and not into the company to fund its operations.  
Blois Colpitts drafts a letter for the 540 account  
[137] Having received no response from Bruce Clarke to his earlier inquiry, Brian  
MacLellan sent a letter on August 2, 2000, to Eric Hicks, the Branch Manager of  
the NBFL’s Halifax branch, in relation to the return of Mr. Wadden’s 100,000  
shares. Mr. MacLellan testified that two days later he spoke with Blois Colpitts  
Page 37  
who told him that National Bank had referred the issue to its legal counsel, who  
would respond. Also on August 4, Blois Colpitts sent an e-mail with the subject  
“2317540 Nova Scotia Limited” to Bruce Clarke, copied to Dan Potter:  
here is the letter to send this morning:  
2317540 Nova Scotia Limited  
August 4, 2000  
Mr. Brian MacLellan, Q.C.  
Dear Mr. MacLellan,  
RE: Calvin Wadden Knowledge House Inc. 100,000 Common Share  
Certificate  
Further to your letter of July 20, 2000 to Bruce Clarke and August 3, 2000 to Eric  
Hicks at National Bank Financial Inc., we are writing by way of response.  
We had not responded earlier as 2317540 Nova Scotia Limited had understood  
that you were in discussions for your client which may have led to substituted  
security being generated.  
As you may be aware the certificate reference in your letter was deposited by your  
client as security for the margin account of 2317540 Nova Scotia Limited to  
facilitate market purchasing for the account of 2317540 Nova Scotia Limited.  
This certificate is not connected to your clients’ margin account at National Bank  
Financial Inc. and it can only be released when the account can be liquidated or  
when substitute security is provided.  
This was a private transaction between 2317540 Nova Scotia Limited and is not  
connected to his dealings with National Bank Financial Inc.  
Yours truly,  
2317450 NOVA SCOTIA LIMITED  
BY: Bruce Clarke, President  
BC/cc: Eric Hicks, National Bank Financial Inc.  
Page 38  
Bruce Clarke sent an identical letter to Brian MacLellan later that day.  
[138] Brian MacLellan was shown the e-mail from Blois Colpitts to Bruce Clarke  
while he was on the stand. He testified that he was not aware that the letter he  
received was prepared by Mr. Colpitts, not Mr. Clarke.  
Ken MacLeod starts to buy  
[139] In August 2000, Ken MacLeod opened a margin account with NBFL called  
FutureEd.com. On August 17, he e-mailed Bruce Clarke, authorizing him to  
purchase up to 40,000 shares of KHI “[t]o give you a bit of breathing room on  
damage control.” He e-mailed Clarke again the next day, authorizing another  
20,000 to 25,000 shares. From August 17 to August 23, the FutureEd.com account  
bought 64,000 shares at a cost of $410,710.  
[140] The Crown says the timing Mr. MacLeod’s buying was deliberate. With the  
Barthe investment deal soon to close and Dan Potter’s $1 million almost  
exhausted, Mr. MacLeod had to take over buying for the group in order to keep the  
price up.  
High closing pattern begins  
[141] On Friday, August 18, at 15:58:41, less than two minutes before trading  
closed, Dan Potter bought shares from AI Enterprises, a company belonging to  
Bernard Schelew’s brother and father. This trade raised the share price from $6.30  
to $6.40, where it closed. The next trading day, August 21, FutureEd.com  
purchased shares at 15:44:25 that raised the price from $6.35 to $6.50, where it  
closed. On August 22, at 15:58:40, less than two minutes before the end of  
trading, FutureEd.com bought shares from AI Enterprises that raised the share  
price from $6.30 to $6.50, where it closed. Finally, on August 23, at 15:58:50,  
Bruce Clarke bought 10,000 shares from AI Enterprises, raising the share price  
from $6.25 to $6.45, where it closed. The Crown says these transactions were no  
coincidence. Langley Evans wrote at paras. 131 and 132 of his report:  
High-closing transactions by Group accounts become a pattern with occurrences  
on August 18, 21, 22 and 23. These high close transactions occur in four  
consecutive trading sessions and coincide with final discussions with Barthe on  
his eventual market purchases. I am of the opinion that these high closes were not  
a coincidence, and these trades appear to be deliberately setting the stage for the  
large purchases that follow.  
Page 39  
In my opinion, the market price of KHI shares would have been significantly  
lower by August 25, 2000 without the intervention of Group in KHI market  
during this period. … This activity contributed to an artificially high price for  
KHI and a misleading appearance of the strength of the market for KHI shares.  
Absent this activity, in my opinion, the KHI trading price would have been  
significantly lower.  
Fiona Imrie’s account helps Clarke buy during the blackout period and Barthe  
purchases begin  
[142] From August 18 to August 25, 2000, KHI insiders were in possession of not-  
yet-public information about the company and were in a blackout period.  
According to the Crown’s theory, with KHI insiders unable to trade and the 540  
account near its margin limits, the defendants had to find a way to keep buying the  
stock. Their solution involved a series of transactions between Bruce Clarke’s  
personal account and the account of Fiona Imrie, Dan Potter’s wife. First, a  
Province of Nova Scotia bond was sold out of Ms. Imrie’s RRSP account,  
generating $223,920. Those funds were used to buy a block of 204,000 Anitech  
shares for $1.40 per share from Bruce Clarke. Mr. Clarke then used the cash from  
the Anitech sale ($282,743.40) to go on a KHI buying spree, spending $283,360  
between August 23 and August 28, the day before the Barthe investment.  
[143] Although the term sheet contemplated a purchase by Ben Barthe of 250,000  
common shares from Dan Potter at $6.80 per share, that is not what happened.  
Instead, Mr. Barthe’s money was used to buy shares from many different sellers on  
the TSX from August 29 to September 7. Over 85% of the proceeds were directed  
to accounts belonging to alleged unindicted co-conspirators like Ray Courtney,  
Steve Wilsack and Craig Dunham, who, according to the Crown, were being  
rewarded by Dan Potter for having complied with his instructions to wait until the  
fall to sell stock.  
[144] Blois Colpitts sold 73,300 shares to Mr. Barthe, but not before purchasing  
43,300 from Mr. Clarke. The Crown points out that Bruce Clarke could not sell  
directly to Mr. Barthe without obtaining his consent (due to Clarke’s position as a  
pro trader), so he sold instead to Mr. Colpitts, who could then sell to Mr. Barthe.  
This sale to Mr. Colpitts generated cash that Mr. Clarke then used to buy back the  
Page 40  
204,000 Anitech shares from Fiona Imrie’s account for $287,640, resulting in a  
profit to her account of several thousand dollars.  
[145] Also included among the lucky participants in the Barthe deal was Calvin  
Wadden, who had reconciled with Dan Potter on or around August 24. On August  
29, Mr. Wadden’s wife’s account sold 27,600 shares to Ben Barthe at $6.55 per  
share ($180,780). The next day, Bruce Clarke finally returned the remaining  
100,000 shares that Mr. Wadden had loaned to the 540 account in March, despite  
having refused to return them only weeks earlier when contacted by Mr. Wadden’s  
counsel. The 100,000 shares were actually transferred from the account of Ken  
MacLeod.  
[146] Langley Evans commented on the significance of the change from treasury  
to market purchases at para. 139 of his report:  
I find it significant that the Potter-led negotiations with Barthe and others directed  
the purchases to the marketplace where the Group accounts directly benefited  
from the proceeds. It would have been entirely feasible for these monies to be  
directed to a private placement of KHI treasury shares, where KHI could have  
used the funds to run the company. The choice of directing new investment  
towards market trading and price support instead of financing KHI was later  
acknowledged by Potter as a mistake in his January 15, 2001 memo to the KHI  
board.  
Trading volumes and share price for August 2000  
[147] The stock closed on August 1 at $6.60. For the rest of the month, the stock  
traded in the range of $6.00 to $6.80, closing on August 31 at $6.65. In total,  
718,811 shares crossed the Exchange in August. After removing 465,250 shares  
representing large prearranged transactions rather than true retail trade, the total  
volume of shares was 253,561. Of that, the suspect accounts purchased 221,500  
(87.4%), spending over $1.4 million. Out of 22 trade days, suspect accounts were  
involved in five alleged high closes.  
David Fountain invests  
[148] David Fountain is a private investor and well-known Halifax philanthropist.  
In the summer of 2000, he decided to invest in KHI through a purchase on the open  
market. Mr. Fountain testified that he contacted his broker, Tom Purves, and told  
him he wanted to invest a specific dollar amount. On September 7, 2000, Mr.  
Page 41  
Fountain’s investment company, Longwood Investments, purchased 300,000  
shares 150,000 from the 540 account and 150,000 from Knowledge House New,  
at $6.65 per share, for a total investment of just under $2 million. Mr. Fountain  
testified that he did not know who he was purchasing the stock from, he simply  
had his broker place the order on the market.  
Trade volumes and share price for September 2000  
[149] During the month of September 2000, 531,516 KHI shares crossed the  
Exchange. With the 540 account reducing its margin loan by more than $900,000  
through the Fountain sale, it re-entered the market as a heavy purchaser, spending  
$462,030. Despite pressure from BMO NB to clear his margin loans, Calvin  
Wadden bought 10,000 shares at $6.40 per share. The Union account spent  
$37,866.  
[150] Also during September, suspect accounts were involved in alleged high  
closes on eight out of 20 days (40%). The Crown says these high closes were  
intended to keep the stock price up while Dan Potter was negotiating a $3.25  
million private placement by Ben Barthe and his friend, Dr. Lutz Ristow.  
The Barthe/Ristow deal takes shape and Dr. Schelew wants to sell  
[151] On October 22, 2000, Dan Potter e-mailed Gerard McInnis and others,  
copied to Blois Colpitts and Jack Sullivan, setting out the terms for a private  
placement of common shares from treasury agreed to by Dr. Lutz Ristow and Ben  
Barthe. The e-mail indicated that Dr. Ristow and Mr. Barthe agreed to purchase  
500,000 common shares from treasury at $6.50 per share ($3.25 million). They  
would also receive a warrant on 500,000 additional shares at $6.50 per share.  
Payment would be made in four installments of $812,500 occurring on November  
15, 2000, February 15, 2001, May 15, 2001, and August 15, 2001. Potter further  
indicated:  
Although it wasn't absolutely confirmed, the clear understanding was the [sic]  
Lutz/Barthe would open an account with Bruce Clarke at NBF in which to  
purchase and hold the shares.  
Page 42  
[152] Dr. Lutz Ristow testified that when he and Mr. Barthe first met with Dan  
Potter, Mr. Potter wanted them to buy existing shares, but Dr. Ristow refused. He  
explained that he only invests in treasury shares so that his money goes to the  
company, rather than into the pockets of existing shareholders.  
[153] With negotiations ongoing with the Germans, Bernard Schelew e-mailed  
Dan Potter, Gerard McInnis, Blois Colpitts, David Mack, and Bruce Clarke on  
October 28, 2000 with the subject, “Share Liquidation Strategy+Plan”. In the e-  
mail, Dr. Schelew explained that he had decided to personally finance Handsmiths,  
his new company, and, to that end, he intended to sell over 1.3 million KHI shares.  
He said he would sell the shares in a block at $6.00 per share and would actively  
seek private and institutional investors. He attached a letter he intended to send to  
institutional investors advising of his desire to sell. Dr. Schelew added that from  
November 2000 to March 2001, he intended to sell 10,000 shares per week, “so  
long as it does not put too much downward pressure on the stock.”  
[154] Dan Potter responded on October 30 indicating that he and Dr. Schelew had  
spoken that day and had agreed that KHI management would take on the job of  
finding a buyer for Schelew’s shares rather than him sending out a letter.  
Trading volumes and share price for October 2000  
[155] During October 2000, 147,921 KHI shares crossed the Exchange. The 540  
account, the only suspect account buying, was very active, spending $641,447 to  
purchase 63.4% of the total shares traded. The stock opened on October 2 at  
$6.70 and closed at $7.00. For the rest of the month, the stock traded between  
$6.50 (the price offered to the German investors) and $7.10.  
[156] With the Barthe/Ristow deal set to close in November, the high closing  
pattern increased in October. On 12 out of 21 trading days (57%), suspect  
accounts were involved in alleged high closes.  
Pressure from all sides  
[157] November 2000 was a very busy month for KHI. On November 5, Gerard  
McInnis e-mailed Dan Potter about a number of finance-related matters, with the  
subject “Wise Counsel required”. In the e-mail, Mr. McInnis queried whether the  
German investors should be offered options with their shares instead of warrants in  
order to address the seller overhang. He also pointed out that Blois Colpitts was  
concerned about the optics of using warrants as incentives on the treasury deal,  
Page 43  
writing, “concern is that need for the warrants indicates current trading price is too  
high.”  
[158] At this point in late 2000, a deal was in the works wherein McKenzie  
College would acquire CD-Ed from KHI while KHI acquired shares in McKenzie  
College. Gerard McInnis wrote, in part:  
Blois says "he will not approve" the deal as contemplated. Thinks if we give them  
KHI shares … the shares will need to be escrowed. This was not contemplated in  
the agreement we made with McK when they approved the deal. I understand the  
problem of having KHI shares come to market as we need to eat them.  
[159] On November 13, 2000, Bruce Clarke e-mailed Dan Potter to advise that his  
accounts at NBFL had gone under margin by $20,000 and they needed to talk  
about it before head office called Mr. Clarke the next morning. At this point, even  
small fluctuations in the stock price had significant consequences for Dan Potter  
and others holding large concentrations of KHI. To avoid a margin call, Dan  
Potter sold several bonds from his account the next morning.  
[160] Adding to his problems, Dan Potter received an e-mail from Calvin Wadden  
informing him that Steve Tsimiklis, a KHI shareholder, “would like to have some  
type of proposal for liquidity.” Mr. Potter indicated that there was no liquidity  
solution at the moment, adding:  
As you know, we are closing on a $3,250,000 treasury issue to our German  
friends- we are hoping to get this completed (closed) on Mon. or Tues. (Nov. 20  
or 21). The price of this issue is $6.50 per share. If the market is driven down in  
advance of this issue it is quite likely that the investors will not close. This would  
be most harmful for the company and all of its shareholders, including Steve.  
Hopefully, he can be convinced to proceed with care, prudence and caution.  
[161] One week later, having gotten no traction with his earlier e-mail advising of  
his intention to sell 10,000 shares per week, Bernard Schelew wrote to David Mack  
and Bruce Clarke, with a copy to Dan Potter:  
During the month of November, I note that 161,800 shares of KHI have been sold  
for a total transactional value of $1,061,105. I also note that during the month of  
November, 0 shares of my KHI have been sold.  
Starting Monday, November 27th, I instruct you to sell 10,000 shares/week from  
my non-RRSP account. You can arrange this sale anyway you see fit during the  
Page 44  
week. I must also tell you that there will be no leaway [sic] given with these  
instructions. If you get behind by 1 week, I will have no choice but to move the  
shares to another brokerage house.  
Sorry about this but that’s the way it is. My situation is getting very tight.  
The same day, Dan Potter forwarded Dr. Schelew’s e-mail to Blois Colpitts, and  
wrote, “We need to talk about this! Unbelievable!”  
[162] On November 24, Dr. Schelew e-mailed Mr. Potter, attaching a spreadsheet  
detailing all KHI sales from January 1 onward. He wrote, “Of the $33 million KHI  
share $ value transacted, could you tell me the $ value of shares sold by insiders,  
i.e., Calvin, Ray, Ken, Donnie?”  
[163] The Crown says that in the e-mails that follow, Dan Potter “pulled back the  
curtain” on the conspiracy and revealed to Schelew that, contrary to what the  
trading volumes suggest, there was no retail demand for the stock. The market  
activity wasn’t real; it was a product of the conspirators’ efforts. The Crown  
argues that this Court could find a conspiracy on the basis of these e-mails alone.  
[164] The first e-mail was sent by Dan Potter to Dr. Schelew on November 24,  
2000, with a copy to David Mack. He set out all of the purchases and sales by KHI  
insiders since January 11, 2000, noting that only Donnie Snow had been a net  
seller. He then advised Dr. Schelew:  
In my opinion you should either be buying or supporting the buying of shares in  
the coming week and beyond. If you insist on selling shares (without having the  
buy-side arranged) as you have previously indicated, then I'd say all of our good  
work in attracting investors over the last several months may well prove to have  
been in vain. Now, more than ever, we need to work co-operatively to protect the  
interests of KHI shareholders, including you and the people you have brought into  
the company over the years. In this regard, I should add that Steve T warned us  
that he has to sell 50,000 shares by Dec. 1.  
I want to also say that I fully appreciate the pressure you are under to support and  
fund Handsmiths - I sincerely feel your pain in this area.  
I hope common sense and enlightened self-interest prevails.  
[165] Bernard Schelew responded on the same day, noting that according to Mr.  
Potter’s numbers, the net value of KHI shares bought by insiders or long-term  
investors was approximately $12 million. He asked, “Is it correct to say that this  
$12,000,000 was used to support the stock from unknown street sellers?” Before  
Dan Potter could respond, Dr. Schelew e-mailed him again. He expressed his  
Page 45  
belief that KHI was “fundamentally strong” and would “prove its business model  
over the next 12 months.” He wrote that “the selling pressure on the stock was  
temporary” and that Mr. Potter had “done a super job of eliminating this downward  
pressure.” He pointed out that Mr. Potter had been aware of his interest to sell  
since the summer, but that none of his shares had been sold, with Mr. Potter telling  
him to take his turn in the queue and that “the squeaky wheel gets the grease” and  
so on. Dr. Schelew went on to note:  
4. Although Handsmiths has a much less certain future than Knowledge House, I  
am prepared to bridge finance the company (to the tune of $2 million) thinking  
that by the second or third quarter I can bring outside investors in. The cash I need  
is for survival. I believe in my story enough to back it.  
5. Although Knowledge House has a much more certain future, you have  
indicated to me that my 10,000 shares/week will be the straw the [sic] breaks the  
camel's back and the stock could fall dramatically. This indicates to me that,  
although the board and management fully believe that the situation is temporary,  
further investment in KHI to support the stock (we're not talking survival here) is  
too risky for them. Fair enough. It is too risky for me! Everyone has their limits.  
So lets continue with the plan to sell 10,000 shares/week as outlined. I'll continue  
to work with you to incent the sale of a large block.  
[166] Dan Potter responded on November 25, with a copy to David Mack and  
Bruce Clarke, writing in part:  
Your analysis that leads you to the conclusion that you or any other major, non-  
retail KHI shareholder can achieve liquidity next week in [sic] completely wrong-  
there is NO WAY that can happen. You have seen the stock trade down to $6.00  
in the last several sessions. There is at least 30,000 shares of pressure on the  
market as of Friday PM, not including Steve T's 50,000 to come next week. You  
will ABSOLUTELY FOR SURE CRASH THE STOCK IF YOU ACT ON  
YOUR FLAWED ANALYSIS -ABSOLUTELY FOR SURE! "Management and  
directors" cannot and will not be magically buying. You need to understand and  
believe this fundamental truth -there currently is no buying power in the KHI  
network. There can be again, if we are given the chance and support to go out a  
find more investors - but there is none now!  
As I mentioned to you before by telephone, it is most unfortunate that you have  
seen fit to include Bruce Clarke [sic] your communications re liquidity. It only  
serves to put more pressure of [sic] him - a person who has undertaken huge  
personal risks to invest in the company. It is grossly unfair to him, grossly unfair  
and I must say it is very upsetting to me to see you continue to include him in this  
dialogue.  
Page 46  
I'm sure that it's somewhat true that "desperate people do desperate things". But I  
[sic] will be a sad irony if, in your desperation, to support Handsmiths, you, in  
fact, destroy the real source of your own financial well-being- your KHI shares!  
I'll continue to do my best to run the company in the interests of all shareholders  
as long as I have the support of the "founding" shareholders with the biggest  
stakes, but, if and when that cracks, all bets are off.  
I'm going to send an email (by noon tomorrow- Sunday) outlining the situation  
and my recommended action to each of the major shareholders with "founders  
shares" -you, Calvin, Ray and Ken with a recommended joint plan for cooperative  
action to support and protect the KHI stock over the coming weeks while we are  
bringing in more new investors. I strongly recommend that you keep an open  
mind to my recommended plan of action.  
If the major shareholders who have liquidity needs don't realize that this is not the  
moment for demanding liquidity, but rather the moment for coming to the aid of  
the company, then tens of millions of dollars in shareholder value will, I'm sure,  
be lost, including the value of each of such major shareholders. If cool heads  
prevail, we'll have future liquidity events for all- if there is no co-operation and  
concerted supportive action now, there will be no such future events.  
All of which is put to you with the utmost respect and in what I sincerely regard  
to be your own interests.  
[167] Blois Colpitts, who had obviously received a copy of the e-mails, was  
irritated by a comment from Dr. Schelew that Colpitts had netted out $50,000. He  
wrote to Dan Potter on November 26:  
Can you make sure that Bernie understands that my sales (aside from the  
$150,000 swap for Solutioninc) was relieving the margin pressure incurred in (i)  
exercising options to put money into the company- $250,000; and (ii) buying  
shares on margin to support the market- nearly $800,000 in total.  
He should also understand that some of the trades he totals included moving KHI  
shares into my wife's RRSP, kid's RESPs and my mother's RRSP to relieve some  
of the margin pressure. It is still there as you know.  
He should also understand that sales made were in conjunction with Barthe,  
Banks (not Fountain) that I spent the whole summer working on - to the exclusion  
of any vacation with the kids.  
Geesh  
He wrote again that day, “I also forgot my $200,000 of LP units – he wouldn’t  
even participate.”  
The best of times, worst of times  
Page 47  
[168] On November 26, Dan Potter made good on his statement to Dr. Schelew  
and prepared an e-mail outlining his recommended plan of joint action. He sent  
the following e-mail to Ray Courtney, Ken MacLeod, Calvin Wadden and Bernard  
Schelew, with the subject, “Major Shareholder Co-operation and Help needed to  
Support KHI. Due to the importance of this e-mail to the Crown’s case, it is  
reproduced in full below:  
I am putting the situation below to the 4 of you because together the 5 of us  
represent the major "founding" shareholders of KHI. I am not including those  
who have purchased major blocks over the past several months for the simple  
reason that they bought as investors and do not expect to be leaned on for every  
need of the company. To do this would only alienate them at this time.  
THE CURRENT SITUATION  
It [sic] the best of times and the worst of times.  
The best of times, because the company is entering a phase in its development and  
growth where substantial, high potential and valuable products are being brought  
to market: the GB, the KEY Certification program, Smarter Teams, Leadership  
Online, etc. With any luck at all, by the end of Q1 2001, we can expect most of  
these to have been bought in significant ways in corporate, education and  
government markets.  
The worst of times, because notwithstanding our success in bringing over $9  
million in new investment to the company (about $4.5 million to each of the  
market and the treasury) since July the most [sic] one of the most difficult stock  
market environments for small cap companies in over 10 years, the current retail  
market for KHI shares (like most other small caps) is almost non-existent. We  
have to go out and work hard every day just to generate enough demand to meet  
retail sellers. In fact, our sources of buying currently are exhausted. We need  
some more new investment.  
We have good potential - one fellow, Doug Rudolph, an accountant and financial  
advisor, who Ray brought to the table, believes he can place between 200,000 and  
300,000 shares over the next 2 to 3 months. He needs an option incentive program  
to do this on our behalf. Also, a friend of mine who just sold his stake in his  
education company in Atlanta for $35 million US is coming to CCEM this week  
to talk about a deal to become involved in KHI. Further, our Canaccord friend,  
Ron Sedran, is coming to Hfx this week as well to see us - as the market improves  
and we get our products out over the next couple of months, will be in a good  
position to be able to access Bay St. involvement and support as well.  
In the meantime, however, there is significant pressure on the market. As you  
have seen there has been increasing retail selling over the last couple of weeks.  
This is [sic] driven the price down and has exhausted buying support. Bruce Clark  
[sic] now owns over 265,000 shares and is fully leveraged. As of Friday  
Page 48  
afternoon, there was up to 30,000 shares on the ask side on the market. Further,  
Steve Tsmikilis, who still owns over 150,000 shares (we placed 50,000 of his with  
Barthe in Aug.) has advised that he needs to sell 50,000 more by Dec. 1 to finance  
a real estate project. He has been good about communicating his situation, but I  
have now [sic] doubt that he will start putting shares in the market soon. In fact,  
he started several days ago until Calvin personally bought 10,000 shares from him  
and convinced him to stop and work with us.  
We all know that each of us is highly leveraged. Ken has bought over 135,000 on  
margin since Aug. I have a $1.3 million margin loan with virtually no buying  
room left, Calvin needs to have funds to pay down high margin loans and do  
projects, Ray needs to pay down his margin and other loans. Bernard needs to  
finance Handsmiths. These are all valid needs for liquidity, but in the current  
conditions, we really need to be more concerned about protecting the value of our  
KHI shares -without support from us, it is clear that there will be further price  
erosion and, in fact, the market could fall significantly and rapidly in the next few  
days. Unless we all put our liquidity requirements aside for the short term and  
turn our attention to finding ways of supporting the shares in the market, there  
will be no liquidity opportunities for any of us worth having.  
RECOMMENDED PLAN OF JOINT ACTION  
In the short term, I propose that:  
We each agree to buy 10,000 of Steve T's shares this coming week.  
Bernard lend 100,000 shares to Bruce Clarke's company for an interim period. I'd  
ask that Ray agree to put 100,000 shares with Bruce to replace Bernard's as soon  
as he (with our help) can get BMO Nesbitt Burns to release 100,000 from his  
margin arrangements at that brokerage. For information, I have already provided  
Bruce with 120,000 shares months ago plus $100,000 in cash, which he still has  
and Ken has provided 100,000 shares which he still has. Calvin had provided  
100,000 shares before Ken for several months.  
That we each agee [sic] to write options on 30,000 of our shares for 4 years at  
$6.50 (for a total of 150,000) to provide a package to Doug Rudolph. In fact, the  
options would be nominally for 2 years, renewable for another 2 provided the  
shares had a market value at that time of at least $9,00 [sic] per share. This is a  
feature to keep him from being forced to sell the shares to pay for the option price  
at the end of two year [sic]. He requested it and I think it's a good idea. The  
understanding would be here that he would find a buyer for 2 shares for each  
share optioned to him- in other words, for 150,000 options, he would have to  
place 300,000 shares. These purchases would support the retail market. For  
information I provided options of 210,000 of my shares at $3.50 for 2 years to  
Banks and on a further 150,000 at $4.00 to Barthe earlier in the year. For  
information, your RRSP can write such options if you have KHI shares in an  
RRSP.  
Page 49  
That we agree on a formula for sharing in liquidity opportunities going forward  
and each agree not to sell any otherwise than as arranged under this arrangement.  
In this regard, I committed to Calvin some time ago that he would get the first  
200,000 share liquidity arranged by the company above the needs of the retail  
market. I think we should stick to this and give the next 100,000 to Bernard  
because of his high need and, thereafter we would each have the right to share  
equally over the next period of time- say two years. I'm not talking about any  
formal legal agreements here -just sensible, honorable gentleman's agreement  
among 5 business people with a huge business interest in common working  
together in a fair and straightforward way.  
Unless we do something in a united way like this, I'm afraid it's going to be a case  
of: "United we stand, divided we fall!". And, if we fall, we'll all fall with a heavy  
thud! And so will the other shareholders.  
I'd urge each of you to respond positively to this, bearing in mind that the stakes  
are big and the market will [sic] unforgiving if we are unable to act strongly  
together.  
I am going to be extremely busy for the next 3 days with the CCEM. I'd ask that  
each of you respond to this email (copying each of us) as soon as possible. We  
need to be able to give some direction and support to Bruce before the market  
opens on Monday (tomorrow).  
[169] Responses from the group were largely positive. Calvin Wadden agreed to  
buy some of Steve Tsimiklis’s shares, noting that he and Mr. Tsimiklis had agreed  
that “[Tsimiklis] will sell stock on the market unless he can get the 50,000 shares  
he requires by Friday.” Mr. Wadden also recommended an escrow agreement  
preventing the five major shareholders from selling more than 5,000 shares per  
month. Ray Courtney responded that he would provide a 100,000 share certificate  
to Bruce Clarke “to support the market”. Ken MacLeod was also on board.  
Bernard Schelew, on the other hand, was not interested. He explained that both he  
and his company faced “financial meltdown” unless he took action. He maintained  
his direction to David Mack to sell 10,000 shares per week, noting that Mack “can  
sell 2,000/day or whatever. (As you know, KHI trades on average 100,000  
shares/week).”  
Trading volumes and share price for November 2000  
[170] Trading opened on November 1 at $6.65 and closed at $6.70. Leading up to  
the German investment on November 23, the stock price stayed relatively stable,  
trading in the range of $6.30 to $6.70, but always closing at $6.50 or higher. For  
the rest of the month, the stock dipped slightly, closing several times at $6.40. On  
November 30, the stock closed at $6.45. The Crown says it was no coincidence  
Page 50  
that the closing price never dropped below $6.50 (the price to be paid by Ristow  
and Barthe) until immediately after the deal closed. Out of 20 trading days,  
suspect accounts were involved in alleged high closes on 13 of them (65%).  
[171] During the month of November, 228,340 shares of KHI crossed the  
Exchange. Suspect accounts11 were very active buyers, spending just over $1  
million and acquiring 77% of the total shares traded.  
Dan Potter tries to manage Bernard Schelew  
[172] On December 1, Bernard Schelew e-mailed Dan Potter requesting that KHI  
purchase 23,000 shares from him in order to assist him to keep his company going.  
He indicated that it “would satisfy Handsmiths [sic] immediate needs and  
encourage me to sign the gentlemans [sic] agreement that we spoke of yesterday.”  
Dan Potter forwarded the message to Blois Colpitts and wrote, “SHIT!” He  
replied to Dr. Schelew on December 3:  
We're backsliding here!  
When we left our 4 hour meeting the other day, you said you were on-side with  
the orderly selling agreement and were going away to see if you could contribute  
50,000 shares. Your request that we "arrange to take [23,000] shares" comes as a  
real surprise after all the discussions we had and agreements we reached during  
our discussion.  
On the strength of the agreement among all 5 major shareholders, Calvin and I  
were able to get Steve Tsmikilis to agree not to sell 50,000 shares in the market,  
but rather wait and work with us! It was crucial to his decision that the major  
shareholders have an agreement only to sell according to an agreed plan. If there  
is in fact no such agreement, he'll bolt for sure!  
All the other major shareholders are on-side with the agreement idea. Please do  
the right thing and work with me on these [sic]. I really need to direct my  
attention to running the company and selling shares to new investors. With your  
help, this can be a big success. Without your co-operation, it can't work.  
By the way, last week I scrounged and (including kids RESPs) and [sic] bought  
13,000 shares. Ken authorized the purchase of 10,000. These are all to support the  
retail market.  
11The 540 account, the Union account, FutureEd.com, Clarke Joint account, Calvin Wadden accounts and Daniel  
Potter.  
Page 51  
[173] The two men continued back and forth, with Dan Potter forwarding an e-  
mail to Blois Colpitts and writing, “He just doesn’t get it! At least we’re talking  
and we’ll get him to the right answer eventually!” But Bernard Schelew persisted,  
writing Dan Potter a lengthy e-mail outlining his interpretation of their discussions  
to date, and proposing what he considered to be a plan that would satisfy the needs  
of both parties. Dan Potter forwarded the e-mail to Blois Colpitts and wrote:  
What a high maintenance fellow he has turned out to be. This is a classic case of  
someone who "just doesn't get it!"  
As much as I hate to bother you on this, it seems clear that we need to work on  
him together. …  
[174] On December 13, Dan Potter sent an e-mail to Bernard Schelew confirming  
that Messrs. Potter, Schelew and Colpitts had met in person and that “all of the  
major shareholders have now reached a deeper mutual understanding of all the  
issues and opportunities presented by our big ownership positions in KHI.” He  
went on to note:  
Ray Courtney is providing 100,000 shares for Bruce’s investment account.  
However, there will be some time lag up to a couple of weeks or so in getting  
this completed, so it would be most helpful if you could provide 50,000 shares to  
Bruce at this time. The logistics of this can be worked out between David and  
Bruce upon your instructions to David. Your prompt attention to this will be  
greatly appreciated.  
KHI decides to wind up the KHLP  
[175] In December 2000, KHI management was considering whether to wind up  
the limited partnership. Under the subscription agreement for the LP units, KHI  
had a call option to acquire the units in exchange for KHI shares. The call option  
did not contain any restrictions on the trade of KHI shares issued in satisfaction of  
the call option price. In other words, once the LP units were converted to shares,  
the unitholders would be free to trade their shares as they wished.  
[176] Gerard McInnis was concerned about the possibility of almost 650,000  
shares coming to market and he recommended that KHI formally escrow the shares  
for a period of twelve months. He suspected that “this will not be totally palatable  
to the unit holders” but “liquidity is an issue right now and it is in their best  
interests and the best interests of all shareholders that these new shares not be  
Page 52  
immediately freely tradeable.” Dan Potter was initially reluctant to do a formal  
escrow, pointing out that there was a very small group of unitholders and “all can  
be kept on-side informally. The obligation to keep these holders from selling will  
rest with Blois and me.”  
[177] Also on December 12, Gerard McInnis contacted Jim Cruickshank at  
Stewart McKelvey and asked for advice, noting that “it is not entirely clear to me  
where we have the right to impose a restriction on these shares.” Mr. Cruickshank  
responded that “KHI has no right to force the escrow conditions” and that some  
limited partners may refuse to accept the deal. The next day, Blois Colpitts  
suggested that the TSX might consider the wind up to be a private placement and  
impose a six-month hold period. In his view, “that may be a softer way to impose  
a hold period.”  
[178] When it appeared that the TSX would not issue a hold period, KHI  
management decided to impose a six-month contractual hold period on the shares.  
Under the terms of the hold period, the shares could be margined but not sold. The  
decision was made not to have the shares legended, which would alert financial  
institutions who might accept the shares as security that they could not be sold  
until the hold period expired.  
[179] At paras. 157-158 of his report, Langley Evans described the six-month  
trade restriction as “unusual” and “consistent with a manipulative agenda”:  
Imposing trading restrictions at the time of the sale of a security is common. Hold  
periods due to regulatory requirements or as a contractual term of the purchase are  
typical examples. However, imposing these restrictions after the purchase and just  
prior to issuing the shares is unusual. There is no record of putting this change to  
a vote by the unit holders. The exception to allow use of the shares as collateral is  
also unusual.  
These restrictions were consistent with a manipulative agenda in two important  
ways. They keep the shares from being sold for at least 6 months. At the same  
time, the shares can be used as collateral in margin accounts. The Group was  
under financial pressure from extensive margin loans at this time. The depositing  
of these shares would have provided additional equity to the Group’s margin  
accounts and supplied additional potential buying capacity the Group could use  
for supporting KHI’s price.  
[180] At least one unitholder expressed concern and frustration upon learning of  
the hold period on the shares. Ros Aylward, accountant for unitholder David  
Thomas, contacted Gerard McInnis and pointed out that there had been no mention  
Page 53  
of any restriction in the initial LP subscription agreement. She added that, under  
the terms of the document, if the call option was not exercised until after December  
31, 2000, the unitholders would be entitled to shares equalling 130% of the  
purchase price, and, as such, “it would seem to me that since the call option  
restriction is pushing the liquidity date until 2001, that it is reasonable to expect  
130% be returned.” Dan Potter advised Gerard McInnis to tell Ms. Aylward that  
all other unitholders had agreed to the restriction and that it was a reasonable  
measure given the current market conditions. During her testimony, Ros Aylward  
described herself as “thoroughly unimpressed” with the sales restriction in the call  
notice. When asked what her client, Mr. Thomas, decided to do, she testified as  
follows:  
I believe at that point it was almost being forced upon us because we were given  
to believe all other unitholders had proceeded in allowing it and we didn’t really  
have much other option.  
[181] Dave Thomas also testified. When asked if he recalled the contractual trade  
restriction, he testified:  
A. Yes, I do. I recall it. I recall a discussion with Ros about it basically. And I  
cannot recall that I had further conversations with anyone from Knowledge  
House, but I certainly recall growling at Ros about it.  
Q. Can you explain why -- why would you be growling at Ros about that?  
A. Well I just felt it was an unreasonable term. And I believe I -- we discussed it  
and Ros was going to inquire further with regard to this clause.  
Q. Prior to learning of this restriction, what were your plans for these shares?  
A. My plan was to sell them. Basically my view was that Knowledge House had  
sort of taken a much broader mandate than they had been given with regard to  
what their plans were and so I just felt that it was probably an investment that we  
should exit at the earliest opportunity. Also it wasn't particularly easy to get  
information.  
Mr. Thomas further testified that he was never able to sell the KHI shares in  
relation to the LP and that he had to write off the investment as a loss.  
Steve Wilsack’s settlement letter  
[182] On December 12, Andrew Burke from Stewart McKelvey e-mailed Cate  
MacNutt, Senior Vice-President of Corporate Services at KHI, with a copy to  
Page 54  
Gerard McInnis, in relation to a settlement letter for Steve Wilsack. It stated, in  
part:  
I have not made any further changes to the letter and assume that Gerard will  
insert the "gentleman's agreement" language as he feels is appropriate, given that  
it is intended to be soft/non-legal and he would have a feel for what will sell. I  
understand that you will put the letter on your letterhead and Gerard will bring it  
to closing (which is in your building). Let me know if you would prefer  
otherwise.  
[Emphasis added]  
[183] Gerard McInnis then e-mailed Cate MacNutt:  
Cate please tuck this in at the end ..  
re Gentleman's agreement  
Steve, as per your discussions with Dan we understand it [sic] your intention to  
hold your shares as an investment for the time being and otherwise manage your  
account as necessary on advice from your financial advisor, Bruce Clark [sic], at  
National Bank Financial.  
[184] Cate MacNutt prepared the letter to Steve Wilsack the next day, using the  
language suggested by Mr. McInnis in the final paragraph. The Crown says Blois  
Colpitts, in his role as counsel to KHI, later relied on this “soft/non-legal”  
paragraph to threaten Mr. Wilsack with legal action if he sold any shares.  
Dan Potter advises Gerard McInnis to “rag the puck”  
[185] On December 17, Gerard McInnis e-mailed Dan Potter in relation to CD-Ed  
share options:  
We are "sitting on" the Treasury Direction (yet have banked the funds). I am  
getting calls literally 2 an hour about status. I appreciate there is no market for  
their shares but they have legal right to the shares as purchased via exercise of  
their options. Blois has asked that I "lag [sic] the puck" which we have been doing  
but will need to release the direction soon. Any advice  
[186] Mr. Potter replied:  
It’s a hassle, but the longer you can rag the puck the better. Not a great answer.  
I’ll keep thinking.  
Page 55  
Bruce Clarke updates Dan Potter on “managed account”  
[187] On December 21, Bruce Clarke sent Dan Potter an e-mail updating him on  
the 540 account’s holdings:  
Hello Dan,  
Here is a quick analysis of the managed account taking into consideration todays  
purchases and the receipt of 100,000 shares.  
Total number of shares held  
Market Value at $6 per share  
Account Debit Balance  
Loan Value at 50% of Market Value  
Excess Margin  
622,870  
3,737,220  
1,806,000  
1,868,610  
62,610  
This does not include 200,000 shares of CrossOff I hold in the account.  
Bruce  
Trading volumes and share price for December 2000  
[188] Trading opened on December 1 at $6.20 and closed at $6.40. From then  
until December 29, the stock traded primarily between $6.00 and $6.50, although it  
did briefly drop down to $5.50 on December 27. During December, 255,502  
shares crossed the Exchange. Suspect accounts12 were heavy buyers, spending a  
total of $880,286 and acquiring 60% of the total shares traded. In addition, group  
members were involved in alleged high closes on 14 out of 19 trading days  
(73.7%).  
Dan Potter comes up with “Project One Million”  
[189] On January 14, 2001, Dan Potter e-mailed Ray Courtney, Ken MacLeod,  
Calvin Wadden, and Bernard Schelew, advising of an initiative -- “Project One  
Million” -- to attract new investors to KHI and raise equity for treasury. He asked  
that each recipient participate and agree to provide options to new investors on  
200,000 of their shares at $3.50 per share. He also “suggested” that each agree to  
12The 540 account, Union account, FutureEd.com, Daniel Potter, Calvin Wadden accounts and Ray Courtney  
accounts.  
Page 56  
buy 25,000 shares personally and commit to finding buyers for at least 10,000  
more.  
[190] The next day, Dan Potter sent a memo to KHI Directors with the subject  
“Requirement for Equity Investment”. The lengthy memo explained that since the  
public capital markets were virtually closed for companies at KHI’s type and stage  
of development, the most appropriate option was to look to existing stakeholders to  
help raise the needed investment. Mr. Potter noted that during the previous year,  
only $1 million in new funding was raised toward the $5 million expended by KHI  
and KHLP on research and development. The remaining $4 million came out of  
the equity and working capital base of the company. He continued:  
In retrospect, given how long the bear market has continued, we made a  
significant error last year by directing too much of the new investment we  
were able to attract to Knowledge House to market (non-treasury) share  
purchases. Essentially, during 2000 we attracted almost $14 million in new block  
share purchases. Approximately $10 million has gone into market transactions  
and only $2.5 million has to date been invested in the treasury of the company (a  
further $1.6 million will be paid into treasury over the next 7 months under the  
Barthe/Ristow subscription agreement). On the other had [sic], this has had the  
desirable effect of providing investor support for company's market capitalization.  
The price of KHI shares declined only $.15 on a year-over-year comparison  
(Dec. 31 2000 compared to Dec. 1999). This is in an environment where the  
market value of many comparable companies declined sharply, often by  
amounts well in excess of 50%.  
Adding urgency to the need for new equity is the recent reduction in our bank  
operating credit lines … While, as noted below, we have taken some steps over  
the last three weeks to cope with the current situation, in order to solve the  
financial crunch currently facing the company, new equity investment in the order  
of $3 million is needed very soon - ideally, a significant portion of [sic] should be  
obtained by the end of January.  
[Emphasis added]  
[191] Mr. Potter’s memo went on to explain that during the prior year and a half,  
KHI had operating credit facilities with Royal Bank totalling $3 million - $500,000  
as a base operating line and $2.5 million secured by receivables. But this situation  
had changed significantly in mid-December:  
In mid-December [the bank] advised that company's operating credit would be  
restricted to the base $500,000 on the basis that our contract receivables from  
major school projects was coming to and [sic] end. The bank indicated that [sic]  
Page 57  
order for it to provide more conventional receivables financing in our technology  
solutions business we would need approximately $2 million in additional equity  
in that business.  
This significant change in credit availability has created a real cash crunch. Over  
the last several weeks the company has been put on credit hold by a number of its  
technology suppliers. This seriously impairs our ability to execute new business  
and makes working capital extremely tight in relation to meeting other  
commitments including, payroll, trade payables, etc.  
[192] Mr. Potter added that the company had received some assistance from Dr.  
Lutz Ristow, who had agreed to make his February 2001 installment of $812,500  
several weeks early.  
Clients want to sell, Clarke uses his own account and FutureEd.com to soak up the  
pressure  
[193] Consistent with Dan Potter’s January 14 request that the major shareholders  
agree to buy more shares, Ken MacLeod e-mailed Bruce Clarke on Friday, January  
19, authorizing him to purchase up to 30,000 shares “to relieve some of the  
pressure that the market is presently applying to KHI stock.”  
[194] One of Bruce Clarke’s clients, Lowell Weir, also e-mailed him on January  
19:  
Bruce: I am very nervous on Knowledge House. If the stock falls below $5.00  
dollars, I would like the holdings of EnerVision sold immediately at market. In  
addition I want the same to apply to the Knowledge House stock held by  
Blackwood Holdings, and any other held by my wife and children and myself  
directly or through RRSP.  
Although the stock dropped below $5 that same day, and on several other  
occasions in the ensuing days and months, Bruce Clarke did not sell any shares for  
Mr. Weir.  
[195] In addition to Lowell Weir, Odilia MacDonald, another client of Mr. Clarke,  
wrote to him on January 19 and instructed him to enter a market order13 for the sale  
of all of her KHI shares as of market opening that day. Lynn MacDonald, assistant  
to Mr. Clarke, responded on his behalf, indicating that the market was very feeble  
13A market order is an order that instructs the investment advisor to buy or sell shares at the best available price at  
that time.  
Page 58  
but he was working to get her out of at least 5,000 shares that day. Lynn  
MacDonald wrote again a few hours later to advise that 5,000 shares had been sold  
at $5.00 per share and that Mr. Clarke was continuing to work on selling the rest.  
On the following Monday, Odilia MacDonald e-mailed Bruce Clarke as follows:  
Bruce: 51,945 KHI shares were traded on January 19. How is it possible that my  
shares were not all traded when I put in a market order before opening on Friday?  
After discussions with another broker, I learned it would be impossible for stock  
to close at $5.60 on Thursday when I had a sell order in for shares at 5.40-5.50.  
I’m feeling less than confident that my interests are being addressed.  
[196] Mr. Clarke replied later that day:  
During the day on Friday, we sold your shares in your non-registered account at  
two different times: the first was the 5,000 at approximately 1:30 in the afternoon  
and the remaining 344 was sold at approximately 4:30 in the afternoon; all at  
$5.00 per share.  
Do you want me to [sic] the shares in the RRSP account as well?  
[197] She replied, “Yes, as previously indicated, I want all of my KHI shares sold.  
I’m assuming that will be taken care of before closing today.” Mr. Clarke  
responded:  
You sold your 2556 of KHI @ $5.10 on opening this morning. This completes the  
sale in both your registered and non-registered accounts.  
I do apologize for the misunderstandings I had, but I do try to work at all times  
with the client’s best interest in mind.  
[198] The MTR indicates that Bruce Clarke used his own account and Ken  
MacLeod’s FutureEd.com account to buy Ms. MacDonald’s shares.  
Dan Potter drafts memorandum for $2 million treasury issue  
[199] On January 24, Dan Potter drafted a memo titled “$2.0 Million Treasury  
Issue 400,000 Common Shares at $5.00”. The memo contemplated the issuance  
of 400,000 shares from treasury at $5 per share. As an incentive, the five major  
shareholders would each offer options on 180,000 of their shares at $2.50 per share  
for a term of two years. The document also stated that the major shareholders  
would enter into a “managed selling agreement” to control any future selling of  
KHI, and “they will also collectively provide option incentives … to persons who  
provide market support and liquidity for the Company’s shares.”  
Page 59  
Trading volumes and share price for January 2001  
[200] Trading opened on January 1 at $6.00 per share, and closed the day at the  
same price. In the weeks that followed, the stock traded between $4.50 and $6.25.  
During the month of January, suspect account purchasing and alleged high closing  
reached an all-time high. In total, the suspect accounts14 spent $1,715,849, and  
purchased 68.6% of the total shares.15 The alleged high closing purchases also  
reached an all-time high, with suspect accounts involved alleged high closes on 17  
out of 22 trading sessions (77.27%).  
Steve T. receives options in exchange for not selling  
[201] On Tuesday, February 6, Dan Potter e-mailed Blois Colpitts indicating that  
Steve Tsimiklis had called to say that his father and brother were telling him that  
“if he doesn’t have a document” by Thursday, February 8, “selling will begin.”  
Mr. Potter requested that Mr. Colpitts prepare a draft and send it to him by the next  
night. The next day, he e-mailed Mr. Colpitts again, stating, “As per e-mail  
attached, we NEED to have the document done for tomorrow afternoon he will  
drive us crazy if we don’t.”  
[202] On February 8, Mr. Colpitts e-mailed Mr. Potter an option agreement for  
Steve Tsimiklis. The agreement contemplated that Mr. Tsimiklis would receive  
options on 123,870 KHI shares at an exercise price of $0.50 if Mr. Tsimiklis would  
abstain from trading any of his KHI shares. Since this was a private transaction  
conducted outside the TSX, the KHI market price would be unaffected and the  
investing public would be unaware that Mr. Potter was willing to sell his shares for  
$0.50.  
Calvin Wadden installed as “Administrator”  
[203] On February 8, Calvin Wadden e-mailed Dan Potter, subject “Market  
support”:  
I have been speaking with Ray, Blois and Ken throughout the day and they have  
been in supporting the market. Ray and I would really like to get the stock to  
14Clarke joint account, Blois Colpitts, FutureEd.com, Daniel Potter, 230 account, 540 account, Union account, Bruce  
Clarke, Calvin Wadden accounts and Ray Courtney accounts.  
15The Crown’s expert, Ian Black, calculated suspect purchases of $1,828,934.02 (75%) but included $113,085.05 in  
purchases by Laurie Stevens. These transaction will be discussed later in this decision.  
Page 60  
$5.45 and try to solicit more support from the group going forward. If we can get  
to $5.45 - $5.50 I would like to see each of us put 5,000 shares into the support  
side and try to inch up toward $6.00 to $6.50 until we get some positive news on  
the street.  
If we could come up with a formula to provide support say 5,000 shares each at  
every $.15-.20 gain forward we could be building some reserve and give each of  
us some breathing room until we attract substantial buyers. I think this along with  
the options would be [sic] be a strong sign for the major shareholders who are at  
the sidelines.  
Ray and Ken each purchased 4,000 shares today and have agreed to pick up an  
additional 1,000 shares each by the close. Blois and I bought as well. Aside from  
all the hard feelings it was good to see the teamwork this afternoon.  
I have spoken to Stewart from Assante(FCG) and he has agreed to work with me.  
I really think he was sincere but someone is still in the market. Can you make  
time for me to arrange a pep talk for Eric and Stewart some time next week? Ray  
and I think if we can turn Eric into a supportet [sic] we are clear sailing.  
[204] Dan Potter forwarded the e-mail to Blois Colpitts and wrote, “FYI – good to  
see!” He then e-mailed the five major shareholders, attaching Calvin Wadden’s  
earlier e-mail, to confirm the formalization of an agreement for Mr. Wadden to  
take on an investor relations role with the company for $5,000 per month. The role  
would include “overall co-ordination of the day to day retail market”, acting as the  
“Administrator” under the managed selling agreement, acting as the co-ordinator  
of the major shareholder group, and “acting as main day-to-day coordinator with  
the market makers in KHI shares, including Bruce Clarke and any others that are  
brought in from time to time.”  
Bernard Schelew joins in on the buying  
[205] Notwithstanding his November plan to sell 10,000 shares per week, as of  
February 2001, Dr. Schelew had not sold any shares. At that time, instead of  
selling, Dr. Schelew spent $110,000 acquiring more KHI shares. In an e-mail to  
Dan Potter, he stated, “I will purchase 11,000 of KHI from Handsmiths in the next  
two months adding another $55,500…” He added, “After reviewing my financial  
situation, I’m afraid I can’t participate in any more rounds of buying.”  
[206] Dr. Schelew also helped Calvin Wadden narrow down the identity of a  
shareholder selling 5,000 shares from a CIBC account, telling Mr. Wadden that he  
checked with his friend Pat, who denied that it was her.  
Dan Potter updates the Board of Directors  
Page 61  
[207] On February 21, Dan Potter circulated a memo in advance of the February  
26 KHI Board of Directors meeting. The memo outlined a series of operational  
steps the company had taken to address the “financial crunch” it had experienced  
for the previous eight weeks. The memo also set out several steps taken at the  
shareholder and investor level including reaching a “Managed Selling Agreement”  
and a “market support arrangement” among the five largest shareholders. The  
memo further noted that the company had obtained commitments for $1.25 million  
of the $2 million private placement but that KHI’s future was in jeopardy unless it  
secured the remaining $750,000.  
Trading volumes and share price for February 2001  
[208] Trading opened on February 1 at $5.30 and closed at $5.25. Although the  
stock dipped to $4.70 on February 7, it recovered (with significant suspect account  
purchasing) to trade between $5.05 and $5.80 before closing the month at $5.60.  
[209] In February 2001, 201,360 shares crossed the Exchange, with suspect  
accounts16 purchasing over 70% at a total cost of $770,109.20. Out of 19 trading  
days, suspect accounts were involved in 13 alleged high closes (68%).  
Calvin Wadden’s “latest brainwave”  
[210] On March 1, 2001, Ken MacLeod e-mailed the major shareholders, outlining  
Calvin Wadden’s “latest brainwave” that one of the five of them sell the bulk of his  
shares “for a song” to either Charlie Keating or David Fountain (outside the  
Exchange) in order to lower the purchaser’s average cost per share. With 800,000  
shares and a debt of $1.5 million, MacLeod indicated that he might entertain  
selling his shares for $1.90 per share. Dan Potter replied that Calvin Wadden had  
volunteered to sell his 1.4 million shares at $1.83 to incent Mr. Keating or Mr.  
Fountain to contribute $1 million to the private placement. While Mr. Potter  
wasn’t sure that either would be interested, he said he would run it up the pole with  
them. Before he did, however, he asked that any other interested group members  
“put their hand up”, or suggest another approach. He concluded with a “strong  
recommendation” that the five major shareholders “as a team, commit to buy 5,000  
more shares while we work all the options.”  
16Clarke joint account, 230 account, FutureEd.com, Daniel Potter, Bruce Clarke, Calvin Wadden accounts, Ray  
Courtney accounts, Fiona Imrie and Bernard Schelew.  
Page 62  
[211] The next day, Ken MacLeod e-mailed Bruce Clarke to authorize him to buy  
up to 5,000 shares. Also on March 2, Calvin Wadden e-mailed the group and  
indicated that he was not willing to offer his shares to Charlie Keating or David  
Fountain unless all five members of the group were contributing to the “market  
support” efforts. Over the next few days, a new plan developed for Bernard  
Schelew and Ken Macleod to offer to sell a combined 1.3 million shares at $1.83  
per share (with unnamed others contributing a further 100,000 shares) to Charlie  
Keating in exchange for his agreement to subscribe for $1 million to the private  
placement. Again, because this was a private transaction, the KHI market price  
would be unaffected and the public would not know that major shareholders were  
willing to let go of their shares for $1.83. Dan Potter e-mailed the proposal to  
Charlie Keating on March 7.  
Keeping employee shares off the market  
[212] On March 3, 2001, in response to an e-mail from Gerard McInnis cautioning  
that a number of employee options would soon expire (and therefore would likely  
be exercised), Dan Potter wrote:  
I think we have now decided to deal with this on a case by case basis until we get  
a little further along having said this, we definitely are going to tell anyone who  
requests/demands to exercise that it’s not on for now.  
I have no problem dealing with anyone who becomes the least bit demanding.  
Group members round out the private placement  
[213] On March 9, Dan Potter sent a memo to the KHI Board of Directors that  
listed the investors expected to subscribe for the $2 million private placement. In  
addition to the $1.25 million already secured from David Fountain, Derek Banks  
and Dan Potter, $400,000 would come from Blois Colpitts, Ray Courtney, Ken  
MacLeod and Calvin Wadden, each of whom had confirmed $100,000  
contributions. The remaining $350,000 would come from Eric Romanowsky,  
Doug Rudolph and Laurie Stevens. Three days later, Ray Courtney e-mailed Dan  
Potter and told him that he had no way to participate in the private placement. By  
the end of the month, however, Mr. Courtney agreed to have shares released from  
BMO NB so that he could afford to contribute.  
Dan Potter’s accounts slip under margin  
Page 63  
[214] On March 19, Steven Clarke e-mailed Dan Potter:  
I've attached an updated portfolio overview, currently with KHI bid at $5.30 per  
share your cross guaranteed account are under margin by approximately [sic]  
$13,000. If you keep everything else in the accounts constant, your excess margin  
will increase (decrease) by 15,000 (-15000) for every $0.05 change in the bid  
price of KHI.  
[215] The Crown says that e-mails of this nature show just how price-sensitive Mr.  
Potter’s accounts were, due to the concentration in KHI shares margined to the  
limit of borrowing power. Since even small fluctuations in price could trigger a  
margin call, maintaining the stock price was critical.  
Bernard Schelew offers to option his shares at $0.64 per share  
[216] On March 25, Bernard Schelew proposed to Dan Potter that he would sell  
1.1 million options at $0.64 per share with a $1.36 strike price to any investor who  
agreed to invest $700,000 in the private placement. He noted that this would free  
up more than half a million dollars that the major shareholders had intended to  
contribute to the private placement. He suggested those funds could be used “for  
market support.” He proposed that, in exchange for optioning his shares, he be  
given options on 200,000 shares from the other major shareholders at $5.00 per  
share and he would agree to purchase $100,000 of KHI in market support on an  
equal basis “with Managed Selling Group.” This transaction never took place.  
Dan Potter tries a different approach with Charlie Keating  
[217] Having failed to convince Charlie Keating to buy 1.4 million shares at $1.83,  
Dan Potter e-mailed Mr. Keating on March 26, proposing that Mr. Keating loan his  
one million KHI shares as security to a new investment company set up by Mr.  
Potter, Mr. Wadden and others. The company would then apply for a loan for the  
$700,000. Again, this transaction never took place.  
Trading volumes and share price for March 2001  
[218] Trading opened on March 1 at $5.45 and closed the day at $5.30. For the  
rest of the month, the stock price remained quite stable, trading between $5.10 and  
$5.55. When the stock hit the low of $5.10 on March 16, Bruce Clarke e-mailed  
Dan Potter, writing, “Could you please give me a call. Knowledge House is $5.10  
to $5.25.” The stock closed on March 30 at $5.40.  
Page 64  
[219] In March 2001, 106,830 KHI shares crossed the Exchange. Suspect  
accounts17 spent $356,191 and bought 62% of the total shares. Out of 21 trading  
days, suspect accounts were involved in 10 alleged high closes (47.6%).  
New plans for “market support”  
[220] On April 4, Dan Potter sent an e-mail to Ken MacLeod, Bernard Schelew,  
Calvin Wadden, and Ray Courtney, with copies to Bruce Clarke and Blois Colpitts,  
with the subject, “Market support using Bernard’s shares”. Mr. Potter confirmed  
that the $2 million private placement had closed. He explained that he’d met with  
Ray and Calvin, and that they’d come up with a plan for Bernard Schelew to  
provide a loan of 100,000 KHI shares. The first 60,000 would be divided equally  
between Mr. Potter, Mr. Courtney, Mr. Wadden, and Mr. MacLeod. According to  
the plan, once the shares were transferred into the recipients’ margin accounts, they  
would each purchase 9,000 KHI shares in the market. The remaining 40,000  
shares “will be available for future use.” Mr. Potter asked Mr. Colpitts to draft a  
“loan of securities” agreement for each of the recipients.  
[221] A few days later, when it became clear that Bernard Schelew was not keen  
to loan his shares in pieces, a new plan was concocted, wherein Dr. Schelew would  
transfer 100,000 shares to Jack Hill in exchange for $100,000 and a commitment  
by Mr. Hill to purchase 30,000 more shares of KHI from treasury or on the market.  
Although everyone was on board, Bruce Clarke and Blois Colpitts had difficulty  
getting NBFL to accept the below market sale by Dr. Schelew’s RRSP, and the  
transaction did not take place.  
Blois Colpitts threatens Steve Wilsack with legal action  
[222] At some point in early April 2001, Blois Colpitts became concerned that  
Steve Wilsack was selling KHI shares on the market. On April 9, he e-mailed Mr.  
Wilsack as follows:  
We are the solicitors for Knowledge House Inc. Further to your agreement dated  
December 13, 2000 which released your shares from escrow, among other things,  
and based on your agreement not to sell shares of Knowledge House Inc.  
otherwise than through Bruce Clarke, please provide us with evidence that you  
have complied with the terms of your agreements.  
17230 account, FutureEd.com, Clarke joint account, Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney.  
Page 65  
I understand you have not contacted Mr. Clarke at all in this regard and therefore  
would presume you have not sold any shares. Please acknowledge receipt of this  
email by tomorrow and fax me your statements to prevent any further action.  
[223] Mr. Wilsack replied on April 10:  
Thank you for email. For clarification purposes, could you show me in the  
December 13 agreement where it states that I cannot buy and sell shares of KHI  
other than through Bruce Clarke and that I have to deal exclusively with National  
Bank for my personal financial portfolio.  
Also in your email you stated “to prevent any further action.” Could you please  
clarify this statement.  
[224] Mr. Colpitts responded the same day, with a copy to Andrew Burke:  
Thank you for your email today.  
Without getting into a legal argument with you, you have a copy of the agreement  
and can read the last paragraphs.  
You also are aware of the terms of the release of your shares from escrow. It is  
very clear that you have not had any dealings with Bruce Clarke in respect of  
selling any of your shares and therefore the presumption is that you have not sold  
any shares or you have breached the agreement and will be held accountable for  
any resulting damages caused by your breach(s), both in the past and the future.  
You have told others you are not selling shares and we are merely verifying your  
compliance with the agreement on behalf of our client. Please provide me with  
copies of your statements to avoid any further action on this file.  
[225] According to the Match Trade Report, between January 2 and April 10,  
Steve Wilsack sold 37,400 shares of KHI. From March 30 to April 9, he sold  
5,800 shares through Royal Bank Dominion Securities, all purchased by  
FutureEd.com. From the date of Mr. Colpitts’ last e-mail until June 14, Steve  
Wilsack sold only 300 shares.  
Gerard McInnis warns that KHLP shares will soon be released  
[226] On April 18, 2001, Gerard McInnis forwarded an e-mail to Dan Potter from  
Chris Smith, Vice-President Finance and Administration,18 containing a  
18Chris Smith initially joined KHI in the role of Controller, reporting to Gerard McInnis. Mr. McInnis testified that  
in late 2000 or early 2001, he transitioned out of Finance and into “more of an operations role”, while Mr. Smith  
took over in Finance.  
Page 66  
spreadsheet breaking down how the 646,000 shares from the KHLP were issued,  
and wrote:  
fyi, just by way of reminder the hold restriction on these shares (although not  
legended) was until June 27, 2001. This will be upon us sooner than not and  
prework on some of these investors to ensure these shares stay off the market may  
be necessary.  
Trade volumes and share price for April 2001  
[227] Trading opened on April 2 at $5.40, the only trade of the day. For the rest of  
the month, KHI traded between $5.20 and $5.55, closing the month at $5.35.  
During April 2001, 59,730 KHI shares crossed the Exchange. The only suspect  
accounts purchasing were FutureEd.com and the Union account. Together, these  
accounts spent $300,273, purchasing 71% of the total shares traded.19 Out of 15  
trading days, suspect accounts were involved in eight alleged high closings. (53%).  
The warrant swap  
[228] In late April, Calvin Wadden e-mailed Dan Potter with the subject “KHI  
warrants and market support. The e-mail set out a plan that the Crown calls “the  
warrant swap. The first step would be for the group members to offer options to  
Donnie Snow in exchange for 124,733 warrants at $1.50.20 Next, the warrants  
would be sold to Gerard McInnis, Jack Sullivan, and Jack Hill for one cent each.  
Once the warrants were in their margin accounts, each of them would exercise the  
warrants and use the resulting equity increase to “support the market” by  
purchasing additional KHI shares on the TSX. The e-mail indicated that “Blois  
feels that Bruce can do this transaction with our own accounts so if anyone would  
like to take the lead it is fine with me.”  
19Although Ian Black’s Summary of Daily Trading for April 2001 (Exhibit 62, Tab 30) showed the suspect buy  
percentage as 58%, he testified that he forgot to exclude a prearranged trade of 11,200 shares which would result in  
an increased suspect buy percentage.  
20Warrants are similar to options, but the two are not identical. Like options, warrants give the holder the right, but  
not the obligation, to purchase a company’s stock at a specific price within a specific period of time. The key  
difference is that warrants are issued directly by the company itself, not by another investor. When a warrant is  
exercised, new shares are issued from the treasury of the company.  
Page 67  
[229] On April 30, 2001, Jack Hill’s margin account had a balance of $0.00. On  
May 3, there was a deposit into the account of $10,000 cash, followed by the  
reception of 15,000 shares of KHI.21 The portfolio statement then shows a  
purchase of 55,000 warrants of KHI at one cent each, for a cost of $550. Each  
warrant allowed Mr. Hill to purchase one share at a price of $1.50. Those warrants  
were exercised by Mr. Hill at a cost of $82,500 (55,000 x $1.50). With KHI shares  
trading at between $5.30 and $5.40, the introduction of 55,000 shares significantly  
increased the equity in the account. In other words, it cost $83,050 to bring  
approximately $291,500 worth of equity into the account. With increased equity  
comes the ability to purchase additional securities on margin, and, in accordance  
with the agreement, that is exactly what Mr. Hill did. Between May 2 and May 16,  
he purchased 20,000 shares on the Exchange.  
[230] Jack Sullivan also participated in the warrant swap. On April 30, 2001, the  
margin account for John (Jack) F. Sullivan and Linda Sullivan had a positive cash  
balance of $423.24. The portfolio statement for May 2001 shows the purchase of  
35,000 KHI warrants for one cent each, for a cost of $350, and the exercise of  
those warrants for $52,500 (35,000 x $1.50). With a market price of $5.35 per  
share on May 7, the purchase of 35,000 shares resulted in $187,250 worth of equity  
entering the account. With KHI at a 50% margin rate, $93,625 could be used to  
purchase additional shares on the market. Between May 22, 2001 and July 9,  
2001, Mr. Sullivan purchased 8,100 shares of KHI on the market.  
[231] Gerard McInnis was the third participant in the warrant swap. He acted  
through his wife Janine’s account, over which he had trading authority. The  
portfolio statement shows a purchase of 34,733 warrants for one cent each, for a  
cost of $347.33, followed by the exercise of the warrants for $52,099.50 (34,733 x  
$1.50). With the receipt of the shares, the equity in the account increased  
substantially and Mr. McInnis used the excess margin to purchase 20,100 shares on  
the market.  
[232] The ingenious feature of this plan was that the shares purchased through the  
exercise of the warrants effectively paid for themselves. When you purchase  
securities, the shares immediately enter your account and increase the amount of  
equity it contains. That said, you are not required to pay for them until the  
“settlement date”. In this case, the settlement date was three business days after  
21The source of the 15,000 shares is unclear.  
Page 68  
the purchase. Accordingly, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. McInnis22 were able to purchase  
and exercise the warrants without depositing any additional funds into their  
accounts. Once the warrants were exercised for a total cost of $1.51 per share, the  
shares entered their accounts. With an actual market value of $5.35-$5.45 per  
share, the reception of the shares into the accounts increased the equity levels  
considerably. By the settlement date, the accounts contained enough equity to  
cover the debt incurred through the purchase and exercise of the warrants.  
Trading volumes and share price for May 2001  
[233] On May 1, 2001, trading in KHI shares opened at $5.30 and closed at $5.35.  
For the rest of the month, the stock traded between $5.25 and $5.80, before closing  
the month at $5.40. During May 2001, 124,130 KHI shares crossed the Exchange.  
The suspect accounts23 spent $386,335 and bought 74.7% of the total shares. For  
the month of May, suspect accounts were involved in alleged high closes on nine  
out of 21 trading days (42.8%).  
Steve Wilsack wants to sell again, Calvin Wadden quits investor relations role  
[234] On June 12, 2001, Steve Wilsack e-mailed Bruce Clarke:  
Hi Bruce. I have held on as long as I could without selling a few KHI  
shares…too many personal bills are mounting..8-)  
Could you please sell 2000 shares between $5.15 and $5.25.  
[235] Bruce Clarke forwarded the e-mail to Blois Colpitts who then prepared a  
draft response which he e-mailed to Bruce Clarke, Calvin Wadden, and Dan Potter  
on the same day:  
Bruce:  
The draft reply should be as follows:  
22Mr. Hill may have had sufficient equity in his account by virtue of the deposits of $10,000 and 15,000 KHI shares.  
23FutureEd.com, Calvin Wadden accounts, Jack Hill, Jack Sullivan, Janine McInnis and Clarke joint account.  
Page 69  
Steve:  
Thank you for your email.  
I have been put on notice by Blois Colpitts as counsel to KHI that you were under  
an ongoing obligation pursuant to your letter agreement dated December 13, 2000  
which released your shares from escrow, among other things, not to sell shares of  
Knowledge House Inc. otherwise than through me.  
Blois Colpitts has subsequently advised that you have an outstanding request to  
provide him with evidence that you have complied with the terms of your  
agreements.  
As you are aware from your meeting the bids for KHI are currently support bids  
and if others arise we will proceed with your request within the context of your  
instructions.  
Thank you.  
Bruce  
[236] Also on June 12, Steve Wilsack e-mailed Calvin Wadden, the daily market  
support coordinator, to obtain permission to sell shares. Two days later, Mr.  
Wadden e-mailed Dan Potter telling him he was confident that “if we can muster  
1500 shares/mth for Steve he won’t be selling into the market.” Mr. Wilsack  
followed up with Calvin Wadden on June 20:  
Hi Cal.. just checking in to see about selling 2000 shares of KHI.  
I am going to put a sell order into Bruce on Thursday. I have been holding off as  
long as I could…but got too many bills and visa bills mounting…  
[237] Calvin Wadden replied:  
Steve,  
I am working on your request every day but I have had no luck yet. Yesterday  
there was more selling from BMO and Yorkton and we are out of support. I am  
asking everyone to buy not to sell this week. I am hoping on Dan’s return on the  
weekend we will have some progress and positive news.  
I am going to keep doing what I can until I head for Russia the first week of July  
(fingers crossed) then I am moving away from KHI and persuing [sic] another  
career to see if I can rebuild. They say it is always easier the second time around.  
I hope there is some truth to that.  
I am asking everyone to send their statements to Dan by Saturday. I will forward  
mine today to ensure the group I am part of the solution. It will be interesting  
who will comply!? Blois mentioned he bought KHI (5,000 shares) last week for  
Page 70  
his mothers RRSP account. Things are really bad when that becomes our last bit  
of support.  
Going to be a rough few days..hope KHI can survive!  
Cal  
[238] Steve Wilsack agreed to “hold my breath for another few days to see what  
the magician pulls out of the hat.”  
[239] On June 21, Calvin Wadden e-mailed Dan Potter and resigned from his  
investor relations role:  
Dan,  
I am hoping for the best for KHI and I will do my best to support Bruce but I have  
no buying ability left to draw on. Yesterday there was selling (1500 shares from  
Yorkton and more from BMO Investorline) .. I am printing of [sic] my statements  
for both accounts for the last few months and will forward to you today to ensure  
everyone I am not the problem. I am sending everyone a request to forward their  
statements to you by Saturday so you and Blois can review them on the weekend.  
I am not confident that everyone in our group is keeping their end of our non sell  
agreement so I have decided to move away from the daily market responsibilities.  
I am apparently no longer effective in that role and I am heading to Russia in a  
few weeks anyway so I think we should look for a better candidate. The daily  
debates with our merry band of investors is becoming too much for me to deal  
with. I have my own financial issues and they never seem to be a topic of  
conversation when I am dealing with our group.  
I commend you and Blois for your perseverance and I will continue to support  
your efforts. Blois mentioned last night that he had to buy 5,000 shares for his  
mother account last week for support. I can't believe that our group continues to  
sell and make demands when we are so close to having the stock crack. I can't  
figure out if it is fear or selfish greed driving these guys!?!  
I will do what I can until the end of the month and after that I will provide any  
statements upon request to ensure the group I am not the problem. …  
[240] According to the Match Trade Report, on June 22, Ray Courtney purchased  
30,000 shares from his own company, 3019619 NS Ltd., at $5.20 per share. The  
previous trade was at $5.35. With the Courtney transaction, the stock closed at  
$5.20.  
[241] On June 23, in an e-mail to Steve Wilsack, Calvin Wadden commented that  
“Dan emailed me on my decision to move away from IR and he claims to have  
good news just around the corner. Can’t wait to hear this one.” He also wrote:  
Page 71  
Bruce Clarke told me the idiot, AKA “Ray” did a 30,000 share cross below  
market and screwed up the close for the weekend papers. He sure is the anchor  
on our team of vagabonds. Gotta love the irony of the situation.  
Trading volumes and share price for June 2001  
[242] Trading opened on June 1 at $5.25 and closed at $5.40. During the rest of  
the month, the stock traded between $5 and $5.50, with a brief drop to $4.55 on  
June 8. The stock closed on June 28 at $5.30. During June 2001, 115,612 KHI  
shares crossed the Exchange. Suspect accounts24 spent $102,473 purchasing  
34.5% of the total shares. Although the Janine McInnis account purchased  
$11,820 worth of shares, Gerard McInnis testified that Bruce Clarke made those  
purchases without his authorization.  
Dan Potter wants to keep LP certificate “lock up” expiration low-key  
[243] On July 12, Chris Smith e-mailed Gerard McInnis and Dan Potter in relation  
to the LP shares, confirming that the “lock up” had expired on June 27, 2001, and  
that the 646,000 shares could hit the market. Dan Potter replied:  
We are working to keep this low key- a number of the shares are still being held  
and will only be released upon request, etc. etc. Please send any inquiries to me.  
[244] George Unsworth and Kiki Kachafanas, LP unitholders, were anxiously  
awaiting release of their share certificates. Mr. Unsworth and Ms. Kachafanas are  
both accountants and, in 1999-2001, were partners at the same accounting firm in  
Sydney, Nova Scotia. Mr. Unsworth testified that he started doing business with  
Stewart McKelvey in 1971 and, several years later, was referred to Blois Colpitts.  
Mr. Colpitts did a lot of work for Mr. Unsworth’s clients and the two men became  
friends. It was through that friendship that Mr. Colpitts asked Mr. Unsworth to  
invest in the KHLP. Mr. Unsworth spoke to Ms. Kachafanas about it, and they  
agreed to each contribute to the purchase of an LP unit. Mr. Unsworth paid  
$110,000 and Ms. Kachafanas paid $40,000. Mr. Unsworth financed his portion  
with a loan, while Ms. Kachafanas used partner capital.  
[245] George Unsworth testified that his expectation when he invested in  
December 1999 was that the LP units would be converted one year later. In late  
December 2000, when he signed the call option documents indicating that the  
24Clarke joint, Janine McInnis, Wadden accounts, Dan Potter, Union account, Colpitts joint account, and Clarke  
RSP.  
Page 72  
shares would be held until June 27, 2001, he assumed that the share certificates  
would automatically be sent to him on that date. When asked about his plans for  
the shares, he testified that he intended to pay back the loan and then decide  
whether to sell the other shares.  
[246] Mr. Unsworth testified that when he did not receive his shares after June 27,  
he called Blois Colpitts several times and asked where the shares were. When  
asked what Mr. Colpitts told him, Mr. Unsworth testified:  
Well basically put my you got to remember we were friends, he basically just  
said he would look into it or look in to try to find out where they were. To tell  
you the truth I didn’t do enough research to realize he had the shares at the time. I  
thought they were with a register or an agent other than him.  
[247] Mr. Unsworth testified that he did not receive his share certificates until  
2002, when they arrived in his mailbox. He did not know who sent them. By that  
point, the shares were worthless.  
[248] After George Unsworth finished testifying, Blois Colpitts approached him  
outside the courtroom and made some relevant comments. The Crown learned of  
the incident and recalled Mr. Unsworth. According to Mr. Unsworth’s testimony,  
Mr. Colpitts had approached him while he waited for Ms. Kachafanas to return  
from the washroom. He testified that Mr. Colpitts shook his hand, said he was  
sorry for getting Mr. Unsworth “involved in this again”, and that his parting  
comment was, “Well if I would have sent any of the certificates he would have had  
me disbarred.” Mr. Colpitts then left on the elevator while Mr. Unsworth  
continued to wait for Ms. Kachafanas. On cross-examination, Mr. Colpitts  
suggested to Mr. Unsworth that he had actually said that “lawyers have to follow  
client instructions or face disbarment” or words to that effect. Mr. Unsworth  
disagreed, maintaining his version of the exchange.  
NBFL cuts the KHI loan value  
[249] Despite Dan Potter’s efforts to hold them off, NBFL cut the loan value on  
KHI to 35%. Margin call letters were sent to Gerard McInnis, Craig Dunham,  
Doug Rudolph and others. On July 23, 2001, Ken MacLeod e-mailed Dan Potter  
saying he had just received a letter from National Bank telling him that he owed  
them $280,000. He wrote, “Even if I can do something about this margin call, one  
more of these and I’m definitely going to have to start selling KHI shares (no other  
recourse??).” Dan Potter replied:  
Page 73  
I've been discussing the margin change with NBF and warned them not to be too  
aggressive on timing with enforcing the change. I have received an undertaking  
from the NBF senior management in Montreal that they will work with us -we  
have set up a process whereby I have a telephone conference every two weeks  
with one of their executives to report progress, etc.  
You still need to work with Bruce to come up with your plan - but Aug 2 is not a  
hard deadline for payment - hopefully, we can get some block sales of shares this  
fall through the work we are doing with Michael Moe's firm (ThinkEquity  
Partners) - no guarantee but it's part of the plan.  
Bruce and Blois are working with me on the NBF file, so I'm copying them on  
this to keep them in the loop.  
Thomas Hickey invests  
[250] At the end of July, Thomas Hickey invested in KHI on Dan Potter’s  
suggestion. Mr. Hickey’s company at the time, Frontline Safety, had an online  
training component. He had read about KHI and its online learning capability in  
the media and approached Dan Potter and Calvin Wadden to see if there might be  
an opportunity for a joint venture in the online safety learning space. During their  
discussions, Mr. Potter told him that KHI was a growing e-learning company and  
exciting things were happening. He thought Mr. Hickey’s idea to potentially  
partner or enter a joint venture with KHI was a good one. When Mr. Hickey was  
asked whether Mr. Potter had any discussions with him about the financial state of  
the company prior to his investment, Mr. Hickey answered:  
Everything was rosy in all of the discussions. There was no discussion that they  
were in financial duress.  
[251] On July 30, 2001, Mr. Hickey purchased 10,000 shares at $5.10 per share.  
Within two to three weeks of his purchase, the share price dropped down to about  
30 cents. He estimated his losses at between $40,000 and $50,000.  
Trade volumes and share price for July 2001  
[252] The stock opened on July 3 at $5.15 and closed the day at $5.15. For the  
rest of the month, the stock price dipped below $5.00, trading down to $4.25,  
before rebounding and closing the month at $5.34. In July 2001, 88,149 KHI  
shares crossed the Exchange. Suspect accounts spent $146,432.50 and bought  
32% of the shares. Although the Janine McInnis account spent $2,655 buying  
Page 74  
shares, Gerard McInnis testified that, again, Bruce Clarke made these purchases  
without his authorization. There were no alleged high closes in July.  
The demise of KHI  
[253] On August 13, 2001, Leon Trakman, an LP unitholder, e-mailed Chris Smith  
at KHI requesting his share certificates. Mr. Smith forwarded the e-mail to Dan  
Potter, writing:  
FYI he called me directly today and wanted to know how/when to receive his  
share certificates.  
I asked him to send me an email with clear directions, which he has now done.  
[254] On August 16, before Mr. Trakman received his share certificates, ITI, Mr.  
Potter’s former company, announced that it had gone into receivership. This  
caused the ITI share price to plummet, triggering margin calls for several ITI  
shareholders who also held KHI. Making things worse, on August 17, KHI  
announced it had entered an agreement with IBK Capital Corp of Toronto to raise  
up to $5 million by way of private placement of common shares or other securities.  
The news was not favourably received, and shareholders began aggressively  
selling their shares. The result was a collapse from a closing price of $5.10 per  
share on August 16 to $0.33 per share on August 31.  
[255] On August 21, as KHI share prices fell, Lowell Weir e-mailed Bruce Clarke  
in relation to his January 19, 2001 e-mail ordering him to sell KHI if the price  
dropped below $5.00. He asked Mr. Clarke what action had been taken pursuant to  
the order. Mr. Clarke replied, in part:  
Lowell in refrence [sic] to your e-mail of Jan 19/01, 30 days is the norm to hold  
an order interest, at the end of which time it has to be re-discussed no such  
discussion occurred. During the time frame of Jan 19/01 to Feb 20/01 the last sale  
on the stock had a range of a low $5.05 and a high of $5.80.  
Mr. Weir responded:  
The email was direction given with regard to this investment which was  
recommended by NBF and was not specific to a thirty day period. The order of  
March 28 was I believe margin selling by you. The april 18 order was a specific  
order.  
For Enervision’s account can you provide me the loss on the Anitech and  
Knowledgehouse shares which are under guarantee from you and Blois.  
Page 75  
[256] In late August, Leon Trakman and Dan Potter exchanged e-mails in relation  
to KHI’s failure to deliver his share certificates in June 2001. On August 25, Mr.  
Trakman responded to an e-mail from Dan Potter, writing in part:  
I have received your e-mail. We agreed that this matter would be resolved today. I  
am concerned that you are now requesting more time.  
Nevertheless, I am willing to accept resolution of this matter by the receipt of  
your certified cheque for $150,000 by noon Monday, to remediate your failure to  
duly issue my shares.  
The personal liability of the directors is in issue.  
[257] On August 27, Dan Potter advised Mr. Trakman that the matter had been  
turned over to the company’s lawyers and that Mr. Trakman’s lawyer should  
contact them. On August 29, Dan Potter forwarded the chain of e-mails exchanged  
with Mr. Trakman to Blois Colpitts and wrote:  
We need to be careful about this [sic] guys - they could go to the TSE or  
Securities Commission if we do not give them a lawyer to talk to!! Neither you or  
I need that!  
[258] Although the company tried to stay afloat with a loan from Fiona Imrie, on  
September 13, 2001, KHI announced that it was unable to continue its operations  
due to a lack of available financing. Unable to make payroll, the company closed  
its doors.  
Losses to investors  
[259] When the KHI stock price collapsed, David Fountain lost $3 million. Jim  
Wilson and Staffing Strategists lost $338,000. Derek Banks lost $1.1 million. Dr.  
Lutz Ristow lost $1,625,000. Ben Barthe lost $3,325,000. The Union account lost  
$849,000. Lowell Weir and his wife, Carol McLaughlin-Weir, estimated their  
losses at $500,000. George Unsworth and Kiki Kachafanis lost a combined  
$150,000. Thomas Hickey lost $50,000.  
[260] The Court heard from numerous other investors who lost their investments  
when the KHI stock price collapsed. I will review some of them below.  
[261] John Atkinson is an electrical contractor who knew Ray Courtney and Jack  
Hill. He described Mr. Hill as a “close personal friend”. Mr. Atkinson first met  
Ray Courtney when he and Mr. Hill wired some schools for internet and LAN  
Page 76  
systems in 1999 and 2000. Mr. Courtney and Mr. Hill recommended that Mr.  
Atkinson invest in KHI shares, telling him that KHI was “the next best thing  
going. He said he was “extremely nervous” about taking money out of his RRSP,  
but he saw that KHI “went from the Montreal Exchange up to the Toronto Stock  
Exchange” and the stock price “kept going up a little bit and up a little bit and it  
seemed like it was going places.He purchased 17,000 shares and estimated his  
losses at close to $110,000.  
[262] Michael MacIntyre heard about KHI through the media. He testified that the  
company seemed to be doing well and had a government contract in the works, so  
he called his broker in October 2000 and purchased 2,390 shares for himself and  
for his children’s RESP. He lost $16,494.89.  
[263] Darren Mitchell is a financial advisor. He purchased 3,000 KHI shares in  
his wife’s name in October 2000 on the advice of his stock broker, Shirley Locke.  
He estimated his losses at $20,000.  
[264] Kathy Holman is a Judicial Assistant in Pictou, Nova Scotia. She purchased  
shares on the recommendation of her best friend and stock broker, Shirley Locke.  
She lost $21,700.  
[265] Douglas Humphreys was Shirley Locke’s client. Ms. Locke had  
discretionary trading authority over his account. He testified that he had no  
investment knowledge and relied on her for advice and decisions. He invested at  
least $63,000 in KHI and testified that he lost “probably” all of it.  
[266] John Groves is a retired businessman who met Dan Potter shortly after  
moving to Nova Scotia in 1998. Mr. Potter encouraged him to open an account  
with Bruce Clarke and to invest in KHI, so he did. He bought 20,000 shares at  
various points in 1999. He watched the stock rise and thought at times that he  
should sell. Bruce Clarke always advised against it, telling him that the stock was  
going to go much higher. Mr. Groves further testified that he also spoke to Dan  
Potter about selling his shares several times, and Mr. Potter told him that “things  
are going good” and “I think you should hang in there and go back and talk to  
Bruce.” He did not sell any shares. His wife bought and sold shares and lost  
around $16,000. Mr. Groves’ loss was not calculated.  
[267] Michael Mahoney was a partner in J.R. Mahoney Ltd., a commercial  
refrigeration and restaurant equipment business. He sold his share of the business  
in 1999 for $300,000 and invested most of it. He bought KHI on the  
Page 77  
recommendation of his investment advisor, Bruce Clarke. Mr. Mahoney testified  
that he had a lot of difficulty getting Mr. Clarke to sell KHI shares. When he  
indicated that he wanted to reduce his position, Mr. Clarke would “stonewall” him,  
telling him that a big announcement was coming and he should not sell his shares.  
Other times, Mr. Clarke convinced him to sell other holdings instead. In June  
2001, Mr. Mahoney told Mr. Clarke that he needed some cash to finance a three or  
four-week motorcycle trip. Mr. Clarke recommended that instead of selling KHI,  
he should sell some of his other stocks, like Harley Davidson. According to Mr.  
Mahoney, Mr. Clarke eventually convinced him to borrow on his shares to pay for  
his trip. When he returned, the stock price plummeted, and he lost approximately  
$33,000.  
[268] Michael Chambers works for a plumbing and heating wholesaler in  
Bridgewater, Nova Scotia. In late July 2001, he received a call from his  
accountant, Doug Rudolph, recommending that he invest his pension money (about  
$60,000) in KHI. Mr. Chambers testified that he had thought his RRSP was locked  
in, but Mr. Rudolph advised him to move it into Royal Bank Direct, which he did.  
He gave Mr. Rudolph authorization to invest the money in KHI. On July 31, 2001,  
Mr. Rudolph invested $56,000 in KHI shares on his behalf. Mr. Chambers lost it  
all when the stock collapsed two weeks later.  
[269] Every individual investor who testified at trial said that they would not have  
invested in KHI stock if they had known that the stock price was being  
manipulated.  
[270] The Court also heard evidence from representatives of three major financial  
institutions in relation to amounts either lost or put at risk by extending margin to  
the alleged conspirators and others holding KHI stock. Jean-Francois Hamel, the  
Associate Vice-President of Credit and Market Risk with Toronto Dominion  
(TD) Financial Group, testified that TD loaned $800,000 against KHI stock to  
three accounts (Calvin Wadden, Ray Courtney, and Jack Hill). After the stock  
collapsed, TD managed to recover $105,000, resulting in a loss of $695,000.  
[271] Bruno Falvo, a risk analyst at BMO NB, testified that BMO risked at least  
$2,558,552.93 by loaning on margin secured by KHI stock. He did not testify as to  
how much of that loss was recovered. Charyl Galpin, Chief Admin Officer and  
Chair of the Risk Management Committee, testified that the bank would not have  
loaned on margin had it known about a manipulation scheme.  
Page 78  
[272] The largest institutional losses were suffered by NBFL. The exact amount  
of money NBFL put at risk through their margin loans to Mr. Potter, Mr. Colpitts,  
Mr. Clarke, other alleged conspirators, and all other investors who margined KHI  
stock, is not before the Court. However, on July 28, 2000, Mr. Clarke provided an  
analysis of NBFL accounts holding KHI to Guy Roby and other managers at  
NBFL. In it, he identified 26 margin accounts with a total outstanding debt of  
$6,500,242. Anne Goudreault, senior auditor at National Bank of Canada, reported  
that NBFL “recorded a bad debt provision of $6 million in its September 30, 2001  
Financial statements” in relation to the bank’s KHI-related losses. Germaine  
Carrière was shown several communications that he described as evidence of  
manipulation, and said the information would have affected NBFL’s decision to  
advance loans against KHI stock.  
[273] The Crown calculates the “total calculable fraud” against individual  
investors at $11,880,939.49. It submits that financial institutions were defrauded  
of at least $9 million, resulting in a total fraud amount of over $20 million.  
Effect of trading by suspect accounts on the KHI stock price during entire period  
under review  
[274] Langley Evans testified that, in preparing his report, he looked at the KHI  
share price and observed that it seemed to significantly outperform market indices  
over the period in question. He then reviewed KHI’s public disclosures to  
determine whether the company’s operating results could explain the stock’s  
comparatively superior performance. He found no explanation in the disclosure.  
In his report, Mr. Evans noted that, “KHI’s operating results were poor and its  
financial position deteriorated, especially in the latter half of 2000 and throughout  
2001.”  
[275] Having found nothing helpful in the disclosure, Mr. Evans reviewed the  
documentary evidence provided by the RCMP and found what he considered to be  
ample evidence to explain the stock’s superior performance. He cited numerous  
manipulative indicators that he believed were used to affect the price for KHI  
shares, including high closings, buy-side domination, use of nominees, parking  
stock, providing undisclosed incentives, suppressing selling activity, and non-  
disclosure of material changes. He found these indicators in the communications,  
the trade data, account statements, and witness statements. At paras. 236-239 of  
his report, Mr. Evans outlined his opinion as to the impact the suspect account  
group’s actions had on the KHI stock price:  
Page 79  
The Group’s initial actions in the first few months of the period under review did  
not have an immediate or dramatic effect on the KHI stock price. At the early  
stages from December 1999 up [to] the end of March and into early April 2000,  
the excitement of the new listing on the TSE, combined with the optimistic  
market environment and the release of encouraging financial results by KHI, is  
sufficient to provide reasonable explanations for the observed trading price of  
KHI shares on the TSE.  
However, beginning in mid-April 2000 and certainly by May 2000, the Group’s  
actions began to affect the KHI stock price, and from that point forward, had a  
cumulative and growing impact on the price of KHI shares as traded on the TSE.  
From May 2000 onwards, there was a diminishing general market interest [in]  
KHI. From November 2000 onwards, KHI was under increasing internal  
financial pressure with losses from operations and an inability to raise sufficient  
capital. The Group was able to stabilize the KHI market price and hold it at  
artificially high levels while both the general tech market collapsed and KHI’s  
operations also deteriorated. The actions of Group were successful in this regard  
until the KHI price collapse in mid-August 2001.  
Defence Evidence  
[276] Blois Colpitts called 18 witnesses, including himself. The bulk of these  
witnesses were individuals who worked at NBFL within the credit and compliance  
departments, or who were otherwise in a position to oversee the performance of  
Bruce Clarke. Mr. Colpitts’ apparent objective in calling these witnesses was to  
establish: 1) that NBFL did not properly supervise Bruce Clarke; 2) that the  
mechanisms in place to identify and address inappropriate or unlawful behaviour  
were deficient; and 3) that NBFL caused or contributed to the demise of KHI by  
advancing too much margin, allowing too much concentration, and loaning shares  
for shorting purposes after cutting the margin rate. During closing submissions,  
the defendants argued that NBFL came up with the market manipulation  
allegations, after the stock price crashed, to deflect attention from its own failures.  
[277] The position of the Crown, with which I agree, is that the evidence of these  
witnesses is not responsive to the charges against the defendants. The Crown  
advised the defendants before Mr. Colpitts opened his case that it was willing to  
admit NBFL had failed to properly supervise Bruce Clarke. Further, the possibility  
that NBFL’s actions caused or contributed to the demise of KHI is inconsequential.  
Whether KHI collapsed or prospered is irrelevant to whether the defendants  
artificially maintained the share price during the indictment period. The  
Page 80  
defendants’ attempt to shift blame onto NBFL is misguided and I see no benefit to  
reviewing the evidence of these witnesses in any detail.  
[278] In addition to the NBFL witnesses, Blois Colpitts called Dr. Bernard  
Schelew, Shirley Locke, and Robert Peters. Much of Dr. Schelew’s time on direct  
was spent recounting how and why he created Knowledge House Publishing  
Limited and addressing the non-existent allegation that KHI was a “sham”  
company. Again, the Crown was prepared to admit that KHI was a legitimate  
company that developed real e-learning products and acquired real contracts. The  
remainder of Dr. Schelew’s time on the stand was spent denying the Crown’s  
allegation that he had been suppressed from selling his shares by Dan Potter and  
Blois Colpitts. According to Dr. Schelew, he knew he could sell at any time he  
wanted. He testified that there was no managed selling agreement and that he  
never agreed to be part of any such agreement.  
[279] Dr. Schelew testified that he decided to hold onto his shares because Dan  
Potter reminded him of his moral and ethical obligations as the founder of a  
developing company. He said Mr. Potter also informed him about the seller  
overhang, and warned that even if he only wanted to sell 10,000 shares per week,  
his selling would result in the other major shareholders dumping their shares onto  
the market. According to Dr. Schelew, he realized that attempting to sell his  
shares in that environment was not in his own best interests or the best interests of  
the company.  
[280] In relation to the alleged “KHI buying network”, Dr. Schelew explained that  
he, Dan Potter and Blois Colpitts were doing nothing more than working to “take  
the highs and lows out of the stock.”  
[281] On cross-examination by the Crown, Dr. Schelew maintained his position  
that he was not party to any managed selling agreement. When shown  
communications from Dan Potter that suggested otherwise, he said they were  
incorrect. He conceded, however, that he never responded to Mr. Potter in an  
effort to disabuse him of this apparent misconception. When asked why his  
October and November instructions to David Mack to sell 10,000 shares per week  
were ignored, Dr. Schelew said that he never figured that out.  
[282] Shirley Locke was an investment advisor and branch manager of BMO NB’s  
Halifax office, and a close friend of Blois Colpitts. Ms. Locke denied ever  
discouraging clients from selling KHI. She further denied entering an agreement  
with Mr. Colpitts or anyone else to maintain the share price of KHI. She denied  
Page 81  
entering orders late in the day for the purpose of high closing the stock. Ms. Locke  
testified that she never worked with the defendants to have her clients buy KHI  
shares that the defendants could not keep from coming to market. When asked  
about her clients purchasing almost all of the shares sold by Anthony Phelips and  
3027748 Nova Scotia Ltd. on January 6, 2000, she testified that it was entirely  
coincidental. She explained that she was merely accumulating a position through a  
block trade and had no idea who was on the sell side. When shown examples of  
her clients entering the market soon after she received an e-mail from Eric  
Richards looking for buyers, Ms. Locke denied encouraging her clients to buy in  
order to help absorb sell-side pressure on the stock.  
[283] Ms. Locke testified that in mid-July of 2000, Blois Colpitts informed her  
that Calvin Wadden had threatened to dump all of his shares onto the market in  
order to destroy the stock price and the company. She said Mr. Colpitts told her  
that if BMO NB executed any order from Mr. Wadden to that effect, KHI would  
file suit against it. She said she instructed Eric Richards that because they were  
privy to inside information, neither of them could solicit orders on KHI or trade the  
stock in their own accounts until the situation was resolved. Ms. Locke testified  
that she did not personally buy or sell KHI, or solicit clients to do so, until late  
September 2000. According to her evidence, during July and August, she was  
working with KHI to resolve the issues with Mr. Wadden. It was for this reason,  
she said, that whenever Eric Richards informed her that he was selling KHI for a  
client, she wanted Blois Colpitts and Bruce Clarke to know that BMO NB was not  
selling for Mr. Wadden.  
[284] Shirley Locke rejected the evidence of several investor witnesses. She  
denied that she called David Banks and requested loans for two KHI employee  
investors who were having financial problems. She said it was “absolutely not  
true” that she frequently encouraged Mr. Banks to purchase shares from Mr.  
Wadden and Mr. Courtney. Ms. Locke also denied the evidence of both Derek  
Banks and Dr. Ronald Haines that she made unauthorized purchases of KHI in  
their accounts in August 2001, after the stock price began falling. Mr. Colpitts'  
failure to put Ms. Locke’s versions of these events to the investor witnesses  
resulted in objections under the rule in Browne v. Dunn. Mr. Colpitts’ decision  
not to recall the witnesses makes it a matter of the weight to be given to Ms.  
Locke’s testimony on these points.  
[285] Robert Peters was an investment advisor and branch manager of the Halifax  
branch of NBFL from January 1985 until September 1998, when he was replaced  
Page 82  
by Eric Hicks. Mr. Peters remained with the firm as an investment advisor  
reporting to Mr. Hicks. Mr. Peters testified that in 1995, he sought and received  
permission from NBFL for Bruce Clarke to maintain an orderly market in the  
shares of ITI on the Montreal Stock Exchange. He referred to a memo Bruce  
Clarke sent to him on October 6, 1995, that stated:  
Over the next two or three months I intend to be a relatively active trader in the  
stock listed on the Montreal Board called ITI Education Corp.  
[286] Mr. Peters forwarded the memo to Guy Roby, then Vice-President of  
Internal Audit and Compliance at NBFL, with a note that said:  
Guy –  
Here is Bruce Clarke’s memo on his “market-making” activities in ITI Education  
Corp (Symbol: ITK on the ME). Hope this is satisfactory.  
- Rob  
[287] Mr. Peters testified that Bruce Clarke asked for two to three months because  
this was a period of reorganization of Novatron into ITI. He stated that the market  
for the stock “would have been extremely thin and subject to the possibility of  
intense volatility without that activity of Bruce.” Mr. Peters said that this type of  
“market making” by an investment advisor was rare, but did occur. Although the  
memo referred to “the next two or three months”, Mr. Peters testified that Mr.  
Clarke continued his market making in ITI beyond that time period.  
[288] Mr. Peters testified that Bruce Clarke later asked for permission to carry on  
the same “market-making” activities for KHI. He said the request was made orally  
and that NBFL gave its permission in the same manner. In other words, there is no  
documentary evidence of the arrangement. As with ITI, Mr. Peters understood that  
Mr. Clarke would be providing the funds for the KHI market-making activities.  
[289] Mr. Peters testified that he regularly monitored the 540 account, paying it  
particular attention due to Mr. Clarke’s past disciplinary history. He testified that  
he had a specific recollection that the 540 account contained a concentration in  
KHI.  
[290] Blois Colpitts was the last witness. He testified for 14 days. In 1999 to  
2001, he was a partner at Stewart McKelvey Stirling Scales practicing securities  
law with a team of six or seven lawyers working for him. He said he was doing  
about 85% of the securities filings for out-of-province law firms that needed to file  
Page 83  
prospectuses with the Nova Scotia Securities Commission. In addition to his  
practice, Mr. Colpitts sat on a number of boards of client-related companies. He  
said his client base was “too big” and he “couldn’t keep up.” He estimated that he  
received between 300 to 500 e-mails daily, and often only paid attention to those e-  
mails that assigned him a task. According to Mr. Colpitts, he billed and collected  
close to 3,000 hours per year. He often worked at night and slept very little.  
Although these habits allowed him to earn a great deal of money, they had a  
detrimental impact on his personal life.  
[291] Mr. Colpitts testified that in 1999 and 2000, corporate finance firms wanting  
to capitalize on the extreme market interest in technology stocks called his firm  
almost daily looking for companies to take public. He said banks were falling over  
themselves to lend and hundreds of prospectuses were getting clearances in Nova  
Scotia. The dot-com crash brought all of that to a halt. He testified that KHI was  
not the only victim of the market correction. To the best of his recollection, only  
two companies that were elevated from the Montreal Stock Exchange to the  
Toronto Stock Exchange managed to survive.  
[292] Mr. Colpitts said that lawyers at Stewart McKelvey were encouraged to own  
shares in their client companies and to assume directorships as a means of bonding  
with clients. To that end, he joined the KHI Board of Directors. In 1999 to 2001,  
in addition to his role as corporate counsel, Mr. Colpitts was Lead Director and  
Chair of the Audit Committee of KHI. He also held shares in the company. He  
testified that he was a client of NBFL and BMO NB and he provided legal services  
to each of those firms on financings of various public companies. He explained  
that he gave business to those who did business with him, as a way to build his  
practice.  
[293] Blois Colpitts described KHI as a Nova Scotia success story from  
approximately 1997 until its collapse in September 2001. He believed in the  
company’s potential to revolutionize the public school system in Nova Scotia. Mr.  
Colpitts attributed the company’s collapse to an “unforeseen confluence of internal  
and external factors” including the general market environment where financing  
dried up, the actions of NBFL, and the actions of insiders who treated their shares  
in the small-cap company like cash to purchase houses, cars, boats, and so on.  
Even after the collapse, Mr. Colpitts tried to revive the company, moving it to the  
CDNX in February 2002.  
Page 84  
[294] Mr. Colpitts reviewed KHI’s acquisitions of Silicon Island, CD-Ed,  
Micronet and Innovative Systems. Each transaction was structured in the same  
way, with a Letter of Intent, a share purchase agreement, a five-year escrow  
agreement and an employment agreement for each of the principals. Under the  
escrow agreements, the principals were entitled to possession of their shares in  
accordance with the following schedule:  
It is agreed that the Escrowed Securities will be released from escrow on a pro  
rata basis according to the following schedule:  
(a) as to 10% thereof, two months from the date of this Agreement;  
(b) as to 10% thereof, four months from the date referred to in (a) above; and  
(c) as to 20% thereof on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of  
the date referred to in (b) above.  
[295] Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney signed their escrow agreements on June  
30, 1999. They would each acquire 1.1 million KHI shares in exchange for their  
shares in Micronet. Using the Micronet acquisition as an example, Mr. Colpitts  
explained that, according to the escrow agreement, Mr. Wadden and Mr. Courtney  
would each receive 110,000 shares on August 31, 1999, followed by a further  
110,000 shares on December 31, 1999. This meant that by the end of 1999, they  
each had 220,000 shares free to sell. They would each then receive a further  
220,000 shares on December 31, 2000, and every year thereafter until 2003.  
Accordingly, after 4.5 years, Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney would have each  
received 1.1 million in freely tradeable shares.  
[296] After completion of the acquisitions, Ken MacLeod, Donnie Snow, Calvin  
Wadden, Ray Courtney, Steve Wilsack, and Craig Dunham were all employees of  
KHI and subject to escrow agreements in respect of their shares. Messrs. Snow,  
McLeod, Wadden, and Courtney were added to the Board of Directors. Messrs.  
Wilsack and Dunham did not become directors because their purchase was  
relatively small compared to the others.  
[297] Mr. Colpitts testified that Mr. Wadden and Mr. Courtney were subsequently  
provided with early releases from their contractual escrow agreements so that they  
could deposit their shares into margin accounts. According to Mr. Colpitts, these  
early releases were subject to a written undertaking that they would deal with the  
shares “as if such shares remained subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.”  
Mr. Colpitts exhibited an agreement entitled “Undertaking” that was signed by  
Calvin Wadden on November 5, 1999. He said there would have been a copy  
Page 85  
signed by Mr. Courtney, but he was unable to find it. Mr. Colpitts testified that  
Craig Dunham and Steve Wilsack also had their shares released early, subject to  
similar agreements to work with the company to sell in an orderly fashion. He  
denied suppressing sales by any of these individuals, emphasizing that the  
company had done them a favour by releasing the shares early.  
[298] Mr. Colpitts testified that in early 2000, he learned that Charlie Keating was  
interested in investing in KHI. When Mr. Keating called him, Mr. Colpitts put him  
in touch with Dan Potter. At some point thereafter, it was decided that Mr.  
Keating’s $6 million investment would be used to take Donnie Snow out of the  
company. Mr. Keating then joined the KHI Board of Directors.  
[299] Blois Colpitts testified that for the first half of 2000, he did not pay much  
attention to the stock market. His primary focus was on his practice which was  
“spiralling upward out of control.” He said that it was not until mid-2000 that he  
focused on KHI-related issues. On June 1, he attended the annual general meeting  
where he met Ben Barthe, who was contemplating an investment in KHI. Later,  
one day in July, Mr. Colpitts received a phone call from the receptionist at his firm  
advising that he had visitors. He said Dan Potter, Calvin Wadden, and Eric  
Richards were waiting for him in reception. They moved to a more private area  
where Calvin Wadden threatened to crash the stock if Mr. Potter did not purchase  
all of his shares. According to Mr. Colpitts, Mr. Wadden complained that he and  
Ray Courtney were not being treated equally, and said that he had “tipped” his  
friends to sell their stock before he crashed the company. (Mr. Colpitts alleged in  
his testimony that “tipping” would be an offence under securities legislation.)  
[300] Mr. Colpitts said it was during this meeting that he learned about the transfer  
of the Wadden and Courtney margin loans to BMO NB when Eric Richards joined  
the firm. He understood from the meeting that the shares had been heavily  
margined because Mr. Wadden was building a house and a cottage and otherwise  
spending like a “real millionaire. Mr. Courtney had also borrowed heavily  
against his shares.  
[301] Mr. Colpitts testified that he was upset with Mr. Wadden’s behaviour and, as  
Lead Director, he found himself in a difficult position. He called Shirley Locke  
and explained that KHI would hold BMO NB accountable if it facilitated the  
dumping of Mr. Wadden’s shares. He had lawyers at his firm prepare an  
injunction application against Mr. Wadden, which ultimately proved unnecessary.  
Mr. Colpitts began negotiating with Brian MacLellan, Mr. Wadden’s counsel, and  
Page 86  
reminded him of his client’s fiduciary duties as a director of KHI. Mr. Colpitts  
testified that during these negotiations he first learned of the existence of the 540  
account and the 100,000 shares Mr. Wadden had loaned to Bruce Clarke “for his  
market-making activities.”  
[302] Mr. Colpitts testified that while he was negotiating with Mr. MacLellan, he  
was also working with Derek Banks and Ben Barthe to facilitate their investments.  
He explained that, although Mr. Banks had initially understood he would be  
purchasing shares directly from Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney, the deal was  
restructured because Mr. Banks wanted it to include options offered at a discount.  
According to Mr. Colpitts, options could only be granted on unencumbered shares.  
Since Mr. Wadden and Mr. Courtney had margined their shares, it was agreed that  
Mr. Banks would purchase his shares from Dan Potter’s RRSP instead.  
[303] According to Mr. Colpitts, Ben Barthe was also interested in some form of  
discount. For this reason, he said, the Barthe deal changed from treasury to a  
purchase on the Exchange. Mr. Colpitts testified, however, that the transaction  
with Mr. Barthe was supposed to be executed in the same manner as that with Mr.  
Banks – a purchase of shares from Dan Potter’s RRSP at a specific price per share.  
He testified that Bruce Clarke instead went rogue, ignoring the term sheet, and  
used Mr. Barthe’s investment to purchase shares at various prices from various  
people. Mr. Colpitts testified he did not know that the transaction had been carried  
out in this manner until he saw the Match Trade Report. He described the trades  
listed in the MTR as “a surprise to me” because there should have only been one  
trade a single purchase by Mr. Barthe of 250,000 shares at $6.80 per share from  
Mr. Potter’s RRSP. Mr. Colpitts testified that by carrying out the trades the way  
he did, Bruce Clarke deprived Mr. Potter of $1.7 million in proceeds.  
[304] Mr. Colpitts stated that his evidence in relation to the Barthe transactions is  
particularly important because he is alleged to have sold 73,300 shares into the  
Barthe deal. He referred to a fax dated August 29, 2000, from Bruce Clarke to  
Wayne Mitchell, the head of the trading desk at NBFL, that stated:  
Wayne, for my client: Blois Colpitts A/C 81-CDAE-7 I, first, will sell 73300 KHI  
@ 6.55 to my buyer, A/C/ 81-D75A-7 M. Barthe. Secondly, I will sell from my  
personal A/C 00-8ANX-0, 43300 KHI @ 6.50 to Blois Colpitts A/C 81-CDAE-7  
as per attached email. Please call me with your approval.  
The fax attached an e-mail of the same date from Blois Colpitts to Bruce Clarke:  
Page 87  
I understand that you have pro status in National Bank Financial Inc. with respect  
to KHI.  
Nevertheless I hereby authorize you to buy for me 43,300 from your personal  
account at $6.50.  
[305] Mr. Colpitts testified that as of August 29, he believed that he would be  
selling shares to Dan Potter, who was supposed to be in possession of the Barthe  
proceeds. However, he received a call from Mr. Clarke, who requested that he  
send the above e-mail consenting to the trade because Mr. Clarke could not reach  
Mr. Potter. Mr. Colpitts testified that the whole transaction was a “complete  
misrepresentation” to him by Bruce Clarke.  
[306] Returning to the negotiations with Brian MacLellan, Mr. Colpitts testified  
that the term sheets being passed back and forth contemplated the purchase of  
1,473,000 shares from Calvin Wadden, Andrea Wadden, and Mr. Wadden’s  
company 3019620 NS. Ltd., along with an additional 100,000 shares “owned by  
certain other shareholders of KHI”. Mr. Colpitts testified that the additional  
100,000 shares were intended to include the shares of Steve Tsimiklis, one of the  
shareholders that he said was “tipped” by Calvin Wadden. In relation to Mr.  
Wadden’s shares held by the 540 account, Mr. Colpitts testified that he met with  
Eric Hicks and Bruce Clarke to get the story behind that transaction. He admitted  
that he later prepared the letter for Mr. Clarke but denied that he was representing  
the 540 account.  
[307] Mr. Colpitts testified that on August 25, he received word that Calvin  
Wadden wanted to bury the hatchetand the negotiation of term sheets ended.  
Mr. Colpitts said that despite Mr. Wadden’s reconciliation with Mr. Potter, his  
apology to the Board of Directors and his retention by KHI as a consultant, Mr.  
Colpitts always remained suspicious that Mr. Wadden was selling shares through  
accounts at other brokerages. He testified that it was for this reason that he sent e-  
mails to people like Shirley Locke requesting help in identifying sellers on the  
market. He denied that Ms. Locke ever worked with him or anyone else to  
artificially support KHI stock.  
[308] According to Mr. Colpitts, there was never a managed selling agreement.  
He described Mr. Potter’s comments to the contrary as “wishful thinking”. Mr.  
Colpitts testified that no agreement was disclosed because no agreement was ever  
executed. In his view, however, a managed selling agreement would demonstrate  
that the major shareholders were committed to the future of the company and  
would be favourably received by the investing public.  
Page 88  
[309] In response to the allegation that the suspect account group was propping up  
the share price in advance of the Barthe/Ristow private placement closing in  
November 2000, Mr. Colpitts testified that “price protection” or “price  
stabilization” in advance of a public offering, including a private placement, is  
normal.  
[310] Mr. Colpitts moved on to address the option agreement he prepared in  
February 2001 between Dan Potter and Steve Tsimiklis. He testified that there was  
nothing improper about the agreement because Steve Tsimiklis was one of the  
individuals that Calvin Wadden told to sell their shares before he torpedoed the  
stock. In other words, sales by someone who had been “tipped” would not reflect  
genuine supply and demand.  
[311] On the issue of the contractual hold period on the KHLP shares, Mr. Colpitts  
emphasized that LP unitholders were only entitled to shares if KHI decided to  
acquire the LP. There was never any guarantee that the company would elect to  
exercise the call option. He claimed that in recommending a hold period, he was  
simply trying to ensure that nothing harmed the public market of the company.  
[312] In relation to the “warrant swap” in April 2001, Mr. Colpitts testified that  
warrants expire, and once that happens, they are useless. He pointed out that the  
warrant swap transactions put money into the treasury of KHI.  
[313] Mr. Colpitts denied that he intentionally withheld share certificates from LP  
unitholders following expiration of the hold period on June 27, 2001. He exhibited  
an “FYI” e-mail he received from Dan Potter on July 18, 2001. Attached was an e-  
mail from Chris Smith advising Mr. Potter that he was receiving requests from LP  
unit holders for delivery of their share certificates. Mr. Smith wrote, “I know that  
you would like to maintain some level of control over these shares, so please  
advise how you would like me to handle these questions and requests.” In  
response to Dan Potter’s “FYI”, Mr. Colpitts wrote, “What should we be doing.”  
Mr. Potter replied:  
I’d say that I send out a letter advising that the shares are now out of escrow and  
will be forwarded to each holder as per their individual instructions to be sent to  
Chris Smith (who will compile them [sic] these instructions and forward them to  
SMSS for action).  
In my letter I will state that the [sic] in the current market conditions, they cannot  
achieve liquidity, etc and that if [sic] wish to sell at some point it is advisable to  
contact us to engage us so that we can help facilitate liquidity.  
Page 89  
What do you think of this?  
[314] Mr. Colpitts testified that the matter slipped through the cracks and Mr.  
Potter never sent the letter. Mr. Colpitts explained that the company’s failure to  
issue the certificates reflected poorly on him, so he purchased Leon Trakman’s  
claim against KHI for $110,000. Mr. Colpitts testified that he also bought the  
claim of his law partner, Thomas MacQuarrie, for $38,000.  
[315] Finally, in relation to allegations of high closing by Bruce Clarke, Mr.  
Colpitts testified that he trusted that Mr. Clarke and NBFL were operating within  
the rules at all times. He testified that when he saw an e-mail chain that suggested  
Mr. Clarke and others were attempting to move the stock price up to $5.50, he  
asked Mr. Clarke if he was following all the rules; Mr. Clarke told him that NBFL  
had five levels of compliance and that he should stick to practising law.  
Defence submissions on the reliability of the Crown’s evidence  
[316] Although the defendants did not present a joint defence, Blois Colpitts  
adopted Daniel Potter’s submissions in relation to alleged deficiencies in the  
Crown’s case. According to the defendants, these shortcomings mean that the  
Crown’s evidence against them is completely unreliable.  
The Evidence of Ian Black  
[317] Ian Black is an RCMP investigator who, at the time of the investigation, had  
23 years of investigative experience, nine of those exclusively in commercial crime  
investigations. He was also a licensed investment advisor and worked in the  
industry for three years. Mr. Black was tasked by the RCMP with preparing a buy  
and sell analysis for KHI shares for the relevant period. Mr. Black relied on the  
Match Trade Report, trading information from the TSX, monthly portfolio  
statements, e-mails from KHI servers, and witness interviews. The end result of  
his efforts is Exhibit 62 a binder with 31 tabs containing spreadsheets and charts  
analyzing the trading in KHI from January 2000 to August 2001.  
[318] Daniel Potter challenged the reliability of Mr. Black’s evidence at paras. 61-  
63 of his post-trial brief:  
It is clear that Mr. Black, almost from the moment he was hired on contract in  
2004, determined that there was a conspiracy to illegally affect the price of KHI  
shares by creating an artificial price. He then spent several years attempting to  
confirm that theory without considering any purpose other than to create an  
Page 90  
artificial price for the trading in KHI shares. Mr. Black’s lack of understanding of  
and experience in the capital markets was evidence [sic] throughout.  
Even more problematic is the “analysis” conducted by Mr. Black which includes:  
1) deciding which accounts to label as “suspect” or “control group” accounts; and  
2) determining which trades should be considered by the Court to be illegal high  
closings and therefore evidence of a conspiracy to unlawfully affect the public  
share price of KHI shares.  
The composition of the group of controlled accounts is not a decision that Mr.  
Black can make. It is only after hearing all of the evidence that the Court must  
then determine which accounts, if any, to include for the purposes of looking at  
trading patterns. …  
[319] Mr. Potter proceeded to argue at length that it is not even clear from the  
evidence which accounts have been included in Mr. Black’s calculations or why  
they have been included.  
[320] I agree with Mr. Potter that it is for the Court to decide which accounts, if  
any, to include for the purpose of looking at trading patterns. I further agree that  
the mere fact that Mr. Black referred to a trade as a “high close” does not, without  
more, establish that a late-day uptick involving a suspect account amounted to a  
high close.  
[321] I disagree, however, that there is any confusion about which accounts have  
been included in Mr. Black’s calculations or why they have been included. As the  
Crown explained in its post-trial brief, Mr. Black established a group of individuals  
that he suspected were involved in the manipulation of KHI stock (the “control  
group”). Next, he compiled a list of brokerage accounts that were either controlled  
by these individuals or could be influenced by them. Using that list and the trading  
data, he established a list of “suspect accounts” that were used to buy KHI shares  
at various times. Some of these accounts were directly controlled by members of  
the conspiracy (e.g., Calvin Wadden controlled accounts at NBFL, BMO, TD and  
Yorkton Securities). Other accounts were used by members of the conspiracy  
when needed (e.g., Clarke’s use of the Union and Enervision accounts). Finally,  
others were included in the “suspect Account” group because the objective  
evidence demonstrated that some trading by these accounts was done at the request  
of, or in conjunction with, a member of the alleged conspiracy (e.g., Meg  
Research).  
Page 91  
[322] Ian Black was a credible witness who gave his evidence in an honest and  
forthright manner. I find that, on the whole, Mr. Black took a conservative  
approach to his investigation. When he was in doubt as to whether to include  
certain trades in his calculations, he erred on the side of the defendants by  
excluding those trades from his analysis. A decision by this Court to adopt or  
reject any of his conclusions does not undermine the usefulness of the materials he  
prepared. Several of his charts and spreadsheets particularly the colour-coded  
“MTR Reduced”, the “Summary of Daily Trading on the TSX”, and “Suspect  
Account Buying of KHI Shares on the TSX” (Exhibit 66) – were of assistance to  
the Court in drawing its own inferences from the evidence.  
The Evidence of Langley Evans  
[323] I will now address the defendants’ criticisms of Langley Evans. Mr. Evans  
is currently the manager of the Special Investigations Unit at the British Columbia  
Securities Commission. He is a chartered accountant who has been employed as a  
regulator in the investment industry since 1984, primarily with the Vancouver  
Stock Exchange and then with the British Columbia Securities Commission. He  
has held positions in investigations, enforcement and regulation, both in the field  
and in management. Daniel Potter criticized Mr. Evans’ evidence at paras. 26-28  
of his post-trial reply brief:  
The Crown argues at paragraph 664 of its brief that “[i]t is hard to imagine a more  
qualified expert in matters related to Canada’s capital markets.” From Mr. Evans’  
evidence and his superficial report, it is hard to imagine anyone less helpful than  
Mr. Evans to provide the Court with assistance in this case. The Crown’s theory  
is entirely dependent on Mr. Evans. The Crown has referred to him almost 300  
times in its brief.  
The Crown attempts to downplay the significant deficiencies in Mr. Evans’ report  
by stating that all he did was make “two mistakes”. He did not conduct the  
analysis he said he did and he did not understand how margin is calculated. In  
Mr. Potter’s submission, these are more than just mistakes and Mr. Evans’  
opinion cannot be used to convict someone of a crime.  
The Court cannot trust Mr. Evans’ work. Not only is it riddled with errors, it  
deliberately omits any analysis of information that may not support the Crown’s  
theory and presents conclusions that are deliberately misleading. …  
[324] The first of the two errors referred to by Mr. Potter was acknowledged by  
Mr. Evans on his first day of testimony. In preparing his report, Mr. Evans  
consulted investigation reports prepared by Dean Holley, his former colleague at  
Page 92  
the British Columbia Securities Commission, and adopted portions for his own  
report. Mr. Evans’ reliance on these reports was clearly disclosed at page 2 of his  
own:  
I have consulted reports on manipulative trading by other experts and have relied  
heavily on some of their materials for the contents of paragraphs 19 through 49 of  
my report. Where opinions are expressed in those sections, I agree with them and  
adopt them as my own.  
[325] Paragraphs 19-49 consist of an overview of the Toronto Stock Exchange and  
an explanation of various manipulative trading techniques. Mr. Evans testified that  
his analytical approach, as set out on page 3, was also largely derived from one of  
Mr. Holley’s reports:  
In the analysis that follows, I have examined a variety of factors including:  
(a) the timing, price and volume of the orders entered by the related accounts;  
(b) the circumstances that existed in the market at the time of the relevant orders  
and transactions, such as:  
the current quotation for the security  
the volume of securities bid or offered  
the previous trade price  
the trading volume prior to the trade  
the market price in relation to the previous day’s closing price  
general market conditions  
market conditions in the same industry segment as KHI  
corporate announcements by KHI  
(c) the impact the orders had on published quotations (bid and offering prices)  
and market prices (prices of actual trades);  
(d) the impact the orders and transactions had on the holdings of the related  
accounts, including the status of any margin loans held among the Group; and  
(e) the impact other non-trading actions by the Group had on the market for KHI  
shares.  
[326] After arriving in Halifax to testify, Mr. Evans realized that he had forgotten  
to remove the references to order information, which he did not consider in his  
own report, from Mr. Holley’s list. Order information would establish, for  
example, the precise time an order was entered into the system, the type of order  
Page 93  
placed (market vs. limit, for example), the volume of shares ordered at any given  
time and whether the order was filled or cancelled. The defendants argue that  
order information is essential to proving manipulative intent and that Mr. Evans’  
failure to consider it means the Court cannot rely on his report.  
[327] Market manipulation takes many forms. Order information is clearly vital to  
market manipulation cases based largely or entirely on allegations of high closing,  
particularly where the timing of the trades is the only evidence of an intention to  
high close the stock. The Holley reports that Mr. Evans relied on were admitted at  
trial. Both were prepared at the request of the Alberta Securities Commission for  
use in cases where the only manipulative technique alleged was high closing.  
While high closing is alleged in this case, the defendants also stand accused of  
using other techniques, including market domination, sales suppression, parking  
stock, incentives, and non-disclosure of material information. Order information  
would not be helpful to prove most of these techniques. Furthermore, Mr. Evans  
pointed out in his report that the evidentiary record in this case was quite unique  
and “rich with manipulative indicators.” When asked what he meant by this, Mr.  
Evans testified:  
The investigation record that I was presented with, the trading material, the  
communications amongst the parties, their account statements, etc., was quite  
unique in my experience. I haven’t seen or considered a manipulation that had  
this many types of techniques at play and quite a spectrum, some of them are  
quite subtle, some of them I think are quite blatant, and they also evolve over  
time, depending on resources available, but the agenda seems to be quite  
consistent throughout.  
[328] With respect to high closing, order information could confirm whether  
Bruce Clarke was the active participant in a late-day trade that upticked the stock.  
Said differently, the order information would show whether Bruce Clarke entered a  
late-day bid to hit an existing offer and high close the stock, or the seller entered  
the market at the end of the day to hit Mr. Clarke’s pre-existing bid. Only the first  
scenario could amount to a high close by Mr. Clarke. Mr. Evans testified that he  
did not need order information in this case due to the “very strong pattern” of high  
closing, and the sheer number of incidents:  
… [t]he Match Trade report without consulting the orders seems to me to present  
a very strong pattern of high closing. And there’s a hundred and twenty events  
that are potential high closing of which I think at least 90 are quite significant and  
formulate a pattern and where they didn’t formulate a pattern I tended not to give  
them any weight in the report.  
Page 94  
[329] Furthermore, the Crown is not relying entirely on Mr. Evans or Mr. Black to  
prove high closing by the defendants. It also relies on e-mails that it says disclose  
a clear intention to high close the stock.  
[330] Finally, the defence suggests that order information is relevant to the  
allegation of market domination. Order information would show the volume of  
shares ordered by an individual suspect account at any given time. The defendants  
point out that where the Match Trade Report shows an account trading several  
times in a single trading day, it is impossible to know whether those purchases  
represent individual orders or a single large order being filled over several days,  
weeks or months. Said differently, instead of trading in response to reports of sell-  
side pressure, a suspect account that appears in the MTR may have placed a large  
order for legitimate investment purposes weeks or months earlier. For reasons that  
I will explain when I address the MTR, I do not find that order information is  
necessary to prove market domination due to the uncontroverted evidence that KHI  
was a highly-illiquid stock.  
[331] The second error by Mr. Evans concerns his margin calculations. Mr. Evans  
acknowledged on cross-examination that he had incorrectly calculated the margin  
positions of individual accounts because he failed to consider the different rates of  
margin that applied to different securities held in those accounts. That said, in  
most cases, this error led to an overestimation of the excess margin available to the  
suspect group. Mr. Evans also used a 50% margin rate for KHI throughout the  
entire period, despite evidence that National Bank changed the loan value in  
December 2000 from 50% to 70%.  
[332] Although the defence made much of this error, I find it insignificant for two  
reasons. First, Mr. Evans’ margin analysis was intended to show that margin  
availability was one of several motives for maintaining the stock price at an  
artificially high level. The Court has plenty of other evidence on margin  
availability, including e-mails where the alleged conspirators are concerned or  
complain about the lack of available margin, and e-mails from financial institutions  
and Steven Clarke advising that accounts had fallen under margin. In other words,  
Mr. Evans’ evidence that conspirators were motivated to keep the KHI share price  
artificially high to avoid margin calls and increase buying power is corroborated by  
numerous contemporaneous communications.  
[333] Much time was spent at trial on the issue of the 50% vs. 70% loan value.  
The evidence before the Court is clear if NBFL increased the loan value to 70%  
Page 95  
in December 2000, the suspect group was not aware of it. Until June 2001, Steven  
Clarke regularly prepared portfolio overviews for Dan Potter using a 50% margin  
rate that he testified came directly from the NBFL computer system. Furthermore,  
numerous e-mails exchanged by suspect group members reference a 50% margin  
rate.  
[334] Was Mr. Evans the perfect expert witness? Certainly not. The references to  
order information should have been noticed long before trial, by both Mr. Evans  
and the Crown. His report contained numerous typographical and mathematical  
errors which reflected poorly on his attention to detail. After enduring cross-  
examination in this trial, however, I suspect that Mr. Evans will be significantly  
more careful in the future. That said, I am satisfied that his conclusions are  
supported by other evidence including statements by the defendants themselves –  
and the Court can safely rely on his report.  
The Match Trade Report  
[335] A match trade report is a tool used by regulators and criminal investigators  
to track the trading in a given security over time. The Match Trade Report for the  
KHI investigation was prepared by Mehran Shahviri, a senior investigator for the  
Ontario Securities Commission who has worked in the securities field for over 25  
years.  
[336] Both Mr. Shahviri and Langley Evans testified and were cross-examined on  
the creation of the report, its uses, its strengths, and its limitations. Mr. Shahviri  
explained that the MTR is the product of a match trading software program that  
combined stock exchange data with broker data to generate a historical record of  
the trading in KHI. Once the software generated its initial report, Mr. Shahviri did  
an independent analysis of the broker data to verify the results, making  
amendments where the software failed to make associations that it ought to have  
made. Several years after completing the report, Mr. Shahviri did a “final check”  
that involved reviewing the monthly statements of suspect account holders where  
available to confirm the trading volumes reported in the MTR and on the TSX.  
[337] The finished product admitted at trial is a 417-page trade-by-trade listing of  
every transaction of KHI stock that took place on the TSX between December 6,  
1999 and August 21, 2001. For each trading day, columns on the left side the  
“Buy Side” – identify the brokerage firm, the client who bought the stock and the  
quantity of the stock. The centre columns identify the total number of shares  
traded according to the TSX data, the time of the trade and the share price.  
Page 96  
Columns on the right – the “Sell Side” – identify the quantity of shares sold, the  
name of the client who sold the stock, and the selling brokerage firm. Daily  
trading totals are provided under the Buy quantity, TSX quantity, and Sell quantity  
columns.  
[338] In addition to the columns described above, there is a column on both the  
Buy Side and the Sell Side with the heading “Unq.” This column attributes a  
“uniqueness indicator” to each side of every trade. The uniqueness indicator  
conveys to the reader how certain the software program is that the client it has  
associated with a trade did in fact make that trade at that time. In other words, the  
uniqueness indicator signifies to the reader the degree to which he or she can rely  
on the report’s conclusion that a specific client purchased or sold a specific volume  
of shares at a specific time on that trading day. Mr. Shahviri explained that where  
two accounts at the same brokerage both purchased (or both sold) the same stock at  
the same price on the same day, it is not possible to state with certainty which  
account was involved in which trade. For example, assume that there were two  
trades of 1,000 KHI shares at $5.75 in a single trading day by BMO NB accounts.  
The TSX data shows one trade at 9:40:17 and one trade as the last trade of the day  
at 15:59:00. The broker data identifies two clients who each purchased 1,000  
shares on that day. In this situation, there is no doubt that each client did in fact  
purchase 1,000 shares of KHI on that day, but it is impossible for the program to  
say with certainty which account traded at 9:40:17 and which traded at 15:59:00.  
[339] There are four possible uniqueness indicators – “T”, “=”, “S”, and a blank  
(or no indicator). The “T” and the “=” are used where there is the highest degree  
of certainty that the details of the trade as depicted in the MTR are accurate. For  
example, assume the TSX data showed that on October 24, 2000, the brokerage  
firm First Marathon had a client that bought 400 shares at 12:25:40 at a price of  
$6.50. Turning to the brokerage data, the records at First Marathon showed that  
there was only one client, Mr. Smith, who bought 400 shares at a price of $6.50 on  
October 24, 2000. On that basis, it is safe to conclude that Mr. Smith was the  
purchaser that should appear on the Buy Side of that particular trade on the TSX.  
Accordingly, a “T” would appear beside Mr. Smith’s name on the Buy Side of the  
MTR. It is important to understand that the “T” would apply only to the Buy Side.  
The Sell Side has its own indicator. The MTR may be certain that Mr. Smith was  
the purchaser at 12:25:40, but it may be less certain of the identity of the seller.  
[340] The “=” indicator is used where there are multiple trades by the same  
brokerage at the same price, but they were all done by the same client. For  
Page 97  
example, assume the TSX data shows three trades reported as sales by BMO NB.  
All of them occurred at a price of $6.30 per share. If the brokerage data showed  
that three different clients sold KHI at $6.30 on that trading day, it would be  
impossible, without more information, to know who did which trade and when.  
But assume instead that all three sales were done by Ms. Jones. In that case, it is  
safe to conclude that Ms. Jones was the seller in all three transactions, and an “=”  
would appear beside her name on the Sell Side of the MTR for each trade.  
[341] The next uniqueness indicator is the “S”. An “S” is used where two suspect  
accounts bought (or sold) KHI at the same price on the same trading day, but the  
program cannot conclusively determine which trade came first in time. Since the  
suspect accounts are alleged to have been working together to achieve the same  
objective maintaining the KHI stock price at an artificially high price these  
accounts can be treated as one for the purposes of the investigation. In other  
words, it does not matter which of the accounts bought KHI stock at 10:15:06 for  
$6.50 per share on a particular trading day and which bought at 11:30:13 for $6.50  
per share. In these situations, an “S” would appear in the uniqueness column on  
the Buy Side for each of the two trades.  
[342] The final uniqueness indicator is the blank. Perhaps more accurately  
described as “no uniqueness indicator”, a blank will appear in the uniqueness  
column where more than one account from the same brokerage has purchased (or  
sold) KHI stock at the same price on the same trading day. The blank signifies to  
the reader that the account holder shown as the buyer (or seller) on a line of the  
MTR cannot definitively be matched to the Exchange data on that line. A further  
complication where a blank indicator appears is that the software may split the  
trade. For example, the TSX data may show a single transaction involving 1,300  
shares, while the MTR may show two trades one for 1,100 shares and one for  
200 shares. That said, no matter how the MTR splits the trades, the trade volumes  
for each client will always be correct. If the broker data shows that Calvin  
Wadden purchased 5,000 shares at $6.50 on a particular trading day, then Mr.  
Wadden did indeed purchase those shares in that volume and at that price. The  
only caveat is that the reader cannot be certain of the exact time, and the number of  
separate transactions. It is important to note that split trades are only possible  
where the uniqueness indicator is a blank. The MTR does not split trades with a  
“T” or “=”.  
[343] To summarize, where the MTR shows that a suspect account bought or sold  
KHI shares on a given trading day, the reader can be certain that those accounts did  
Page 98  
in fact buy or sell KHI shares on that day. The uniqueness indicators relate only to  
the degree of certainty between the client name ascribed by the report to a given  
trade and the timing of that trade. It is only where a “T” or an “=” appear on both  
sides of a trade that the reader can be certain that the client identified on the Buy  
Side traded at the time listed in the MTR to the client identified on the Sell Side.  
Any other combination of uniqueness indicators means that there is potentially  
room for error.  
[344] When using the MTR as evidence in a criminal trial, it is critical to  
understand its purpose and its limitations. The MTR represents Mr. Shahviri’s  
attempt to create a historical record of the accounts buying and selling KHI stock  
on the TSX and the timing of the transactions, using only the Exchange data and  
the broker data (verified later with suspect account statements). One limitation is  
that data was not obtained from a small number of brokerages. However, the  
missing data affected only about 1% of the volume of the 6.8 million shares traded.  
[345] Next, as highlighted on cross-examination, there was additional brokerage  
information like order tickets, cancelled/unfilled order tickets, fill tickets and trade  
blotter (some of which were in the RCMP’s possession) that Mr. Shahviri could  
have used to confirm the identity of the buyer and seller for trades that the software  
assigned an “S” or a blank indicator. Mr. Shahviri conceded that if he had  
reviewed these additional documents, it would have been theoretically possible for  
him to create an MTR with all “T” indicators.  
[346] A related limitation is the lack of market depth information. As just  
discussed, if Mr. Shahviri had obtained and reviewed every order ticket generated  
by every brokerage for every day of trading included in the MTR, he would have  
been able to confirm the buyer and seller for every trade. In addition, however, he  
could theoretically have used unfilled order tickets and other order information to  
reconstruct how the market looked at any given time. In other words, the MTR  
does not show the open orders (if any) stacked in the TSX electronic trading  
system at any given time. This information is available to brokers on their screens  
throughout the trading day, if they have paid for the market depth information  
service. Whether such an undertaking would have been realistic, or even  
particularly helpful, is another issue.  
[347] The MTR does not speak to intention. It does not indicate whether a trade  
was solicited or unsolicited. Where a trade is solicited, it occurred on the advice of  
the client’s investment advisor. Where a trade is unsolicited, the client contacted  
Page 99  
the investment advisor and gave instructions to place the order. Furthermore, the  
MTR does not account for the fact that a single client order for a specific volume  
of shares might have been filled in a series of transactions over several days, weeks  
or even months (as long as the broker had discretionary trading authority). To put  
it differently, the reader cannot assume that every trade shown on the MTR  
represents a unique order placed by the client on that trading day. The MTR also  
does not account for priority rules that dictate whose order is filled first on the  
TSX. For example, orders placed with a “pro” account, like the one held by Bruce  
Clarke, are filled after any client orders. This is a relevant consideration where the  
MTR is being used to support allegations of high closing.  
[348] In Mr. Potter’s closing brief, he lists a series of shortcomings of the MTR  
that he says make it unreliable. First, he argues that the MTR cannot be said to be  
accurate in matching a buyer to a seller in 26% of the entries on the buy side and  
26% of the entries on the sell side because the program “guesses” the buyer and the  
seller and the sequence of trades. This is a reference to those entries on the Buy  
Side and the Sell Side that have a blank indicator rather than a “T” or an “=”. Only  
26% of the trades in the MTR have a blank indicator. This means that for 74% of  
the trades listed, there is a high degree of certainty that the trade occurred exactly  
as depicted. For the remaining 26%, the MTR may have swapped the names of  
clients from the same brokerage who purchased or sold shares on the same day for  
the same price. It may also have split the trades into more than one transaction.  
Again, however, this would not affect the accuracy of the total number of shares  
purchased or sold that day and the price paid for those shares.  
[349] During the voir dire on qualification, Langley Evans and Mr. Potter’s  
counsel discussed the relevance of the 26% of trades with the blank indicator to the  
kind of market manipulation alleged in this case. Mr. Evans explained that for the  
purposes of identifying market domination, it is not necessary to know the precise  
timing of every trade or the specific clients on each side of every transaction. The  
timing of trades and the identity of the clients would be important in cases  
involving allegations of false volume or wash trades, or to prove high closes. Even  
then, however, this information will be less important where, as in this case, there  
are obvious patterns of high closing.  
[350] Next, Mr. Potter says the software that generates the report may produce a  
different version each time it is run. While this is technically true, any  
inconsistencies would be limited to those trades with a blank indicator. If the  
broker and TSX data was fed into the software a second time, the resulting MTR  
Page 100  
may swap client names or split the trades where two clients from the same  
brokerage purchased shares at the same price in a different manner than it did in  
the previous iteration. The degree of certainty that the Court can apply to the  
trades with a blank indicator remains the same, from iteration to iteration. This  
would not affect the accuracy of the total number of shares a suspect account  
purchased or sold on that trading day, or the share prices applicable to each  
transaction.  
[351] Mr. Potter says the MTR does not provide information about the time an  
order was entered, which broker entered the order, the type of order or the price at  
which it was entered, the “depth” of the market or the current quotation for the  
stock. Some of these limitations have been discussed in relation to the Evans  
report. The defendants have repeatedly asserted that the lack of evidence as to the  
timing of individual orders, the types of orders placed, the volume of shares  
ordered at any given time and the volume of open orders in the TSX system at any  
given time raises a reasonable doubt as to the intentions of the suspect group  
members trading in the stock.  
[352] The defendants’ position ignores the evidence that the stock had little to no  
liquidity. The evidence at trial was clear -- there was no retail demand for the  
stock and there was an abundance of shareholders eager to sell their holdings.  
Gerard McInnis testified that from the day he joined KHI in January 2000 until the  
company ceased operations, there was always an abundance of sellers over buyers.  
On this point, the Court heard from David Watson, the Registered Trader (a.k.a.  
the “market maker”) for KHI appointed by the TSX. He testified as follows:  
Q. And how would you describe the market for KHI when you were working as  
a market maker?  
A. It was very – it was a very quiet… it was one of my low priority stocks. It  
wasn’t a big trader. It was pretty illiquid stock.  
[353] According to Mr. Watson whose job it was to constantly watch the market  
for KHI – there were very few “orders in the book behind”, meaning that there was  
very little market depth:  
Q. Now you said “an orderly market.” What does that mean?  
A. With a stock like Knowledge House that was very illiquid, there wasn’t many  
orders in the book behind. Bids and offers behind the initial bid and offering. So  
if somebody came in with a large order it was hard for them to buy or sell because  
there was nothing in the system.  
Page 101  
[354] Mr. Watson further testified that when no one was buying, a broker at NBFL  
would always step in and buy:  
Q. Now did you make any observation sir as to who was trading in the stock  
during this timeframe?  
A. I did notice that number 80 was always around on the stock. He was -- he  
always seemed to come back in and buy the stock.  
A. Now you say he, you’re not – are you referring to a specific individual or ---  
Q. I’m just referring to a firm, No. 80.  
A. Okay. And what firm was that?  
Q. I believe it was National Bank or Levesque. I’m not sure when Levesque  
changed to National Bank or ---  
A. So what do you mean he was always around? What does that mean?  
Q. It just meant that No. 80 would always seem to come back in and buy the  
stock when there was nobody else around, nobody else bidding except for myself,  
No. 80 always seemed to come back as a buyer.  
[355] To similar effect, Mr. Evans made the following comments on cross-  
examination during the voir dire:  
Q. But you didn’t do any analysis of the orders right?  
A. The orders? You’re right.  
Q. So you have no idea whether there was anybody out there who was prepared  
to buy [Steve Tsimiklis’ shares]?  
A. It the group by the group seemed to be the only significant and consistent  
source of buying.  
[356] Mr. Potter and others sent e-mails complaining about the lack of buyers and  
the overall lack of liquidity for KHI shares. Mr. Potter and Mr. Clarke pleaded for  
support bids and commented on the lack of buying power within the group. The  
only reasonable conclusion is that the TSX system was not stacked with bids  
waiting to be filled. There were no large orders from suspect group members  
slowly being filled over weeks and months. In other words, order information is  
unlikely to have been of much assistance to the defendants.  
[357] Before moving on, it is worth noting that order information, including the  
complete order information for NBFL, was included in the Crown disclosure. This  
information was available to the defendants to put to the Crown’s expert and Ian  
Page 102  
Black on cross-examination in an attempt to raise a reasonable doubt. Not a single  
order ticket was put to these witnesses. Finally, while the defendants are under no  
obligation to call evidence, it was open to them to retain an expert to review the  
order information and respond to the Crown’s evidence.  
[358] In sum, I am not satisfied that the MTR is unreliable because it was prepared  
without reference to order information. Order information would not help to prove  
sales suppression, parking stock, incentives or non-disclosure of material  
information. Order information is not necessary to prove market domination  
because (1) the MTR accurately reflects the total daily volumes of stock purchased  
by the suspect accounts, and (2) there was no depth to the stock. Finally, while  
order information would assist in proving high closes, other evidence is available  
to supplement the MTR on this issue.  
Credibility  
[359] In R. v. R.E.M., 2008 SCC 51, McLachlin C.J., for the Court, discussed the  
assessment of credibility at paras. 48-52:  
The sufficiency of reasons on findings of credibility -- the issue in this case --  
merits specific comment. The Court tackled this issue in Gagnon, [2006] 1 S.C.R.  
621 setting aside an appellate decision that had ruled that the trial judge's reasons  
on credibility were deficient. Bastarache and Abella JJ., at para. 20, observed that  
"[a]ssessing credibility is not a science." They went on to state that it may be  
difficult for a trial judge "to articulate with precision the complex intermingling of  
impressions that emerge after watching and listening to witnesses and attempting  
to reconcile the various versions of events", and warned against appellate courts  
ignoring the trial judge's unique position to see and hear the witnesses and instead  
substituting their own assessment of credibility for the trial judge's.  
While it is useful for a judge to attempt to articulate the reasons for believing a  
witness and disbelieving another in general or on a particular point, the fact  
remains that the exercise may not be purely intellectual and may involve factors  
that are difficult to verbalize. Furthermore, embellishing why a particular  
witness's evidence is rejected may involve the judge saying unflattering things  
about the witness; judges may wish to spare the accused who takes the stand to  
deny the crime, for example, the indignity of not only rejecting his evidence and  
convicting him, but adding negative comments about his demeanor. In short,  
assessing credibility is a difficult and delicate matter that does not always lend  
itself to precise and complete verbalization.  
What constitutes sufficient reasons on issues of credibility may be deduced from  
Dinardo, where Charron J. held that findings on credibility must be made with  
regard to the other evidence in the case (para. 23). This may require at least some  
Page 103  
reference to the contradictory evidence. However, as Dinardo makes clear, what  
is required is that the reasons show that the judge has seized the substance of the  
issue. "In a case that turns on credibility . . . the trial judge must direct his or her  
mind to the decisive question of whether the accused's evidence, considered in the  
context of the evidence as a whole, raises a reasonable doubt as to his guilt" (para.  
23). Charron J. went on to dispel the suggestion that the trial judge is required to  
enter into a detailed account of the conflicting evidence: Dinardo, at para. 30.  
The degree of detail required in explaining findings on credibility may also, as  
discussed above, vary with the evidentiary record and the dynamic of the trial.  
The factors supporting or detracting from credibility may be clear from the  
record. In such cases, the trial judge's reasons will not be found deficient simply  
because the trial judge failed to recite these factors.  
[360] The Supreme Court of Canada in R. v. W.(D.), [1991] 1 S.C.R. 742, [1991]  
S.C.J. No. 26, provided important guidance on the issue of credibility when an  
accused testifies in his own defence and how it relates to the principle of  
reasonable doubt. The Court directed the following three-step procedure:  
First, if you believe the evidence of the accused, obviously you must acquit.  
Second, if you do not believe the testimony of the accused but you are left in  
reasonable doubt by it, you must acquit.  
Third, even if you are not left in doubt by the evidence of the accused, you must  
ask yourself whether, on the basis of the evidence which you do accept, you are  
convinced beyond a reasonable doubt by that evidence of the guilt of the accused.  
Although formulated in the context of a jury charge, the W.(D.) instruction also  
applies to judge-alone trials.  
[361] In R. v. J.H.S., 2008 SCC 30, [2008] S.C.J. No. 30, the Supreme Court  
confirmed that the main point of the W.(D.) instruction is that “a lack of credibility  
on the part of the accused does not equate to proof of his or her guilt beyond a  
reasonable doubt”: para. 13. Even where an accused’s credibility is suspect, the  
burden of proof remains with the Crown and the trial judge must consider the  
whole of the evidence in deciding whether the prosecution has proven guilt beyond  
a reasonable doubt.  
[362] These are the principles that will inform my assessments of credibility in this  
case.  
Blois Colpitts  
Page 104  
[363] While there are elements of Mr. Colpitts’ testimony that I find credible, the  
bulk of his evidence was unconvincing. I accept that he ran a very busy securities  
practice during the relevant period and spent most of his time working, to the  
detriment of other parts of his life. I accept that Mr. Colpitts’ belief in KHI’s  
potential to disruptpublic education and its prospects for growth was sincerely  
held. I find that in July 2000, Mr. Colpitts had concerns about Calvin Wadden  
liquidating his stock. I accept that Derek Banks ended up purchasing shares from  
Dan Potter’s RRSP rather than directly from Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney  
because Mr. Banks wanted options at a discount. I find it possible that the trades  
between Mr. Colpitts and his mother were intended to assist her with the purchase  
of a vehicle.  
[364] Mr. Colpitts’ evidence that Bruce Clarke went rogue and ignored the Barthe  
term sheet depriving Mr. Potter of $1.7 million in proceeds in the process –  
defies common sense. Dan Potter knew exactly what Bruce Clarke was doing in  
relation to Mr. Barthe’s investment. On September 8, 2000, Mr. Clarke e-mailed  
Mr. Potter with the subject “Re: Michael Barthe”:  
Hello Dan,  
We have completed the purchase of KHI for “Ben” and the final numbers are  
259,000 shares with an average cost of $6.564 per share. I will officially confirm  
this on Monday with Ben, once our processing has been completed.  
[365] Further, on November 26, 2000, in the “best of times, worst of times” e-  
mail, Dan Potter mentioned, in relation to Steve Tsimiklis’ need for liquidity, that  
“we placed 50,000 of his [shares] with Barthe in Aug.” Similarly, in an e-mail  
dated January 14, 2001, Mr. Potter noted that he “arranged for Ray to sell 37,500  
into the Banks purchase and for Calvin to sell 50,000 shares into the Barthe  
purchase.” Furthermore, Jack Sullivan, whose account was cross-guaranteed by  
Dan Potter, borrowed $60,000 from KHI in order to exercise options to purchase  
15,000 shares which he then sold into the Barthe deal on August 30, 2000, for  
$6.55 per share. In KHI’s subsequent annual report, however, the company  
reported that Mr. Sullivan’s $60,000 shareholder loan was for moving expenses.  
Dan Potter was not only aware of how Mr. Barthe’s investment was being used, he  
was the one “arranging” the transactions.  
[366] I reject Mr. Colpitts’ evidence that he was unaware that he, too, would be  
selling into the Barthe purchase. His explanation that he authorized the purchase  
of 43,300 shares from Mr. Clarke’s account because Mr. Clarke said he could not  
Page 105  
reach Mr. Potter made no sense. What does make sense, however, is that Mr.  
Colpitts knew he would be selling 73,300 shares into the Barthe transaction,  
43,300 of which he would have purchased from Mr. Clarke. By so doing, Mr.  
Clarke, a “pro trader”, could benefit from the Barthe transaction without having to  
worry about priority rules or having to obtain consent from Mr. Barthe to sell to  
him directly.  
[367] Not only is Mr. Colpitts’ version of these events inconsistent with common  
sense, it is contradicted by his own e-mail. On November 26, 2000, Mr. Colpitts e-  
mailed Mr. Potter to ensure that Dr. Schelew was aware of the extent of his market  
support activities. After outlining his contributions, Mr. Colpitts responded to Dr.  
Schelew’s complaint that “Even Blois has netted out $50,000!”:  
He should also understand that sales were made in conjunction with Barthe,  
Banks (not Fountain) that I spent the whole summer working on to the exclusion  
of any vacation with the kids.  
[368] This e-mail reflects that Mr. Colpitts sold into the Barthe deal knowingly,  
contrary to his assertion that he was deceived by Bruce Clarke to sell because Mr.  
Clarke could not reach Mr. Potter.  
[369] Mr. Colpitts gave evidence that although Calvin Wadden and Ray Courtney  
had all their escrowed shares (1.1 million each) released early, they had signed  
undertakings in November 1999 that they would deal with the shares “as if such  
shares remained subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.” Mr. Colpitts  
referred to this undertaking numerous times in his evidence, describing certain  
sales by Messrs. Wadden and Courtney as breaches of that undertaking. Mr.  
Colpitts entered a copy of the undertaking into evidence. It states, in part:  
AND WHEREAS, at the request of Wadden and Courtney and with the consent of  
Knowledge House, the Trustee has released from the escrow of the Escrow  
Agreement for each of Wadden and Courtney 220,000 common shares of  
Knowledge House which were to be released on the final release date, together  
with 30,000 common shares of Knowledge House which were to be released on  
the release date next preceding the final release date, all for the purpose of  
Wadden and Courtney depositing the released common shares into a margin  
account.  
NOW THEREFORE, each of Wadden and Courtney hereby undertake to  
Knowledge House that, subject to the requirements of the margin account, they  
will deal with the common shares released from the Escrow agreement as if such  
shares remained subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.  
Page 106  
[370] Mr. Colpitts is an experienced lawyer and this document is not difficult to  
interpret. It applies to 250,000 shares 220,000 that were to be released on Dec.  
31, 2003 (the final release date under the escrow agreement), along with 30,000 of  
the 220,000 that were to be released on Dec. 31, 2002 (the year immediately  
preceding the final release date). It has no application to the balance of the 1.1  
million shares that were released from escrow in January 2000. I find that Mr.  
Colpitts’ reliance on this document was part of a larger strategy to obfuscate the  
evidence before the Court. The same is true of his evidence on the issue of  
“market support” or “price stabilization”. Mr. Colpitts testified that there is  
nothing wrong with supporting or protecting the stock price, particularly in  
advance of a public offering like a private placement. On cross-examination by the  
Crown, Mr. Colpitts testified as follows:  
Q. Let me just back up Mr. Colpitts you agree with me that there was a price  
support effort going on in 2000 and 2001 though. And you knew it at the time?  
A. There were circumstances in the concept of financing where people provided  
market support.  
Q. Well not just ---  
A. Yes.  
Q. --- during financing, at all times during 2000 and 2001.  
A. The company was seeking financing at all times in 2000 and 2001.  
Q. And sir there was a price support effort underway in 2000 and 2001 correct?  
A. There were support levels yes.  
[371] Mr. Colpitts intimated that these market support efforts were similar to those  
undertaken in “bought deals”, which are an entirely different kind of transaction.  
Mr. Colpitts’ evidence on price support is contradicted by the evidence of the  
Crown’s expert who testified that, regardless of what you call it, it is inappropriate  
to engage in “market support” in order to prevent a stock from moving in a  
direction that it is expected to move. Mr. Colpitts never challenged him on this  
point during cross-examination.  
[372] On the issue of high closing, Mr. Colpitts testified that he approached Bruce  
Clarke to ensure that he was following all the rules and was told to mind his own  
business. According to Mr. Colpitts, that was sufficient to end his inquiry. I do  
not accept this evidence. The evidence shows that Mr. Clarke regularly sought  
direction from the defendants and relied on them for advice, even allowing Mr.  
Colpitts to draft letters for him. I do not accept that Mr. Clarke told Mr. Colpitts,  
Page 107  
the self-described premier securities lawyer in Atlantic Canada, to stick to  
lawyering, or that Mr. Colpitts would have accepted such a response from him.  
[373] Mr. Colpitts repeatedly denied the existence of a managed selling agreement  
among the major shareholders. He conceded on cross-examination that if there had  
been a non-sell agreement in place, whether written or verbal, the company would  
have been obligated to disclose it. His denial of such an agreement is completely  
inconsistent with the evidence as a whole. While there is no written agreement  
signed by the parties in evidence, the communications indicate that the major  
shareholders believed there was a non-sell agreement and acted in conformity with  
it. For example, on February 9, 2001, Mr. Potter told Mr. Colpitts that they needed  
to get the agreement “written up ASAP because we promised it to the new equity  
investors…” On February 21, Mr. Potter prepared a memorandum for the Board of  
Directors and advised that the managed selling agreement had been reached. Mr.  
Colpitts was a member of the Board and received the memo. At the Board of  
Directorsmeeting on February 28, Mr. Potter told the Board that an agreement  
had been reached. Mr. Colpitts was present and apparently said nothing to the  
contrary. Meeting minutes were prepared and circulated, stating that a formal  
agreement had been reached.  
[374] On March 6, 2001, Mr. Colpitts e-mailed Mr. Potter, with copies to the other  
major shareholders, indicating that Bernard Schelew was prepared to offer to sell  
100,000 KHI shares for $1.83, and to provide $100,000 of market support  
“conditional on the managed selling agreement previously discussed.” On March  
15, Mr. Potter e-mailed Mr. Colpitts to confirm that a non-sell agreement was in  
place:  
I believe that we have a managed selling arrangement it has not yet been  
reduced to writing yet I hate to bring this up but you said you were going to  
draft it. I understand what you are saying about the lack of “perfection” in the  
way the arrangement is working but it is certainly a far cry from what we had and  
well within what was promised to Directors and new investors including David F.  
[375] Mr. Colpitts agreed that there was an agreement, but he was not confident  
that everyone was adhering to it:  
We may have a “more managed selling arrangement” but it is certainly not a  
managed selling agreement from what I have seen lately. Maybe I’m just  
suffering from extended attention to this Andrew is preparing the agreement for  
closing but I won’t bank on it being signed by Ray – Bernie until after it is signed  
from past experience. …  
Page 108  
[376] On March 20, Blois Colpitts forwarded a draft version of the agreement to  
Dan Potter in advance of a group meeting at the KHI offices. After the meeting,  
Ken MacLeod e-mailed Dan Potter that “[i]t seems everyone is in agreement with  
the managed selling agreement so that didn’t seem to be a big issue.”  
[377] On June 21, 2001, Calvin Wadden confirmed his view that an agreement  
was reached:  
I am hoping for the best for KHI and I will do my best to support Bruce but I have  
no buying ability left to draw on. Yesterday there was selling (1500 shares from  
Yorkton and more from BMO Investorline). I am printing of [sic] my statements  
for both accounts for the last few months and will forward to you today to ensure  
everyone I am not the problem. I am sending everyone a request to forward their  
statements to you by Saturday so you and Blois can review them on the weekend.  
I am not confident that everyone in our group is keeping their end of our non sell  
agreement. …  
I commend you and Blois for your perseverance and I will continue to support  
your efforts.  
[378] Finally, on the issue of withholding share certificates from LP unitholders, I  
prefer the evidence of Mr. Unsworth to that of Mr. Colpitts, both in general and in  
relation to the exchange that took place outside the courtroom.  
[379] On the whole, then, I did not find Mr. Colpitts to be a credible witness.  
Where his evidence diverged from the contemporaneous written communications –  
and the only rational inferences that can be drawn from them I do not accept it.  
Credibility of Bernard Schelew, Shirley Locke and Robert Peters  
[380] The Crown challenges the credibility of Mr. Schelew, Ms. Locke, and Mr.  
Peters. I will comment on each in turn.  
[381] I was not impressed with Bernard Schelew as a witness. He was often  
evasive and defensive. His evidence that the defendants did not suppress his sales  
is completely at odds with the contemporaneous e-mails exchanged by the parties,  
which I find far more reliable. The same is true of his testimony in relation to his  
“support buying”. In an e-mail dated February 13, 2001, from Calvin Wadden to  
Steve Wilsack, Mr. Wadden wrote:  
Market is getting stronger every day. I had a meeting with Ken, Dan, Ray,  
Bernard at breakfast. …  
Page 109  
I made it a point to tell the whole table you are not selling into them … you were  
actually buying! Big impact and helped me convince Ray and Bernard to support  
and help put the stock in the $6+ range. …  
[382] Dr. Schelew steadfastly denied that he agreed to help put the stock in the  
$6.00+ range, despite the evidence that he purchased $84,500 worth of stock from  
February 13 to February 23, often at increasing prices. According to Dr. Schelew,  
in January, he had authorized David Mack to purchase 20,000 shares at Mack’s  
discretion. He testified that, at that time, he did not know whether Mack would  
execute those trades in February, March or April. The fact that the purchases  
began on the same day as the Wadden e-mail was merely a coincidence. Dr.  
Schelew’s evidence on these transactions was completely unbelievable. In that  
respect, it was a good representation of his testimony in general. When Dr.  
Schelew’s testimony is considered against the e-mail chains and his objective  
trading data, the credibility assessment results in only one conclusion: his  
testimony relating to the actions of the defendants cannot be believed if it is at odds  
with the objective evidence.  
[383] Shirley Locke was similarly unimpressive. She denied entering into an  
agreement with Blois Colpitts, Dan Potter, or anyone else to bring clients into the  
market to soak up sell-side pressure. According to Ms. Locke, it was a complete  
coincidence that on January 6, 2000, when Anthony Phelips finally made the move  
to sell 45,800 shares, Ms. Locke’s clients were in the market buying 45,500 shares.  
On the same day, her clients bought 32,200 shares from 3027748 Nova Scotia  
Limited, a company associated with Donnie Snow and Ken MacLeod. In fact, of  
the 80,000 shares purchased by Shirley Locke’s clients on January 6, only 2,000  
were from a seller with no connection to KHI insiders. I do not accept Ms.  
Locke’s evidence that this was pure coincidence. Nor was it coincidence that  
when Ben Kennedy, a former officer of KHI, sold 25,000 shares on February 28,  
2000, Shirley Locke and her clients bought them all. Finally, it was no  
coincidence that whenever Eric Richards could not avoid selling KHI shares for  
clients, Ms. Locke found clients to buy them.  
[384] During June, July and August 2000, the message from BMO NB’s head  
office could not have been clearer bring down the loan balances of the Wadden  
and Courtney accounts. The accounts were accepted by the firm on the condition  
that both Mr. Wadden and Mr. Courtney intended to diversify their holdings. On  
May 16, 2000, Carole Cushing e-mailed the BMO NB Risk Management  
Committee and stated, in relation to Wadden and Courtney:  
Page 110  
Their intention is to sell 200,000 shares of Knowledge House each by the end of  
June and by fall to have liquidated a total 500,000 shares of Knowledge House,  
each.  
[385] And yet, no shares were sold during the summer of 2000. Ms. Locke  
attributed this to the alleged threat by Mr. Wadden to crash the stock. According  
to Ms. Locke, this was also the reason she insisted that Blois Colpitts and Bruce  
Clarke be informed whenever her branch was selling KHI for other clients. She  
testified that she wanted them to know that BMO NB was not putting orders on the  
market for Mr. Wadden “while they were out there trying to solve a problem.” She  
conceded, however, that BMO NB’s right to demand the sale of KHI from these  
accounts was separate from any legal obligation Mr. Wadden might have had to  
KHI as a director. Similarly, it was separate from any obligation BMO NB might  
owe to KHI to keep Mr. Wadden from dumping shares onto the market. The threat  
from Mr. Wadden also does not explain why Ms. Locke helped Mr. Colpitts track  
down the identity of sellers at other brokerages. If Mr. Wadden was indeed selling  
out of an account with another brokerage, it would have nothing to do with BMO  
NB.  
[386] Furthermore, whenever Mr. Potter and Mr. Colpitts needed information  
about potential sellers or needed to suppress sales, they reached out to Ms. Locke  
for help. On January 11, 2001, for example, Ken MacLeod e-mailed Dan Potter to  
tell him that Eric Richards was “the culprit” selling KHI shares. He suggested that  
Mr. Potter, “Send one of da boys to make him an offer he can't refuse :-).” Mr.  
Potter forwarded the e-mail to Blois Colpitts, with the message, “FYI How can  
Shirley help with this?” Mr. Colpitts then forwarded the e-mail chain to Ms.  
Locke. Ms. Locke was unable to satisfactorily explain why Mr. Colpitts would  
have sent her the message or what he expected her to do about it. In addition, on  
July 11, 2001, Mr. Colpitts e-mailed Ms. Locke, “It would be good to find some  
support for KHI.” The same day, Ms. Locke entered orders for two clients,  
accounting for 8,500 of the day’s 11,900 shares – another coincidence, according  
to Ms. Locke.  
[387] When shown an e-mail in which Mr. Potter stated that he had “arranged” for  
BMO NB clients like Steve Tsimiklis to sell into the Barthe transaction, Ms. Locke  
said she knew nothing about that. She was similarly unable to explain why, in  
March 2001, she permitted Calvin Wadden to increase his margin debt by $50,000  
in return for 20,000 additional KHI shares being deposited to his account. She  
allowed this notwithstanding the fact that Mr. Wadden received margin calls on his  
Page 111  
accounts in January and February, and BMO NB’s credit department remained  
concerned about the Halifax branch’s concentration in KHI.  
[388] Ms. Locke’s behaviour in relation to KHI even managed to attract the  
attention of the BMO NB compliance department during the fall of 2000. By  
March 2001, Tammy Carpenter, a compliance officer, concluded that the Halifax  
branch was “supporting/creating the market on this stock to avoid the deterioration  
of the price.”  
[389] I did not find Ms. Locke to be a credible witness. For that reason, where her  
evidence conflicts with the evidence of the investor witnesses, and common sense,  
I decline to accept it.  
[390] Blois Colpitts called the evidence of Robert Peters to establish that Bruce  
Clarke’s “market making” activities in relation to KHI stock had been authorized  
by NBFL. Mr. Peters testified that he regularly monitored Mr. Clarke’s 540  
account. He specifically recalled that the account contained concentration of KHI.  
On cross-examination, however, Mr. Peters was shown portfolio statements for the  
540 account that proved it had done no trading in KHI when Mr. Peters was  
Branch Manager. In the face of that evidence, Mr. Peters was forced to concede  
that his recollection was inaccurate.  
[391] Mr. Peters was clearly an advocate for the defendants. On November 15,  
2015, the literal eve of trial, Mr. Peters sent a letter to Sergeant Murdock of the  
RCMP. In it, he described the charges against Blois Colpitts and Dan Potter as a  
“gross miscarriage of justice”. According to Mr. Peters, the only wrongdoer in  
relation to KHI was NBFL. Mr. Peters maintained this position at trial despite  
admitting that he never reviewed (or even had access to) any information in  
relation to Bruce Clarke’s accounts or his trading activities after September 1998.  
Nor did he ever see any internal NBFL documentation relating to KHI, or any of  
the KHI e-mails or other internal company documents in evidence. When asked  
whether there was anything he could be shown that would change his mind, Mr.  
Peters said, “I don’t know if it exists.” Mr. Peters was not a credible witness, and  
this Court cannot rely on his evidence.  
Bruce Clarke as market maker?  
[392] The defendants take the position that the Crown cannot prove conspiracy  
because they are missing a critical element a criminal objective. They argue that  
they were buying KHI stock because they valued the company or because they  
Page 112  
were smoothing out the peaks and valleys in KHI trading. They describe their  
actions as “market support” – a legitimate practice. Mr. Potter and Mr. Colpitts  
say that they filed all necessary insider reports disclosing their respective trades.  
They say that Mr. Clarke, as a representative of NBFL, offered “market-making  
services” to Mr. Potter, which he accepted. They say that if Mr. Clarke did  
anything outside the scope of the role of a marker maker, like high closing the  
stock, then NBFL should have reeled him in. I will now address the claim that  
Bruce Clarke was a market maker.  
[393] Investors assume that the price of a stock on an exchange is the product of  
the unimpeded interaction of real supply and demand. They are entitled to assume  
that no individual or group is intervening to intentionally influence the market,  
subject to one exception the market maker.  
[394] For every stock that trades on the Toronto Stock Exchange, the TSX  
appoints a designated market-maker firm (e.g., NBFL, BMO NB, etc.) and a  
Registered Trader (an employee of the designated market-maker firm). The  
Registered Trader represents the market-maker firm and carries out the market  
making duties for the stock. The Registered Trader for KHI was David Watson at  
BMO NB. Mr. Watson was a witness for the Crown.  
[395] The Registered Trader is responsible for supporting an orderly market for  
the stock. He must maintain a continuous two-sided market within the spread goal  
for the security.25 This means he must ensure that there is always a bid and an ask  
available to retail investors. If a shareholder wants to sell, the Registered Trader is  
there to buy, and vice versa. The Registered Trader’s job is to enhance market  
liquidity and depth, and to moderate price volatility.  
[396] Although the Registered Trader is appointed by the Exchange, he is not paid  
by the TSX for his services. As noted above, the Registered Trader is employed by  
the market maker firm. It is the firm’s capital that the Registered Trader uses for  
his trading. Any profits are split between him and the firm. Losses are different;  
the Registered Trader is personally responsible for any losses he incurs.  
[397] It is important to point out that the Registered Trader is not an investment  
advisor. He does not act as a broker for clients and has no association with the  
25David Watson testified that the spread goal for KHI was 50 cents. This meant that if someone was bidding at  
$6.00, there had to be an offer to sell at no higher than $6.50.  
Page 113  
insiders of the company whose stock he has been assigned. This independence is  
critical to his ability to fulfill his obligations to the Exchange and to earn his living.  
It would be a conflict of interest if a Registered Trader for a security was in a  
position to advise his clients on whether they should trade in that security. In  
addition, if the Registered Trader had clients who also traded in the stock, his  
trading would be subject to priority rules that place client orders ahead of his own.  
[398] The Registered Trader’s trading activity is regulated by both the TSX and  
the Securities Commission. These bodies set strict parameters on what he can and  
cannot do. As Mr. Watson testified, if someone wanted to sell a large volume of  
stock at market and there were no buyers, Mr. Watson would not be allowed to buy  
some of the shares at $6.50, and then buy at $1.00. He explained:  
The Exchange set limits where I would have to step in and buy so much at this  
level, so much at this level, all the way down until the value got to a point where  
the Exchange said “That’s enough.” They halt trading on the stock to see if  
there’s something – some news or a reason why the value has changed so much.  
[399] Said differently, the Exchange limits the percentage by which the Registered  
Trader can uptick or downtick the stock.26 So if someone was offering to sell  
5,000 shares of KHI and there was a single bid for 500 shares at $7.00, that would  
leave the seller with 4,500 shares. Mr. Watson would then come to market and  
buy a portion of the stock for an amount less than $7.00 (downticking the stock).  
How much less was dictated by the Exchange. As Mr. Watson said, “Then the  
next bid, I was only allowed to downtick so much, step in and buy some there, and  
then downtick again, buy so much there.” The same rules applied to upticking:  
Q. Okay. And you said you had to be on both earlier you said you have to be  
on both sides of the market.  
A. Yes.  
Q. What does that mean?  
A. It’s the same thing, if somebody came in to buy and there was only five  
hundred shares offered at one level, I would have to come in and sell stock higher  
up. The same thing, like uptick, downtick, the same thing on both sides.  
26An uptick occurs when a stock is traded at a higher price than the last trade. A downtick occurs when a stock’s  
price has decreased in relation to the last trade.  
Page 114  
[400] Langley Evans described the role of a Registered Trader as having “an  
obligation to support the market, so buy on the way down and sell on the way up.  
… So you’ll see him buy on downticks and sell on upticks. So he’s supposed to  
act somewhat as a drag on the market. If the market’s falling, he’s supposed to  
pick some up, and then…” At that point, I had the following exchange with Mr.  
Evans:  
Q. Affecting thereby affecting the price of the stock, right?  
A. Yeah. Yeah. Well…  
Q. It’s okay for him to do that?  
A. Yeah, and he’s authorized to do that, but it’s important in how he does it. You  
will rarely see him buy on an uptick or sell on a downtick. He’s not supposed to  
be leading the market, he’s supposed to be acting as a bit of a  
counterbalance.  
[Emphasis added]  
[401] This last point by Mr. Evans is a critical one. The Registered Trader is not  
working to bring the price up or to push it down. Mr. Evans continued:  
[The market maker would] get in, he’d get out, temporary fluctuations in the stock  
price he takes advantage of, and he’s there to moderate the declines, the speed of  
the declines and the speed of the increases, and so he does that by acting contrary  
to the direction of the last trade. So he acts as a kind of a counterweight a bit.  
[402] The Registered Trader reacts to the direction of the market, he does not  
direct it. Mr. Evans testified that although the Registered Trader impacts on the  
natural forces of the market, his actions are not considered manipulative:  
First, he is regulated and he’s expected to do that. So in certain limited  
circumstances he is allowed to do that. The second thing, it’s important, is the  
manner of it. You won’t see him, or you shouldn’t or he’d be subject to  
discipline, high closing a stock. So that you wouldn’t see him buying at the end  
of the day to move the price up. [ … ] he can sell into that. He’s expected to  
moderate on the upside and moderate on the downside. So any time there’s a  
price movement down, you’d expect him to be a buyer, and if it’s up, to be a  
seller, and he’s supposed to do that – he’s supposed to act contrary to the market,  
I think there’s a percentage, like 70 percent of the time.. and more so if he can.  
[ …. ] It’s – he’s kind of a market follower or, sorry for the Maritime analogy, a  
bit of a sea anchor. [ … ] If the wind’s blow you this way, the anchor slows you  
down.  
Page 115  
[403] A good example of the kind of activity you would expect from a Registered  
Trader can be found in the Match Trade Report for January 25, 2001. At 11:43:15,  
Thomas E. Mack purchased 600 shares of KHI at $5.10. At 15:20:17, Mr. Mack  
purchased 100 more shares at $5.00. The price was dropping. At 15:29:33, thirty  
minutes before the trading day ended, two purchases took place L.B. Stevens  
Construction Ltd. bought 100 shares at $4.85, and David Watson, the Registered  
Trader, purchased 1,000 shares at $4.75. A mere three minutes later, David  
Watson sold 1,000 shares at $5.00, making 25 cents per share. So Mr. Watson  
bought on a downtick and sold on an uptick. He took advantage of a brief  
fluctuation in the market and earned $250, to be split between him and his firm.  
[404] Another important point illustrated by the activity on January 25, 2001, is  
that the goal of a Registered Trader is to hold very little inventory at the end of the  
trading day. On January 25, David Watson purchased 1,100 shares. By the end of  
the day, he had disposed of 1,000 of those shares. The Registered Trader is not  
buying for investment purposes. His goal is to take advantage of temporary  
fluctuations in the stock price, and to end the day with little or no stock in his  
account. As Mr. Evans testified, if the Registered Trader does end the day with a  
position, it is rarely more than 5,000 shares and usually less than 2,000.  
[405] As part of the Registered Trader’s obligation to enhance market liquidity, he  
is required to pick up odd lots. An odd lot on a share like KHI would be anything  
less than 100 shares. David Watson offered the example of someone bidding at  
$6.60 for 100 shares and a seller coming in to sell 190 shares. In that situation, Mr.  
Watson would buy the 90 at the same price as the other buyer paid for the first 100.  
[406] A Registered Trader must also observe Minimum Guaranteed Fill (“MGF”)  
requirements. Investors who trade on the TSX are guaranteed a specific volume of  
shares at the current best price, known as the Minimum Guaranteed Fill. Mr.  
Watson believed that the MGF on KHI was 599. This meant that at least 500  
shares had to be available. As an example, assume that someone has 5,000 shares  
and wants to sell them at market. The spread goal on the stock is 50 cents. The  
only bid is for 200 shares at $6.50. The seller would sell the 200 shares at $6.50, at  
which point the Registered Trader would step in and buy 300 more at $6.50, giving  
the seller the MGF. So the seller would be left with 4,500 shares. When asked  
how he would proceed in that situation, once he had fulfilled the MGF, Mr.  
Watson testified:  
A. Then I’ll bid $6.25. If my spread goal was 50 cents, I would only have to bid  
$6.00. Maybe I bid 500 at $6.25, 500 at $6.00 behind.  
Page 116  
That’s why this stock was very hard, because there wasn’t a lot of orders in  
the book behind you know but I have to guarantee at least that 500 shares.  
Q. And that would go on for how long? Say it’s going down.  
A. Until the value hits a certain point where the Exchange halts the stock, and  
that’s governed by the Exchange.  
[407] Since there is only one Registered Trader for every stock on the TSX, Bruce  
Clarke was obviously not the official market maker for KHI. The defendants do  
not suggest otherwise. They say, instead, that KHI hired NBFL to act as an  
“informal” market maker which, they argue, is not expressly forbidden by the rules  
of the TSX. The defendants point to the October 6, 1995 memo from Robert  
Peters to Guy Roby in relation to Mr. Clarke’s request to perform “market-  
making” activities in ITI, as well as Mr. Peters’ testimony. They also rely on the  
evidence of Germain Carrière, former President of Individual Investor Services at  
NBFL. When it was put to him by Mr. Potter’s counsel that Mr. Peters was  
expected to testify that he obtained permission from NBFL for Mr. Clarke to  
provide liquidity for KHI, Mr. Carrière responded:  
Could have happened. I don’t know what he will say but base it could have  
happened. But I don’t recall specifically.  
[408] Based on the memo, the testimony of Mr. Peters and the above response  
from Mr. Carrière, the defendants ask the Court to extrapolate that Bruce Clarke  
received approval to act as a market maker for KHI.  
[409] There are many reasons why the defendants’ assertion has no air of reality.  
Before I review them, it is important to point out that Daniel Potter chose not to  
testify. That was his prerogative and no inferences arise from his decision.  
Having made that choice, however, he cannot use his post-trial brief to supplement  
the evidentiary record with submissions like this:  
NBFL offered a market making service and Mr. Potter agreed to accept it. There  
is nothing illegal about this agreement. Mr. Potter, on instructions from NBFL  
provided shares and cash to operate the account. This was under the direction of  
NBFL and it was all done above board.  
[410] Although Mr. Peters testified that Bruce Clarke obtained authorization from  
NBFL to act as a market maker for KHI, there is no evidence before the Court  
concerning any discussions between Mr. Clarke or anyone else at NBFL and Mr.  
Potter as to how this service would operate. There is no evidence that Bruce  
Page 117  
Clarke or anyone else at NBFL told Mr. Potter to provide shares and cash to  
operate the account. Attempts like this to supplement the record after the fact will  
not be accepted.  
[411] Although Guy Roby had no recollection of the memo from Mr. Peters, there  
was some evidence at trial that, during the period when the Montreal Stock  
Exchange traded in equities, brokerages occasionally offered to facilitate liquidity  
for small-cap stocks held by their clients. Germaine Carrière testified that the  
trading would be done by an investment advisor using his own capital, not the  
capital of the firm. He explained that these arrangements were not ideal, and are  
no longer permitted. He testified, however, that if an investment advisor like Mr.  
Clarke were to offer such a service, he would be expected to follow the rules. Like  
the Registered Trader on the TSX, he would be expected to follow the market, not  
to lead it. He would be expected to try to balance his portfolio through trades on  
both sides of the market, to pick up odd lots, and so on. He would not be allowed  
to manipulate the market.  
[412] There was no clear evidence on whether this type of informal market making  
has ever been permitted by the Toronto Stock Exchange. The Crown put it to  
several witnesses that the rules of the Montreal Stock Exchange, unlike those of  
the TSX, allowed for both formal market makers, known as specialists, and  
informal market makers. No one could confirm or deny that suggestion. The  
Crown submits that since the TSX rules refer only to the highly-regulated position  
of Registered Trader, the only reasonable inference is that informal market making  
is not allowed. The defendants, however, assert that anything not expressly  
prohibited by the rules is allowed. I would obviously have preferred better  
evidence on this point. In my view, it is extremely unlikely that the TSX has ever  
permitted market making other than by the Registered Trader due to the risk of  
manipulation. Fortunately, however, I need not determine whether the TSX  
allowed informal market making during the relevant period because I am satisfied  
of the following: (1) Mr. Clarke’s activities could not be classified as market  
making; and, (2) the defendants never believed that Bruce Clarke, on behalf of  
NBFL, was acting as market maker for KHI.  
[413] The evidence from David Watson, Langley Evans and Germain Carrière  
confirmed that market makers are expected to maintain a two-sided market. If  
someone wants to buy, the market maker is there to sell. If someone wants to sell,  
the market maker is there to buy. The goal of a market maker is to provide  
liquidity to shareholders while making money from small fluctuations in the  
Page 118  
market. Ideally, a market maker ends the day with little or no inventory. Having a  
position when the market closes is risky; if bad news about a company is released,  
the market maker may be unable to unload the stock the next morning.  
[414] By intervening to buy when a stock price is dropping, and to sell when it is  
rising, the market maker follows the market, helping to smooth out the stock  
without impacting the direction of the price. If market forces cause the stock price  
to begin to fall, or to rise, the market maker does not prevent that from happening.  
He simply moderates the speed at which the stock moves, preventing dramatic  
fluctuations in price. This is what separates the activities of a market maker from  
those of a market manipulator.  
[415] Bruce Clarke, on the other hand, used the 540 account primarily to purchase.  
Unlike a market maker, he did not buy on downticks and sell on upticks to earn a  
profit. On the few occasions where the 540 account did sell stock, it was done to  
create additional buying room. Unlike a market maker, Mr. Clarke accumulated a  
huge position in the stock. For example, the August 2000 portfolio statement for  
the 540 account shows the account holding 435,970 KHI shares, worth about $2.9  
million. Moreover, there are numerous examples of Mr. Clarke leading the market  
(buying on an uptick, for example). Unlike a market maker, Mr. Clarke received  
his capital from KHI insiders like Dan Potter and Calvin Wadden, and kept Dan  
Potter informed on all of the 540 account’s activities.  
[416] Even the testimony of Robert Peters, the witness Mr. Colpitts called to prove  
that Mr. Clarke was authorized to act as a market maker for KHI, does not support  
the defendants’ story. Mr. Peters testified that when he obtained permission for  
Mr. Clarke to act as market maker for KHI, he understood that Mr. Clarke would  
be using his own funds to trade in the stock. He said it would be a significant  
conflict of interest for a broker to accept money from a company to trade in their  
stock. In other words, Mr. Clarke would not have been permitted to contract with  
KHI to provide liquidity for the company’s shares. According to Mr. Peters, when  
an investment advisor provided liquidity, he did so for the benefit of his client  
base, not the company itself. Mr. Peters testified that he expected that any trading  
by Mr. Clarke in KHI would accord with the rules of the TSX. None of this  
evidence supports what the defendants say took place in this case.  
[417] Furthermore, in January 2001, the 540 account simply stopped buying. If  
NBFL, through Mr. Clarke, had been retained by KHI to provide liquidity for the  
stock, why did the account suddenly stop trading? Why were there no e-mails  
Page 119  
from Mr. Potter asking why NBFL was no longer holding up its end of the  
agreement? Why, when the 540 account stopped buying, did Dan Potter, Calvin  
Wadden and others discuss contributing stock to a new investment account that  
could be used to buy more KHI shares on margin? And why, when Dan Potter was  
exchanging frantic letters with NBFL trying to convince them not to slash the loan  
value on the stock, did he not mention the market-making arrangement he had with  
the firm and the impact a reduced loan value would have on the 540 account?  
These questions lead to only one conclusion: there was no market-making  
arrangement between NBFL and KHI.  
[418] Dan Potter’s own words support the conclusion that he never believed Mr.  
Clarke was a legitimate market maker. On November 25, 2000, Dan Potter wrote  
in an e-mail to Bernard Schelew:  
As I mentioned to you before by telephone, it is most unfortunate that you have seen fit to  
include Bruce Clarke [sic] your communications re liquidity. It only serves to put more  
pressure of [sic] him - a person who has undertaken huge personal risks to invest in  
the company.  
[Emphasis added]  
[419] While it is true that Bruce Clarke had invested heavily in KHI in his  
personal capacity, he was no different in that regard from any other major  
shareholder. So what were the “huge personal risks” mentioned by Dan Potter?  
The only rational inference is that Mr. Clarke had undertaken huge personal risks”  
by using his position as an investment advisor to help the defendants control the  
market for KHI. He had accepted funds and shares from his clients into his  
corporate account, something that even Robert Peters testified would be a conflict  
of interest, then leveraged the account to the hilt buying millions of dollars worth  
of KHI shares. If Dan Potter had actually believed that Mr. Clarke was only doing  
what market makers do, why would he describe him as having taken huge personal  
risks?  
[420] Furthermore, Dan Potter and Bruce Clarke did not have a typical broker-  
client relationship. On several occasions, Mr. Clarke either provided Mr. Potter  
with confidential information or was a party to conversations where Mr. Potter  
received such information from David Mack. For example, on December 1, 1999,  
in an e-mail to Bernard Schelew in relation to the “Share the Future Program”, Dan  
Potter wrote:  
Page 120  
In discussing this program with Bruce and David, they advised that Anthony P.  
wanted to sell 200,000 shares.  
[421] Anthony Phelips was a client of David Mack. The Court heard evidence that  
investment advisors like Mr. Mack and Mr. Clarke should never disclose  
confidential client information, including whether a client wants to buy or sell a  
particular security. This was not the only time that Mr. Potter received confidential  
client information. On April 21, in response to an earlier e-mail from Donnie  
Snow, Dan Potter wrote:  
Bruce Clark [sic] tells me that Danny M. has told him to sell his 7,000 KHI  
into the market next week, in part, so he can invest in your company. Of  
course this puts pressure on the stock in the absence of a rally in the stock. It  
would be good if you could be sure that people in your network don't do this -  
remember the concept of not killing the goose that lays the golden eggs. Having  
said this, I recognize that it's completely within Danny's rights to do whatever he  
wants with his shares.  
[Emphasis added]  
[422] Mr. Snow responded the same day:  
I will call Bruce on Monday and buy Danny's fathers [sic] shares. I did talk to him  
last week and told him not to do it but he is 76 years old and I guess it did not  
work. I told him to leave the shares there and margin them but I guess he did not  
understand what I meant.  
[423] Dan Potter immediately e-mailed Bruce Clarke with the subject line “Danny  
MacDonald’s shares”:  
Donnie told me (by email today) that he is going to call you next week and buy  
Danny’s (father’s!) shares. So, just hold tight and don’t sell (or buy!) them until  
you see if Donnie comes through on his promise. We’ll see if he’s better than  
Terry O’Leary!!  
[424] This e-mail demonstrates that although Mr. Clarke was executing the  
orders on the market, Dan Potter was the one calling the shots.  
[425] For all of these reasons, I find that Bruce Clarke was not hired by Dan Potter  
or anyone else at KHI to act as a market maker for the company’s shares. It  
follows that I reject Mr. Potter's argument that, as a customer of NBFL, he was  
entitled to assume that Mr. Clarke was following all of the rules applicable to a  
market maker.  
Page 121  
Not enough information?  
[426] Another argument raised by the defendants is that the Crown has failed to  
provide the Court with sufficient evidence to determine whether their actions were  
criminal. In his post-trial brief, Mr. Potter states:  
148. After the Crown closed its case, it was clear that it had not called evidence  
to provide the proper context to support its allegations. This resulted in  
frustration, confusion and frankly was a disservice to the Court throughout this  
trial.  
149. The Crown approached this case as though rules and practices in the capital  
markets, the rules and practices of brokerages and the legalities of the securities  
industry are irrelevant. Repeatedly, the Crown has said that this is a simple fraud  
case and it took the position that anything done that may affect the share price of a  
public company is suspicious and potentially fraudulent. The Crown suggests that  
the following activity is not permitted and in fact, is evidence of illegal activity:  
Pre-arranging transactions by bringing buyers and sellers together;  
Arranging to have large investors buy another large investors’ holdings  
through the market at an agreed upon price;  
Taking steps to ensure that founders and insiders do not “dump” their  
shares in the market and collapse the company;  
Encouraging people to invest in the company;  
Offering options or warrants to encourage investment;  
Offering options or warrants (“options in the money”) at prices that are  
below the price at which the security is publicly traded;  
Putting contractual hold periods on common shares issued as a result of  
having called in the units of a Limited Partnership;  
Insiders agreeing that, in the interests of the company, they will not dump  
their shares onto the market but rather, will manage any selling through a  
Managed Selling Agreement;  
Talking to investors about the potential impact selling shares or liquidating  
their position will have on the share price, and ultimately, the return they  
may receive on their shares;  
Insiders acting as buyers of last resort;  
Engaging brokers to provide liquidity or informal market making services  
for a thinly traded security;  
Requiring that insiders get permission from the CEO before entering the  
market to ensure that they do not unduly impact the market and to ensure  
Page 122  
that there is no material undisclosed information that may restrict them for  
trading.  
150. The Crown, however, has not provided the evidence to prove this this type  
of activity is not permitted or illegal in any way. The Court simply has not been  
given the tools to make these findings.  
[427] Mr. Potter misstates the Crown’s position. The Crown does not say that the  
activities listed are always suspicious or necessarily evidence of illegal activity.  
For example, the Crown does not argue that a managed selling agreement that is  
publicly disclosed and entered into by the major shareholders as a sign of their  
confidence in the company is suspicious or evidence of illegal activity. Instead,  
the Crown says that a non-sell agreement between major shareholders that is kept  
from public view and entered into primarily to keep the stock price from falling  
may be evidence of a manipulative agenda. Similarly, the Crown acknowledges  
that pre-arranged trades, like the one that took place between Derek Banks and Mr.  
Potter, are permitted.27 What matters, according to the Crown, is the intention  
behind the pre-arranged trade. Pre-arranging a trade between two individuals for  
$1 million worth of shares is not the same as pre-arranging buyers and sellers to  
the extent that the market becomes a stage-managed performance where only those  
shareholders who “bring their own buyer” are permitted to sell. In relation to the  
Banks trade specifically, the relevance for the Crown was not its pre-arranged  
nature, but the fact that Mr. Potter immediately used the proceeds to buy more  
shares on the market from specific individuals, often at a higher price per share.  
[428] The defendants rely on various authorities to support their argument that  
many of the things the Crown alleges that they did can be done lawfully. They say  
the evidence is not sufficient to establish that their actions crossed the line into  
criminal territory. For example, the defendants rely on Québec (Autorité des  
marches financiers) c. Forget, 2016 QCCS 6522, 2016 CarswellQue 12604, leave  
to appeal allowed, 2017 QCCA 337, to argue that the Crown failed to provide the  
Court with the information necessary to determine the effects, if any, of the trading  
by the suspect accounts leading up to the Barthe/Ristow private placement. During  
closing arguments, Mr. Potter’s counsel said the following about Forget:  
Now in that case the Court made that very point. The allegation in that case, one  
of the allegations was that an individual had made a large purchase of shares  
27In Re Chapters Inc., 2001 CarswellOnt 902, 24 O.S.C.B. 1663, the Ontario Securities Commission confirmed that,  
“for the purpose of the TSE Rules, a trade matched between a buyer and seller directly and then completed on the  
facilities of the exchange is considered to be a trade through the facilities of the exchange”: para. 30.  
Page 123  
that were trading around that time at about $0.17, for the purpose of bringing it up  
to $0.20 because that is what the private placement had been agreed to at. They  
would go at $0.20. What the Court said is, “Well that may be so.” But there  
hadn’t been any evidence called about how a private placement and its price could  
be affected by the market price a few days before. The evidence just wasn’t  
called.  
So, My Lord, you can’t conclude that that is somehow manipulative, artificial or  
the reason that Mr. Potter and others, as alleged by the Crown, are buying at that  
time because you just don’t know what the effects legally may be.  
We know from Mr. Colpitts and from the other evidence that TSE the TSE had  
given price protection at 6.50 at that time for this private placement to occur.  
Could it be that once that price protection is given that it doesn’t matter what the  
market price is? I say it’s so, but I don’t have to call evidence that it’s so.  
[429] In Forget, Clément Forget was charged under the Securities Act, RSQ, c. V-  
1.1, with influencing or attempting to influence the market price or value of a  
security through unfair, abusive or fraudulent practices. Mr. Forget was the  
founder and largest shareholder of Clemex Technologies Inc., a company that  
traded on the TSX Venture Exchange. According to the evidence, in the spring of  
2008, Clemex anticipated the closing of a private placement. On June 12, 2008,  
the Exchange accepted the proposed private placement at the price of $0.20 per  
share. The acceptance was renewed on July 3, 2008, and the Exchange required  
the placement to be completed by August 4. On July 29, Mr. Forget asked his  
broker to purchase 20,000 Clemex shares using his wife’s account. Mr. Forget did  
not have trading authority over the account. The evidence showed that the shares  
were purchased at prices ranging from $0.22 to $0.24. As a result of the trading  
that day, the value of Clemex shares increased from $0.17 per share to $0.24 per  
share. Three days later, on August 1, 2008, Clemex announced the closing of the  
private placement.  
[430] The Autorité des marchés financiers alleged that Mr. Forget bought shares  
on July 29 to artificially inflate the value of the stock in order to secure the closing  
of the private placement at $0.20. The Quebec Superior Court held that the  
prosecution had not provided the Court with sufficient evidence to determine the  
impact, if any, of Mr. Forget’s trading on the private placement price:  
[152] The appellant contends that Clément Forget’s motive for influencing the  
price of the security on July 29, 2008 is to ensure the completion of the private  
placement. It must therefore be understood that the transaction of July 29, 2008 is  
likely to influence the completion of the private placement. At least that is what  
Page 124  
the appellant purports to say, but without putting into evidence anything other  
than the existence of the private placement.  
[153] However, while the appellant has adduced evidence that Clemex had set up  
a private placement in the preceding weeks, it must be held that it did not put into  
evidence all the factors relevant to the proper assessment of this evidence by the  
trial judge, inter alia as to the operation of such an investment, as to its  
negotiation, as to the expectations of the participants, as to the financial and  
commercial situation of the company, as to the context of this private placement.28  
[431] On the issue of the trading leading up to the Barthe/Ristow private  
placement, Mr. Colpitts testified that “price stabilization” or “price protection” in  
advance of a public offering, including a private placement, is accepted practice.  
In other words, according to Mr. Colpitts, there was nothing wrong with the major  
shareholders buying stock in order to keep the price at $6.50 until the deal closed.  
Mr. Potter, through counsel, argued that once the TSX agreed to protect the price at  
$6.50 per share, it no longer mattered what happened in the market. At the same  
time, he suggested that, as in Forget, the Court does not have sufficient evidence to  
know whether his assertion is correct. I disagree. This Court, unlike the Court in  
Forget, has sufficient evidence to conclude that the trading by the suspect group  
was not some form of legitimate price stabilization or price protection. This Court  
also has evidence that the stock price in the days and weeks leading up to the  
private placement would indeed have influenced whether or not the deal closed.  
[432] Langley Evans gave evidence on private placements. He testified that they  
are used to provide funds to a company through the issuance of treasury shares.  
No prospectus is required because the transaction falls under an exemption in the  
Securities Act. He agreed with Mr. Colpitts that an issuer negotiating a private  
placement at $5.00 per share (for example) must obtain price protection from the  
TSX. Without price protection, if the market price for the stock increases to  
$10.00 per share following negotiation but prior to issuance of the shares, the TSX  
will not permit the issuer to issue the shares at $5.00 per share. Mr. Evans further  
agreed that obtaining price protection in relation to the Barthe/Ristow private  
placement was complicated by the fact that the purchase price was to be made in  
four equal installments, with the share price to be preserved over the course of  
those installments. This is consistent with the e-mails that were exchanged while  
28There is no official English translation of the Forget decision. The parties relied on an unofficial translation  
prepared by -- 2016 QCCS 6522 ().  
Page 125  
the terms of the deal were being put together. On October 23, 2000, Blois Colpitts  
e-mailed Dan Potter, Gerard McInnis, Andrew Burke and others as follows:  
The NS hold period would be 12 months. There may also be difficulty in protecting the  
price if they are not going to pay for the extended period. We may have to sell them a  
warrant to protect the price if it goes ahead.  
[433] Mr. Potter replied on the same day:  
Whoops - I don't think the extra six months hold period will be a problem their stated  
investment intent is clearly 3 to 5 years.  
Repayment in installments, wouldn't in [sic] simply be a matter of the shares being  
subscribed for and issued but only "paid-up" in installments. After the first closing, the  
375,000 shares not yet paid for would be held against payment at the prescribed payment  
dates? The problem with a warrant structure is that they would not be obliged to exercise.  
As per the memo below, Gerard is drafting the business terms to fax to Ben he can  
include the 12 months hold (and explain that I was mistaken) .  
If my approach re installments will not work, Blois/Andrew will have to give Gerard an  
alternate structure (wording) to do the job.  
[434] On October 26, 2000, Gerard McInnis e-mailed Dan Potter, writing in part:  
Re the installment plan .. Andrew does not believe this poses problems re "price  
protection" if in fact the consideration is not conditional on any future event. ie we have  
sold securities and have a bona fide note receivable as consideration.  
[435] Gerard McInnis gave evidence consistent with the definition of price  
protection outlined above:  
Q. All right. And there's a reference here to: "There may be difficulty in protecting the price if  
they're not going to pay for an extended period." What did you understand that to refer to?  
A. Well there was an agreement being made that the placement would be at a specified price, but  
the payment was going to be in the four installments. I think the legal issue was whether or not  
they could sell all the shares at that price or if the -- or if the price had to be variable depending  
on the timing of when they made their payments.  
Q. Variable attached to what?  
A. Well, the -- the change in stock price based on the time -- time differences, because they were  
going to make payments in installments. So that was the legal issue.  
Page 126  
[436] The TSX subsequently granted price protection for the private placement at  
$6.50, subject (as always) to any intervening material change from the time of  
price protection to the time of issuance of the securities. As a result, if the market  
price went up after the price protection was in place but before the shares were  
issued, the German investors would still pay only $6.50 per share. The price they  
negotiated was protected. But what if the market price went down? Dan Potter  
answered that question in an e-mail to Calvin Wadden in response to news that  
Steve Tsimiklis “would like to have some type of proposal for liquidity.” On  
November 19, Mr. Potter wrote to Mr. Wadden:  
As you know, we are closing on a $3,250,000 treasury issue to our German friends- we  
are hoping to get this completed (closed) on Mon. or Tues. (Nov. 20 or 21). The price of  
this issue is $6.50 per share. If the market is driven down in advance of this issue it is  
quite likely that the investors will not close. This would be most harmful for the  
company and all of its shareholders, including Steve. Hopefully, he can be convinced to  
proceed with care, prudence and caution.  
I'm copying Blois just to keep him in the loop.  
[Emphasis added]  
[437] Finally, the Court has the evidence of Dr. Lutz Ristow who testified as to  
how the private placement was initiated, negotiated and concluded. On the issue of  
the price, Dr. Ristow testified as follows:  
Q. Dr. Ristow, how was the price determined?  
A. The purchase price was mentioned by Mr. Potter at six dollar fifty per share which --  
and this was his argument -- the then going market price. I recall mentioning to him that  
newly issued shares are normally offered at a discount. But he rejected that. As a result  
of which we found a different way for an indirect discount mainly by paying the price in  
four instalments, four equal instalments by the way spreading from November, 2000 until  
August 2001 which of course at the then going interest rates meant an indirect discount  
for us.  
[438] He further testified:  
Q. Dr. Ristow did you -- prior to making your investment did you look at the  
performance of the stock on the Toronto Stock Exchange?  
Page 127  
A. Yes, of course. As I mentioned there was a disagreement between Mr. Potter and  
myself with regard to the purchase price. As a result of which I checked the running stock  
exchange price after my return to Germany.  
And with the limitations to access of daily trading of shares of so small companies I  
found that six fifty was repeatedly paid. Yeah.  
[439] In cross-examination, the defendants never suggested to Dr. Ristow that the  
price he negotiated with Mr. Potter was fixed or “stabilized” in advance of the deal  
closing.  
[440] Based on the foregoing, I find that this Court has the evidence necessary to  
determine that the suspect purchases leading up to the private placement were not a  
lawful form of price stabilization and that a decline in the market price could result  
in the German investors pulling out of the deal.  
[441] On the issue of the legality of insiders acting as buyers of last resort, the  
defendants rely on Re Sheito and Woods, a decision of the Nova Scotia Securities  
Commission dated May 7, 2013. According to Mr. Potter’s brief, the Commission  
found that “insiders who enter bids in an effort to support the price are not acting  
manipulatively nor are they doing so with the intention of creating an artificial  
price.” In my view, that statement does not accurately reflect the content of the  
decision.  
[442] The question before the Securities Commission was not whether “support  
bids” by an insider are, in general, lawful and proper, but “whether the conduct of  
the Respondents in making a total of 22 bids, including 13 below market bids, of  
which 10 of the total bids resulted in purchases with an aggregate purchase price of  
$9,060.00 resulted in or contributed to a misleading appearance of trading  
activity”: para. 47.  
[443] Allan Sheito and Gary Woods were both geologists and insiders of Mountain  
Lake Resources Inc., a gold and base metal exploration and development company.  
Mountain Lake’s 26,521,938 outstanding shares were publicly traded on the TSX  
Venture Exchange with the symbol MOA. Mr. Sheito and Mr. Woods were  
alleged, inter alia, to have entered bids for MOA shares without any bona fide  
investment intent and for the purpose of supporting the share price or keeping the  
share price from falling due to selling pressure.  
Page 128  
[444] Dean Holley, a former colleague of Langley Evans, was called as an expert  
on behalf of Mr. Sheito and Mr. Woods in that case. He prepared an expert report  
that contained a number of relevant passages:  
63. Bids posted by directors (or by others with a significant interest in the company) that  
are near current market prices are commonly referred to as ‘support bids.’ In my opinion,  
providing that these ‘support bids’ are real ones (that are not cancelled at the first sign  
that they might be filled), are not designed to mislead investors about the state of the  
market, do not result in fictitious trading volume (e.g., trades that do not involve a change  
of beneficial ownership) and do not establish prices that are inconsistent with market  
conditions at the time, they would not violate accepted principles of fair trading.  
64. Based on the available trading data and on the content of the videotaped interview of  
Mr. Woods and Mr. Sheito it would be my opinion that the respondents entered their  
support bids as reluctant buyers of last resort, rather than buyers whose goal was to  
establish or maintain an artificial price or artificial trading volume for Mountain Lake.  
They may well have hoped that their support bids would not be filled, particularly if they  
believed that the shares were already undervalued by the market, but that does not mean  
that the bids were not bona fide buy orders or that they were entered to maintain prices at  
artificial levels or mislead other investors about the liquidity of Mountain Lake shares.  
68. The buy orders placed by the respondents in this case were modest in size and each  
represented an investment of less than $2,000. I am aware of no evidence to suggest that  
Mr. Sheito or Mr. Woods took any steps to prevent the buy orders they had entered from  
being filled. Indeed, some of the buy orders for the Sheito account were repeatedly re-  
entered after they had expired. The results of these orders was that Mr. Sheito purchased  
and paid for 71,000 shares and Mr. Woods purchased and paid for 12,000 shares. Neither  
sold any shares during the Relevant Period or in the months that followed…  
69. Mr. Sheito and Mr. Woods may well not have wanted to buy more shares of  
Mountain Lake, even at the historically low prices evident during the Relevant Period. In  
my experience, that is often the lot of directors and officers of junior companies who are  
expected, perhaps unfairly, to use their own money to provide liquidity when few other  
investors are paying any attention to the company’s securities. That does not mean that  
the orders the respondents entered were not bona fide orders that they intended to honour.  
70. Small companies with thinly traded securities, like MOA, can be subject to extreme  
short-term share price volatility due to the limited following among dealers and investors  
and the resulting lack of depth of bids or offers at various prices in the marketplace. …  
Page 129  
73. I have already set out my opinion that Mr. Sheito’s participation in the MOA  
markets, albeit as a reluctant buyer, does not mean that his bids were not bona fide bids  
that he intended to honour. The fact that Mr. Sheito entered orders that led to immediate  
fills provides further evidence that he intended to be a buyer, as does the fact that the  
shares he purchased were not sold despite increased trading prices. The Sheito purchases  
were made at the best offering prices available at the time and I am aware of no evidence  
that the shares were acquired from anyone other than an arms’ length seller. In my view  
one cannot conclude that the purchases were improper absent evidence that the trades  
were made to establish artificial prices or were otherwise intended to deceive other  
market participants.  
[445] The Securities Commission adopted Mr. Holley’s view that determining  
whether purchasing by insiders runs afoul of fair trading practices requires a  
contextual analysis:  
[43] Mr. Holley did not categorically approve of support bids. He said “the trading  
analysis must try to determine if and when activity becomes misleading or deceptive or  
when prices become artificial. This is not a formulaic exercise. Any indicia of trading  
misconduct must always be considered in the context of the market in which it occurred,  
and with appropriate consideration of the circumstances, consequences and purpose of  
the activity.” He said, and we agree, “In each case, the nature of an order or trade must  
be viewed within the context of the market at the time, the way the activity was  
undertaken, the effect it had on the markets and on other market participants, and the  
purpose that the order or trade was intended to achieve.”29  
[446] The Commission held that “[i]mproper intent exists where trading activity is  
not reflective of true market supply and demand and done in violation of fair  
trading practices”: para. 48. Relevant factors considered by the Commission  
included whether the bids are “near current market prices, are not cancelled at the  
first sign that they might be filled, are not designed to mislead investors about the  
state of the market, do not result in fictitious trading volume … and do not  
establish prices that are inconsistent with market conditions at the time”: para. 49.  
In dismissing the allegations against the Respondents, the Securities Commission  
held that “the small number of bids and small aggregate of purchase prices paid  
($9,060) in the circumstances of this case did not constitute sufficient activity that  
29The Commission also made the following observation:  
[46] Some argument was presented as to whether the Respondents’ conduct could be legitimized as market  
making, but this argument was not pressed and we do not consider it applicable as there was no recognized  
rules for market makers on the TSX Venture Exchange and there was no evidence that the Respondents  
bought and sold shares as a market maker would do; the Respondents only bought shares.  
Page 130  
a person would know or ought to know would result in or contribute to a  
misleading appearance of trading activity.”  
[447] The allegations in this case are vastly different than those in Sheito and  
Woods. That case involved a small number of bids made at market prices over a  
short period of time that resulted in purchases totalling $9,060. The allegations  
against these defendants are that, over a period of 18 months, together with the  
unindicted co-conspirators, they made purchases exceeding $10 million in order to  
establish a price that was inconsistent with market conditions and to mislead  
investors. Sheito and Woods offers helpful guidance as to the analysis required to  
determine whether support bids violate fair trading principles, but, contrary to Mr.  
Potter’s submissions, the decision does not stand for the proposition that “insiders  
who enter bids in an effort to support the price are not acting manipulatively nor  
are they doing so with the intention of creating an artificial price.”  
[448] The defendants also rely on R. v. Campbell, [1993] O.J. No. 3094, 1993  
CarswellOnt 913 (Ont. CJ (Gen. Div.)) a penny stock manipulation case that the  
defendants say “is almost on all fours” with the present case – to say that the  
Crown has not provided the evidence and analysis sufficient to allow the Court to  
find deceitful trading practices conducted for the purpose of creating an artificial  
price.30 The three accused were stock promoters for a junior mining company that  
traded on the Alberta Exchange. The company’s shares fell within the  
“speculative” category. The accused were charged, together with an unindicted co-  
conspirator (Salter), with conspiring to commit the indictable offence of  
fraudulently affecting the public market price of shares in Penway Explorers Ltd.  
The Court described the issue before it as whether the conduct of the accused “fell  
within the parameters of legitimate ‘stock promotion’, or whether it exceeded those  
limits and constituted ‘stock manipulation’, in the generic sense contrary to the  
Criminal Code”: para. 8. The Crown alleged that the accused agreed to create a  
false or misleading appearance of active public trading in Penway with the  
intention of causing the price of the shares to escalate by using manipulative  
trading techniques, with the shares ultimately to be sold at an inflated price to  
unsuspecting members of the public. The Court particularized the Crown’s  
allegations at para. 16:  
More particularly, as set out in para.44 of their thorough written submissions,  
Crown counsel assert that the accused agreed, by means of the following  
30Whether that assertion is accurate will be considered later in this decision.  
Page 131  
dishonest conduct, with fraudulent intention, to affect the public market price of  
Penway Explorers:  
by rigging the bids in the market by paying off investors and brokers to  
place bids at particular prices;  
by selling stock off the market to clients of Mercore Securities at prices  
above current market price to facilitate the means to place bids on the  
market at ever increasing prices;  
by pre-arranging match trades among themselves and others paid off to  
place bids in order to create volume and/or uptick the price of the stock  
(while keeping the stock in what the Crown refers to as “friendly hands”);  
— by “cleaning” the market of “loose paper” with a view to orchestrating  
a deliberate mark-up in the price of Penway shares including deliberately  
dropping of the price of Penway;  
by ensuring that bids were entered from more than one brokerage house  
to create the appearance of wide interest in the stock;  
by marking-up the stock to a pre-determined price at which price “all  
[their] people” would be taken out by means of placing the paper with a  
mutual fund; and,  
by guaranteeing the price to which the stock will rise as an inducement  
for people to buy stock.  
[449] The Court considered s. 380(2) and set out the elements of the offence:  
24 There is not a great deal of Canadian jurisprudence on the scope and  
application of s.380(2). Looked at analytically, however, the offence involves  
someone a) doing something; b) doing it “by deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent  
means” i.e., dishonestly, in general terms; and, c) doing it with intent to defraud.  
The “something” in question is “[affecting] the public market price of ... anything  
that is offered for sale to the public”, including stocks or shares.  
25 Clearly, it is not everything which is done that affects the public market  
price of stocks or shares that is proscribed by the provisions of s.380(2).  
Promoters and others who are involved in the market may take steps that affect  
price. One example of such conduct is the role played by those who engaged in  
“maintaining the market”, sometimes referred to as “market makers”, a role often  
referred to in the evidence in these proceedings. Maintaining a market with  
respect to a particular stock involves taking steps to dampen the impact of wide  
and sudden swings in the market upwards or downwards. While the formal  
“market maker” occupies an authorized position in the market structure, and while  
that position cannot be said to fit any of the accused here, the evidence is that  
other people, including promoters, act to maintain the market. As Mr. Cleland  
said,  
Page 132  
Q. And does this have an[y] relationship to what might be described as  
maintaining a market?  
A. People use maintaining a market loosely. Maintaining a market means  
keeping; to me, maintaining a market means keeping an active quotation  
available, and designated market makers, they do that, they do that, other  
people may do that as well. (emphasis added)  
26  
It was Mr. Hamouth’s evidence that part of a promoter’s job is to make sure  
that there are bids available in the market to meet offers and offers available to  
meet bids. I accept this evidence. It is perfectly consistent with what Mr. Cleland  
said. Such conduct, I conclude, does not in itself contravene s. 380(2).  
27 Thus, affecting the public market price of a stock is not per se an offence,  
nor is agreeing to do such a thing. The actus reus of the offence is to take the steps  
in question dishonestly (using that word in its broad sense) and with intent to  
defraud the public. I have no doubt that the section is expansive in its scope, and  
is intended to capture all kinds of dishonest conduct that affects the public market  
price of shares.  
[Emphasis in original]  
[450] The Crown’s theory was that the conspiracy failed when Mr. Salter, the  
unindicted co-conspirator, reneged on the agreement and began to sell his shares  
into the market. The Court drew an adverse inference against the Crown for its  
failure to call Mr. Salter as a witness:  
63 Mr. Salter’s role is central to the Crown’s theory of the case. The  
conspiracy failed, the Crown contends, because Mr. Salter backed out and began  
to sell into the market, thus frustrating the plan. The acts and conversations of the  
accused, as reflected particularly in wiretap interceptions 6-31 are put forward as  
evidence of this and, accordingly, as evidence of the conspiracy itself. These acts  
and conversations are also consistent, however, with the defence position that  
they were simply trying to get Mr. Salter out of the market because he was a “bad  
guy”, and this could be the case even (a) if Mr. Salter had been part of the  
promotion at the outset, or (b) if, as Mr. Hamouth contends, Mr. Salter bought the  
stock and came into the market because he was upset that he had not been  
included in the promotion in the first place by reason of his earlier partnership  
arrangement with Mr. Vohra.  
64 Thus, in my view, Mr. Salter’s evidence was “essential to the unfolding  
narrative” of the case. The failure of the Crown to call him as a witness may lead  
to an adverse inference that his evidence would not have been helpful to the  
Crown’s case …  
[451] After reviewing the evidence, including wiretap recordings, the Court  
concluded that it could support the Crown’s theory, but that it was also consistent  
Page 133  
with the position of the accused that they were simply promoting the stock and  
providing liquidity:  
96  
The accused are promoters. They are penny stock salesmen. Their  
stock and trade is hyperbole. Mr. Hamouth is perhaps the most afflicted with  
these propensities. He was described by one counsel as “a voluble, incorrigible  
talker”, a description with which I doubt even he would disagree. What the  
accused say must be assessed and excused, or rejected with those  
propensities in mind. I do not accept everything the accused have told me. There  
are numerous internal inconsistencies in their testimony, as Crown counsel have  
so ably pointed out in their written submissions. … At the end of the day,  
however, I do accept the thrust of the accuseds’ testimony, namely, that what they  
were engaged in was an attempt to promote the Penway stock, causing its prices  
to rise in the process, to their own profit and advantage but also to the profit and  
advantage of those who followed them into the market to buy the stock.  
97 At least, I am satisfied that their evidence raises a reasonable doubt in this  
respect, and that is all that is required, on all of the evidence, from the accuseds’  
perspective. The Crown is required to prove that they committed the offence  
charged beyond a reasonable doubt and the accused are entitled to the benefit of  
the presumption of innocence unless and until the Crown meets that burden.  
98 As I have said, the evidence in this case is capable of bearing the  
interpretation which the Crown seeks to put on it. That, in itself, is not enough,  
however. I must be satisfied beyond a reasonable doubt that the accused are guilty  
of the offence charged. I am not. There is evidence which I accept that also points  
towards the accuseds’ version of the events and which raises a reasonable doubt  
as to their guilt.  
[Emphasis added]  
[452] The decision in Campbell is distinguishable. As the trial judge said in that  
case, “the accused are promoters. They are penny stock salesmen. Their stock and  
trade is hyperbole.” At the end, the trial judge found that the evidence had to be  
assessed in light of the roles of the accused in promoting this speculative penny  
stock. Nearly all of their conduct could be traced back to their salesmanship. Mr.  
Potter and Mr. Colpitts were not stock promoters or penny stock salesmen. They  
were the CEO, Chair of the Board of Directors, Legal Counsel, Lead Director and  
Chair of the Audit Committee of KHI.  
[453] The Court in Campbell held that the accuseds’ conversations concerning  
Salter, obtained through wiretap interceptions, could support the existence of a  
conspiracy. They were, however, also consistent with an innocent explanation,  
rendering Salter’s evidence “essential to the unfolding narrative.” In this case, on  
Page 134  
the other hand, there is an abundance of evidence from the alleged unindicted co-  
conspirators in the form of contemporaneous e-mails that support only one  
interpretation. Providing the other unindicted co-conspirators with the opportunity  
to deny the plain meaning of those communications would be as helpful to the  
defendants (and to the Court) as the evidence of Dr. Schelew and Ms. Locke.  
[454] Of equal importance in Campbell is that the Court was not satisfied that the  
accused had the means to control the Penway stock:  
55 Much of the foregoing, then, is inconsistent with the accused having the  
kind of “control” over the Penway stock which the Crown seeks to attribute to  
them. On balance I am not persuaded that the accused had control, either in the  
normal sense or in the expanded sense of being able to influence the shareholders  
not to sell which would enable them to carry out the accumulation side of a  
manipulation strategy. Nor am I persuaded that they believed that they had the  
means of “control” to do so. …  
[455] Control over buying and selling is critical to an accused’s ability to  
fraudulently affect the public market price. As will become clear later in this  
decision, I am satisfied that the defendants, unlike the accused in Campbell, were  
remarkably effective at controlling the market for KHI shares. As will also  
become clear, I find that there is far more evidence in this case to establish  
fraudulent intent than in Campbell.  
[456] Before moving on, a comment is called for on the manner in which the  
Crown led evidence in this trial. I refer, in particular, to the decision to call a  
single expert, and to call him as the Crown’s final witness. While I am satisfied  
that I have the evidence I need to determine whether the Crown has proven the  
charges against the defendants, the Crown did a disservice to the Court by failing  
at the outset of trial to set out the necessary context of the workings of the capital  
markets and the investment industry. Instead, this information was scattered  
through the trial like bread crumbs, dropped by witnesses who had no reason to  
provide the Court with fulsome explanations of fundamental terms and concepts.  
To be clear, I do not blame the witnesses for this deficiency. The Crown should  
have anticipated this issue and, as I suggested during closing argument, called a  
separate expert at the start of trial to properly orient the Court. Mr. Evans’  
evidence was very helpful, but the Crown’s decision not to call him until the end of  
its case, while not impacting on trial fairness, placed a burden on the Court that  
was both unreasonable and unnecessary. I would encourage Crown counsel in  
Page 135  
future prosecutions to keep these observations in mind when dealing with evidence  
in technical fields.  
The Law of Conspiracy  
[457] The Crown alleges that during the period from January 2000 to the collapse  
of the KHI share price in August 2001, the defendants conspired to commit fraud,  
and committed fraud, by unlawfully affecting the price of the stock using a variety  
of techniques, including:  
buy-side domination: this conduct supported the market price through  
purchasing shares offered for sale by retail shareholders, when there was  
little or no retail demand for the shares;  
sell-side suppression: suppressing the selling side of the market by  
pressuring or preventing existing shareholders from selling their shares in  
the market, which would have put downward pressure on the share price;  
and  
intentionally moving the share price higher through uneconomic trading  
such as high closing the stock, upticking the bid price and buying at  
increasing prices.  
[458] The offence of criminal conspiracy is set out at s. 465(1)(c) of the Criminal  
Code:  
465(1) Except where otherwise expressly provided by law, the following provisions  
apply in respect of conspiracy:  
(c) every one who conspires with any one to commit an indictable offence not provided  
for in paragraph (a) or (b) is guilty of an indictable offence and liable to the same  
punishment as that to which an accused who is guilty of that offence would, on  
conviction, be liable;  
The gist of the offence is the agreement by two or more persons to perform an  
illegal act or to achieve a result by illegal means: R. v. O’Brien, [1954] S.C.R. 666  
at pp. 668-669.  
Page 136  
[459] The essential elements of conspiracy are: 1) an intention to agree, 2) the  
completion of an agreement, and 3) a common unlawful design: United States v.  
Dynar, [1997] 2 S.C.R. 462, [1997] S.C.J. No. 64, at para. 86. Further, there must  
exist an intention to put the common design into effect: O’Brien, at p. 668; Dynar  
at para. 86. The offence of conspiracy is entirely complete upon the formation of  
the agreement.  
[460] In conspiracy cases, the focus of the inquiry is not on acts done in  
furtherance of the agreement (if any), but on whether there was an agreement and,  
if so, on what was agreed: R. v. Root, 2008 ONCA 869, [2008] O.J. No. 5214,  
leave to appeal denied [2009] S.C.C.A. No. 282, at para. 67. Acts done in  
furtherance, however, “may help to establish the core element of conspiracy the  
agreement”: para. 67. As Rinfret J. wrote for the Supreme Court in R. v. Paradis,  
[1934] S.C.R. 165 at p. 168:  
Conspiracy, like all other crimes, may be established by inference from the  
conduct of the parties. No doubt the agreement between them is the gist of the  
offence, but only in very rare cases will it be possible to prove it by direct  
evidence. Ordinarily the evidence must proceed by steps. The actual agreement  
must be gathered from "several isolated doings", … having possibly little or no  
value taken by themselves, but the bearing of which one upon the other must be  
interpreted; and their cumulative effect, properly estimated in the light of all  
surrounding circumstances, may raise a presumption of concerted purpose  
entitling the jury to find the existence of the unlawful agreement.  
[461] Similarly, in R. v. J.F, 2013 SCC 12, 1 S.C.R. 565, at para. 44, the Supreme  
Court of Canada noted:  
[A]greement is a central element to the offence of conspiracy. Conversely, an act  
done in furtherance of the unlawful object is not an element of the offence of  
conspiracy. Although such acts can serve as circumstantial evidence to support  
the existence of a conspiracy, they are not themselves a component of the actus  
reus of conspiracy. Indeed, a conspiracy can be established in the absence of any  
overt acts done in furtherance of its unlawful object.  
[462] The individual participants in a conspiracy need not know each other, nor  
communicate directly with one another: Root, at para. 68. Their respective roles  
may vary in nature, importance and duration: R. v. Bernard, 2009 CarswellOnt  
7828, [2009] O.J. No. 5366 (Ont. Sup. Ct. J.), aff’d 2013 ONCA 371, at para. 41.  
Each member need not know every detail of the common scheme, but each must be  
aware of the general nature of the common design and intend to adhere to it: Root,  
at para. 68.  
Page 137  
[463] Accordingly, in order for this Court to find the defendants guilty of  
conspiracy to commit fraud in relation to the market price for KHI shares, the  
Crown must prove the following essential elements beyond a reasonable doubt:  
(a) That there was an agreement among two or more persons to commit the  
indictable offence of fraud in relation to the market price for KHI shares;  
and  
(b)That the defendants were parties to that agreement.  
The co-conspirators’ exception to the hearsay rule  
[464] The co-conspirators’ exception to the hearsay rule is used when the Crown  
seeks in its case against the accused to rely on statements of unindicted co-  
conspirators for the truth of their contents. The Crown submits that there is  
overwhelming evidence supporting the allegations against the defendants without  
resort to the exception, but says the Court may apply the exception in any event if  
it concludes that the probative value of any of the statements hinges on their truth.  
[465] The Nova Scotia Court of Appeal recently reviewed the law in relation to the  
co-conspirators’ exception to the hearsay rule in R. v. Kelsie, 2017 NSCA 89,  
[2017] N.S.J. No. 467:  
140 In R. v. Carter, [1982] 1 S.C.R. 938, the Court set out a 3-step process for  
the admissibility of hearsay evidence and the use of that evidence by the trier of  
fact, when deliberating on a conspiracy charge. Carter was summarized by the  
Ontario Court of Appeal in R. v. Gagnon, 2000 O.J. No. 3410 as follows:  
50 In R. v. Carter (1982), 67 C.C.C. (2d) 568, the Supreme Court of  
Canada set out the following three-tiered approach to apply in conspiracy  
cases:  
Considering all the evidence, the trier of fact must conclude  
beyond a reasonable doubt that the conspiracy charged in the  
indictment existed. This determination is independent of any  
consideration as to whether an indicted or unindicted conspirator is  
actually a member of the conspiracy charged.  
Once the trier of fact is satisfied beyond a reasonable doubt that the  
conspiracy charged existed, the trier of fact must determine,  
exclusively on the basis of "evidence directly receivable against  
the accused", whether the accused was probably a member of the  
conspiracy. The trier of fact is not to consider co-conspirator  
hearsay evidence at this stage of deliberations.  
Page 138  
If the trier of fact concludes that an accused was probably a  
member of the conspiracy, the trier of fact must determine whether  
the Crown has proven that accused's membership in the conspiracy  
beyond a reasonable doubt. At this stage of deliberations, the trier  
of fact is entitled to consider hearsay acts and declarations of co-  
conspirators made in furtherance of the objects of the conspiracy.  
The trier of fact must be cautioned that the mere fact that the  
conclusion has been reached that an accused is probably a member  
of a conspiracy does not make a conviction automatic.  
[Emphasis added]  
141 In R. v. Mapara, 2005 SCC 23, the Supreme Court of Canada affirmed the  
3-step process set out in Carter and defined the co-conspirators' exception to the  
hearsay rule as follows:  
8 The co-conspirators' exception to the hearsay rule may be stated as  
follows: "Statements made by a person engaged in an unlawful conspiracy  
are receivable as admissions as against all those acting in concert if the  
declarations were made while the conspiracy was ongoing and were made  
towards the accomplishment of the common object" (J. Sopinka, S.N.  
Lederman and A.W. Bryant, The Law of Evidence in Canada (2nd ed.  
1999), at p. 303). Following Carter, co-conspirators' statements will be  
admissible against the accused only if the trier of fact is satisfied beyond a  
reasonable doubt that a conspiracy existed and if independent evidence,  
directly admissible against the accused, establishes on a balance of  
probabilities that the accused was a member of the conspiracy.  
[Emphasis added]  
142 Step 1 in R. v. Carter is concerned with whether the Crown has proven the  
existence of the conspiracy. At this stage, it is not concerned with who the  
members of the conspiracy were. McIntyre, J. explained in R. v. Barrow, [1987] 2  
S.C.R. 694:  
74 ... It may often be true, that in determining beyond a reasonable doubt  
the existence of a conspiracy one may also determine the identity of some  
of the members. On some occasions and in respect of some conspirators it  
may not be necessary to have resort to the hearsay exception, but this is  
not always so. It is entirely possible, and not uncommon, to be satisfied  
beyond a reasonable doubt on all the evidence that a conspiracy for the  
purposes alleged in the indictment existed while still being uncertain as to  
the identity of all the conspirators. Once this is understood it becomes  
evident that there is no substance to the appellant's argument. On this first  
step what is considered is the existence of the conspiracy, not individual  
membership. At this point the hearsay exception is inapplicable. This is in  
accordance with the view expressed by Martin J.A. in R. v. Baron and  
Page 139  
Wertman (1976), 31 C.C.C. (2d) 525, in reference to the conspirator's  
exception to the hearsay rule, where he said, at p. 544:  
It only comes into play, however, where there is evidence fit to be  
considered by the jury that the conspiracy alleged between A and  
B exists. It is clear that where the fact in issue to be proved is  
whether a conspiracy exists between A and B, A's acts, or  
declarations implicating B cannot be used to prove that B was a  
party to the conspiracy, in the absence of some other evidence  
admissible against B to bring him within the conspiracy: see  
Savard and Lizotte v. The King (1945), 85 C.C.C. 254 at p. 262,  
[1946] 3 D.L.R. 468, [1946] S.C.R. 20 at p. 29.  
[Emphasis added]  
143 Of similar effect is the decision of R. v. Jamieson, [1989] N.S.J. No. 158  
(N.S.S.C.A.D.) where Macdonald, J.A. held:  
The co-conspirator's exception to the hearsay rule can only be applied  
when it is first established beyond a reasonable doubt that a conspiracy  
existed and, on a balance of probabilities on evidence directly admissible  
against the accused, that he was a member of the conspiracy. It is therefore  
obligatory that a trial judge instruct the jury that the hearsay evidence  
which was introduced pursuant to the co-conspirator's exception to the  
hearsay rule can be considered by them only after:  
1. They are satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the  
alleged conspiracy existed;  
2. That, on a balance of probabilities based on evidence  
directly admissible against the accused, he was a member  
of the conspiracy.  
144 It is important to recognize that at Step 1 of the Carter analysis, the acts  
and declarations of what others may have said are not introduced for the truth of  
their contents but rather as circumstantial evidence of the existence of the  
conspiracy. This was explained by Cromwell, J.A. (as he then was) in R. v. Smith;  
R. v. James, 2007 NSCA 19:  
189 The distinction between hearsay and non-hearsay is both critical and  
difficult in conspiracy cases. The gist of the offence is the agreement to  
perform an illegal act or to achieve a result by illegal means: R. v.  
Douglas, [1991] 1 S.C.R. 301 at p. 316. The agreement can rarely be  
proved by direct evidence. As Rinfret, J. said for the Supreme Court in R.  
v. Paradis, [1934] S.C.R. 165 at p. 168:  
The actual agreement must be gathered from "several isolated  
doings", ... having possibly little or no value taken by themselves,  
but the bearing of which one upon the other must be interpreted;  
and their cumulative effect, properly estimated in the light of all  
Page 140  
surrounding circumstances, may raise a presumption of concerted  
purpose entitling the jury to find the existence of the unlawful  
agreement.  
190 It follows from this that in many instances, acts and declarations of  
alleged co-conspirators may not be hearsay but original circumstantial  
evidence of the existence of the conspiracy, but these same acts and  
declarations may be hearsay for the purpose of showing who were  
members of the conspiracy: [Authorities omitted].  
145 It is only at the third step of Carter that out-of-court statements by persons  
who have been proven to have been members of the conspiracy and which are  
made in furtherance of it are admissible against other probable members (R. v.  
Smith, para 195).  
[Emphasis in original]  
[466] This disposes of the general law of conspiracy; the other pillar of the present  
case is, of course, fraud.  
The Law of Fraud  
[467] The defendants are charged with two types of fraud: the general fraud  
offence related to the market for KHI shares (s. 380(1)(a)), and the specific fraud  
offence of affecting the public market price of KHI shares with intent to defraud (s.  
380(2)). The applicable offence sections in force during the relevant period31 are:  
Fraud  
380 (1) Every one who, by deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent means, whether  
or not it is a false pretence within the meaning of this Act, defrauds the public or  
any person, whether ascertained or not, of any property, money or valuable  
security or any service,  
(a) is guilty of an indictable offence and liable to a term of imprisonment  
not exceeding ten years, where the subject-matter of the offence is a  
testamentary instrument or the value of the subject-matter of the offence  
exceeds five thousand dollars; …  
Affecting public market  
31Section 380 was amended by S.C., 2004, ch. 3, s. 2 to increase the maximum punishment to 14 years and amended  
again by S.C., 2011, ch. 6, s .2 to provide for a minimum punishment in particular circumstances.  
Page 141  
(2) Every one who, by deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent means, whether or not  
it is a false pretence within the meaning of this Act, with intent to defraud, affects  
the public market price of stocks, shares, merchandise or anything that is offered  
for sale to the public is guilty of an indictable offence and liable to imprisonment  
for a term not exceeding ten years.  
Proving the offence of fraud: s. 380(1)(a)  
[468] From the statutory definition, it is clear that the actus reus for fraud under s.  
380(1) consists of a conduct element (an act of deceit, falsehood, or other  
fraudulent means) and a consequence element (defrauds).  
[469] The Supreme Court of Canada in R. v. Olan, [1978] 2 S.C.R. 1175, 1978  
CarswellOnt 49, considered the definition of “defraud” at para. 11:  
Courts, for good reason, have been loath to attempt anything in the nature of an  
exhaustive definition of “defraud”, but one may safely say, upon the authorities,  
that two elements are essential, “dishonesty” and “deprivation”. To succeed, the  
Crown must establish dishonest deprivation.  
[470] The Court addressed the element of deprivation at para. 13:  
The element of deprivation is satisfied on proof of detriment, prejudice or risk of  
prejudice to the economic interests of the victim. It is not essential that there be  
actual economic loss as the outcome of the fraud. The following passages from  
the English Court of Appeal judgment in R. v. Allsop (1976), 64 Cr. App. R. 29,  
in my view correctly state the law on the role of economic loss in fraud, pp. 31-  
32:  
Generally the primary objective of fraudsmen is to advantage themselves.  
The detriment that results to their victims is secondary to that purpose and  
incidental. It is ‘intended’ only in the sense that it is a contemplated  
outcome of the fraud that is perpetrated. If the deceit which is employed  
imperils the economic interest of the person deceived, this is sufficient to  
constitute fraud even though in the event no actual loss is suffered and  
notwithstanding that the deceiver did not desire to bring about an actual  
loss.  
We see nothing in Lord Diplock’s speech [in Scott, supra] to suggest a  
different view. ‘Economic loss’ may be ephemeral and not lasting, or  
potential and not actual; but even a threat of financial prejudice while it  
exists it may be measured in terms of money ...  
Interests which are imperilled are less valuable in terms of money than  
those same interests when they are secure and protected. Where a person  
Page 142  
intends by deceit to induce a course of conduct in another which puts that  
other’s economic interests in jeopardy he is guilty of fraud even though he  
does not intend or desire that actual loss should ultimately be suffered by  
that other in this context.  
[471] In R. v. Théroux, [1993] 2 S.C.R. 5, 1993 CarswellQue 5, the Court  
confirmed that the following principles, first set out in Olan, will govern the  
definition of the actus reus of fraud:  
(i) The offence has two elements: dishonest act and deprivation;  
(ii) The dishonest act is established by proof of deceit, falsehood or “other  
fraudulent means”;  
(iii) The element of deprivation is established by proof of detriment, prejudice, or  
risk of prejudice to the economic interests of the victim, caused by the dishonest  
act.  
[para. 13]  
[472] Théroux indicates that where the actus reus of a particular fraud is an  
alleged act of deceit or falsehood, “all that need be determined is whether the  
accused, as a matter of fact, represented that a situation was of a certain character,  
when, in reality, it was not”; on the other hand, where “other fraudulent means” is  
alleged, “the existence of such means will be determined by what reasonable  
people consider to be dishonest dealing”: para. 15.  
[473] In R. v. Zlatic, [1993] 2 S.C.R. 29, [1993] S.C.J. No. 43, McLachlin J. (as  
she then was), writing for the majority, explained “other fraudulent means” at para.  
32:  
The fundamental question in determining the actus reus of fraud within the third  
head of the offence of fraud is whether the means to the alleged fraud can  
properly be stigmatized as dishonest: Olan, supra. In determining this, one applies  
a standard of the reasonable person. Would the reasonable person stigmatize what  
was done as dishonest? Dishonesty is, of course, difficult to define with precision.  
It does, however, connote an underhanded design which has the effect, or which  
engenders the risk, of depriving others of what is theirs. J. D. Ewart, in his  
Criminal Fraud (1986), defines dishonest conduct as that "which ordinary, decent  
people would feel was discreditable as being clearly at variance with  
straightforward or honourable dealings" (p. 99).  
[474] The mens rea of fraud was addressed by the Court in Théroux at paras. 21-  
23:  
Page 143  
[T]he proper focus in determining the mens rea of fraud is to ask whether the  
accused intentionally committed the prohibited acts (deceit, falsehood, or other  
dishonest act) knowing or desiring the consequences proscribed by the offence  
(deprivation, including the risk of deprivation). The personal feeling of the  
accused about the morality or honesty of the act or its consequences is no more  
relevant to the analysis than is the accused’s awareness that the particular acts  
undertaken constitute a criminal offence.  
This applies as much to the third head of fraud, “other fraudulent means”, as to  
lies and acts of deceit. Although “other fraudulent means” have been broadly  
defined as means which are “dishonest”, it is not necessary that an accused  
personally consider these means to be dishonest in order that he or she be  
convicted of fraud for having undertaken them. The “dishonesty” of the means is  
relevant to the determination whether the conduct falls within the type of conduct  
caught by the offence of fraud; what reasonable people consider dishonest assists  
in the determination whether the actus reus of the offence can be made out of  
particular facts. That established, it need only be determined that an accused  
knowingly undertook the acts in question, aware that deprivation, or risk of  
deprivation, could follow as a likely consequence.  
I have spoken of knowledge of the consequences of the fraudulent act. There  
appears to be no reason, however, why recklessness as to consequences might not  
also attract criminal responsibility. Recklessness presupposes knowledge of the  
likelihood of the prohibited consequences. It is established when it is shown that  
the accused, with such knowledge, commits acts which may bring about these  
prohibited consequences, while being reckless as to whether or not they ensue.  
[475] In Zlatic, the Court framed the mens rea requirement of fraud as follows at  
para. 40:  
… The accused must knowingly, i.e. subjectively, undertake the conduct which  
constitutes the dishonest act, and must subjectively appreciate that the consequences of  
such conduct could be deprivation, in the sense of causing another to lose his or her  
pecuniary interest in certain property or in placing that interest at risk.  
[476] Irrelevant to a fraud charge is any claim by an accused that their motives  
were pure and that they did nothing wrong. This is made clear in Théroux at para.  
33:  
Pragmatic considerations support the view of mens rea proposed above. A person  
who deprives another person of what the latter has should not escape  
criminal responsibility merely because, according to his moral or her  
personal code, he or she was doing nothing wrong or because of a sanguine  
belief that all will come out right in the end. Many frauds are perpetrated by  
people who think there is nothing wrong in what they are doing or who sincerely  
Page 144  
believe that their act of placing other people’s property at risk will not ultimately  
result in actual loss to those persons. If the offence of fraud is to catch those who  
actually practise fraud, its mens rea cannot be cast so narrowly as this.  
[Emphasis added]  
[477] Nor is it a defence that one’s actions were done for the purpose of keeping a  
company afloat, or out of a belief that one is protecting value for public  
shareholders. In R. v. McCarthy, [2008] O.J. No. 3843 (Ont. Sup. Ct. J.),  
McCarthy was convicted of fraud in relation to his public company, Betacom. The  
Court noted that he neither sought nor received any personal benefit from his  
fraud. The Court wrote at paras. 114-115:  
Mr. McCarthy testified that he never intended to deceive or defraud anyone. He  
explained that he acted to help the company, not to hurt investors. This evidence  
does not negate the intention to commit fraud. The law of fraud does not permit  
Mr. McCarthy to mislead investors in the course of salvaging a company,  
even if he believed that the business would become profitable and the  
investors would recover their investment.  
It was not open to Mr. McCarthy to mislead investors into investing their money  
in Betacom, even though he may have sincerely believed that the company would  
ultimately survive and their investments would be safe. By misleading investors,  
Mr. McCarthy effectively removed their ability to make fully informed business  
decisions and induced them to place their money at risk on the basis of false  
information. I therefore conclude that Mr. McCarthy knowingly participated in a  
scheme to inflate the accounts receivable and was aware that he was putting the  
property of others at financial risk.  
[Emphasis added]  
[478] In R. v. Gaetz, [1992] N.S.J. No. 444, 1992 CarswellNS 245 (N.S. C.A.) the  
accused argued on appeal that the trial judge erred in failing to instruct the jury that  
the accused was acting in the best interests of the company and without personal  
gain. The trial judge recognized in his charge that the accused was trying to buy  
more time to meet the company’s financial obligations, and that he had been acting  
diligently in attempting to find other sources of funds. Chipman J.A. rejected this  
argument, finding that it did not vitiate intent:  
Indirect personal gain or absence of loss to the appellant was clearly at the heart  
of his efforts to keep [his business] afloat. Other motives, such as the welfare of  
his employees and perhaps in the long run even that of the bank, undoubtedly  
played their part, but these generally good intentions of the appellant are of no  
help in determining whether he intended in fact to deprive the bank by  
fraudulent means. It is the deception and deprivation that is the evil aimed at  
Page 145  
by the legislation, any benefit or lack of it to the accused being of no  
consequence. It is clear too that fraud is not negated merely because the  
accused does not intend or desire that actual loss be suffered by the victim.  
[para. 13. Emphasis added]  
[479] So long as the accused’s conduct is dishonest and the accused subjectively  
knew that they were acting to the prejudice of another’s economic interests, even  
the best intentions or the belief that there is only a remote likelihood of creating a  
risk of economic loss will not save an accused from a conviction on fraud charges.  
[480] The defendants are charged with two counts of fraud under s. 380(1)(a).  
Count 3 of the indictment alleges that the defendants defrauded the public in  
respect of the market for KHI shares. In R. v. Riesberry, 2014 ONCA 7455,  
[2014] O.J. No. 5094, aff’d 2015 SCC 65, [2015] S.C.J. No. 103, the accused was  
charged with, among other things, defrauding the public in connection with his  
attempt to fix a horse race by injecting performance-enhancing drugs into a horse.  
The horse finished sixth, and the accused was arrested while attempting to inject a  
second horse in a subsequent race. The accused argued that he could not be  
convicted of defrauding the betting public because the public was not put at risk of  
deprivation by his actions and, in the alternative, that the risk of deprivation was  
too remote. At the trial level, the Court was satisfied that the accused had acted  
deceitfully, but found that the Crown had not proven deprivation beyond a  
reasonable doubt. The Ontario Court of Appeal held at paras. 20-22:  
Concerning the risk of deprivation issue, it was established at trial that horse  
racing is a highly regulated industry and that the regulatory scheme includes a ban  
on the presence of the performance-enhancing drugs utilized by the respondent in  
the body of a horse on race day. Given this regulatory scheme, bettors were  
entitled to bet on each race assuming that no horse in the race was affected  
by such drugs.  
In this regard, we agree with the Crown that the horseracing bettors are in a  
similar position to the investors in R. v. Drabinsky, 2011 ONCA 582. Just as  
investors were entitled to rely on the accuracy of the financial statements, bettors  
were entitled to assume compliance with the regulatory scheme. What occurred in  
this case was not a minor breach or minor non-compliance with the regulatory  
scheme. Where there is an attempt (successful or not) to affect the outcome of a  
race through the use of banned performance-enhancing substances, such a  
significant breach of the regulatory scheme necessarily places bettors at risk of  
being deprived of their bets. Indeed, as the trial judge found, the very purpose of  
the injection was to create "an unfair advantage" for the respondent's horse. …  
Page 146  
Further, as in Drabinsky, where there is a failure to disclose material non-  
compliance with the regulatory scheme, it is no answer to say bettors may have  
relied on other factors in making their bets. Bettors were entitled to assume  
compliance with the regulatory scheme when weighing those others factors and  
coming to a final decision. Non-compliance with the regulatory scheme in a  
manner so as to affect the outcome of a race necessarily puts the bettors'  
economic interests at risk. Bettors were deprived of information about the  
race that they were entitled to know; they were also deprived of an honest  
race run in accordance with the rules. In these circumstances, the trial judge  
erred in law because he failed to take account of the regulatory scheme in  
considering the risk of deprivation issue.  
[Emphasis added]  
[481] The Supreme Court of Canada agreed with the Ontario Court of Appeal,  
holding at paras. 23-27:  
We should first be clear about what Mr. Riesberry's fraudulent conduct was  
before turning to the question of whether it caused a risk of deprivation.  
Fraudulent conduct for the purposes of a fraud prosecution is not limited to  
deception, such as deception by misrepresentations of fact. Rather, fraud requires  
proof of "deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent means": s. 380(1). The term "other  
fraudulent means" encompasses "all other means which can properly be  
stigmatized as dishonest:" R. v. Olan, [1978] 2 S.C.R. 1175 (S.C.C.), at p. 1180.  
The House of Lords made the same point in Scott v. Metropolitan Police  
Commissioner (1974), [1975] A.C. 819 (U.K. H.L.), a case approved by the Court  
in Olan (p. 1181). Fraud, according to Viscount Dilhorne in Scott, may consist of  
depriving "a person dishonestly of something which is his or of something to  
which he is or would or might but for the perpetration of the fraud be entitled": p.  
839. And as Lord Diplock said, the fraudulent means "need not involve fraudulent  
misrepresentation such as is needed to constitute the civil tort of deceit": ibid., at  
p. 841.  
It follows that where the alleged fraudulent act is not in the nature of deceit or  
falsehood, such as a misrepresentation of fact, the causal link between the  
dishonest conduct and the deprivation may not depend on showing that the victim  
relied on or was induced to act by the fraudulent act. This is such a case.  
Mr. Riesberry injected and attempted to inject the racehorses with performance  
enhancing substances. The use of such drugs is prohibited and trainers such as  
Mr. Riesberry are prohibited even from possessing loaded syringes at a racetrack.  
This conduct constituted "other fraudulent means" because in the highly regulated  
setting in which he acted, that conduct can "properly be stigmatized as dishonest":  
Olan, at p. 1180. He carried out these dishonest acts for the purpose of affecting  
the outcome of two horse races on which members of the public placed bets. His  
dishonest acts, therefore, were intended to and in one case actually did result in  
Page 147  
the possibility that a horse that might otherwise have won would not. The conduct  
therefore caused a risk of deprivation to the betting public: it created the risk of  
betting on a horse that, but for Mr. Riesberry's dishonest acts, might have won and  
led to a payout to the persons betting on that horse. To return to Viscount  
Dilhorne's words in Scott, Mr. Riesberry's dishonest conduct created a risk that  
bettors would be deprived dishonestly of something which, but for the dishonest  
act, they might have obtained.  
There is a direct causal relationship between Mr. Riesberry's dishonest acts  
and the risk of financial deprivation to the betting public. Simply put, a  
rigged race creates a risk of prejudice to the economic interests of bettors.  
Provided that a causal link exists, the absence of inducement or reliance is  
irrelevant. I agree with the Court of Appeal that Mr. Riesberry's reliance on R. c.  
Côté, [1986] 1 S.C.R. 2 (S.C.C.), is misplaced. That case made it clear that  
[f]raud consists of being dishonest for the purpose of obtaining an  
advantage and which results in prejudice or a risk of prejudice to  
someone's 'property, money or valuable security'. There is no need to  
target a victim ... and the victim may not be ascertained. [p. 19]  
This statement covers what Mr. Riesberry did.  
[Emphasis added]  
Fraudulently affecting the public market: s. 380(2)  
[482] Although securities markets in Canada are primarily regulated under the  
various provincial Securities Acts, Part X of the Criminal Code also contains  
specific provisions related to frauds in relation to the stock market and securities.  
These provisions include s. 380(2), which is reproduced again below for  
convenience:  
380 (2) Every one who, by deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent means, whether  
or not it is a false pretence within the meaning of this Act, with intent to defraud,  
affects the public market price of stocks, shares, merchandise or anything that is  
offered for sale to the public is guilty of an indictable offence and liable to  
imprisonment for a term not exceeding ten years.  
[483] The actus reus under s. 380(2) is similar to that of fraud simpliciter under s.  
380(1). Both sections refer to the conduct elements as being “deceit, falsehood or  
other fraudulent means.” Subsection 380(2), however, has a different consequence  
element -- affecting the market price of stocks, shares, merchandise or anything  
offered for sale to the public.  
Page 148  
[484] The British Columbia Supreme Court’s decision in United States of  
America v. Shull, 2009 BCSC 238, [2009] B.C.J. No. 334, confirmed that that the  
same “fraudulent means” can be used to establish proof of the actus reus for  
offences under both s. 380(1) and s. 380(2). In that case, the U.S. sought the  
extradition of the respondents to face charges in Massachusetts on various counts  
of conspiracy to commit securities fraud, securities fraud and wire fraud. The  
charges arose from the trading of shares in Fairmount Resources, a company listed  
on the Alberta Stock Exchange.  
[485] The evidence in Shull indicated that the respondents entered agreements  
with several stockbrokers to promote the sale of shares in Fairmont to their clients  
in exchange for compensation from the respondents that would not be disclosed to  
the clients. The evidence also showed that the respondents and unindicted co-  
conspirators engaged in buy-side domination, wash trades and upticking the stock.  
An expert retained by the applicant concluded that the manipulative techniques  
used by the suspect group artificially created the appearance of an active market  
for Fairmont stock and artificially increased the price of the shares in order to  
facilitate the sale of shares by the company’s major shareholders.  
[486] The respondents did not challenge the facts as framed by the applicant, but  
argued that they had a benign interpretation, in that their actions were not dishonest  
or illegal, and were at all times permissible. The respondents further argued that  
there was insufficient evidence to justify a committal for trial in Canada because  
there was no evidence that the brokers would not have recommended the sale of  
the stock in the absence of compensation paid by the respondents, nor was there  
any evidence that the purchasers of the shares would not have purchased them had  
they known of the additional compensation paid to the brokers. Finally, they  
submitted that the increase in the Fairmont share price was attributable to the  
company’s acquisition of potentially lucrative oil and gas assets and its aggressive  
oil and gas exploration.  
[487] The question for the Court in Shull was whether the evidence was sufficient  
for a properly instructed Canadian jury to convict. The court held at paras. 78-79:  
I find that there exists a body of direct and circumstantial evidence which is  
presumptively reliable and certified as available for trial and which constitutes some  
evidence upon which a reasonable jury properly instructed could conclude that the  
Respondents and others were involved in a fraudulent scheme to manipulate trading  
and artificially inflate the value of the Fairmont shares. The conduct alleged, if  
replicated in Canada, would amount to fraud or, in the alternative, attempted fraud, and  
Page 149  
conspiracy to commit fraud contrary to Sections 380(1), 380(2), 463 and 465(1)(c) of  
the Criminal Code.  
Specifically, the Committal Evidence infers that the Respondents were engaged in a  
fraudulent ongoing scheme to manipulate market trading in Fairmont shares, a scheme in  
which they employed manipulative trading practices and paid kickbacks to various  
stockbrokers to promote the sale of Fairmont shares. Moreover, there is sufficient  
evidence to establish that the respondents conspired between themselves and others to  
effect this unlawful object.  
[488] The mens rea for fraud under s. 380(2) was discussed by Brenda L.  
Nightingale and Mina D. Sennek in The Law of Fraud and Related Offences  
(Carswell, Looseleaf, updated to 2014) at 12-10:  
Unlike the general offence of fraud, described in s. 380(1) of the Criminal Code,  
the offence described in s. 380(2) is not simply an offence of general intent. …  
[I]n addition to proof of knowledge of the conduct elements of the actus reus  
(proof of knowledge of the facts found to constitute “deceit, falsehood and other  
fraudulent means”) and proof of foresight in relation to the consequence element  
of the offence (proof of foresight that the public market price of the subject-matter  
of the offence will be affected), the Crown must also prove that the accused  
committed the conduct elements of the offence with “an intent to defraud.”  
[489] In R. v. Tatton, 2015 SCC 33, [2015] S.C.J. No. 33, the Court held that the  
distinction between crimes of specific and general intent “lies in the complexity of  
the thought and reasoning processes that make up the mental element of a  
particular offence, and the social policy underlying the offence”: para. 21. The  
Court went on to explain that specific intent offences contain a “heightened mental  
element” that may take different forms in different circumstances:  
37 In contrast, specific intent offences involve a heightened mental element. In  
Daviault, Sopinka J. limited his discussion of specific intent offences to crimes  
involving an ulterior purpose. For such crimes, the accused must not only intend  
to do the act that constitutes the actus reus, he must also act with an ulterior  
purpose in mind....  
38 Although Sopinka J. restricted his discussion of specific intent offences to  
crimes involving an ulterior purpose, it would be a mistake to assume that an  
ulterior purpose is always required. To the contrary, a heightened mental element  
could take the form of a requirement that the accused intend and bring about  
certain consequences, if the formation of that intent involves more complex  
thought and reasoning processes. Murder provides a classic example. Equally, a  
heightened mental element could take the form of a requirement that the accused  
Page 150  
have actual knowledge of certain circumstances or consequences, where the  
knowledge is the product of more complex thought and reasoning processes...  
[490] Other than Campbell, discussed earlier, there are few decisions considering  
s. 380(2). In R. v. Allman, [1984] B.C.J. No. 1406 (B.C. C.A.) Allman was  
convicted of conspiracy to affect the public market price of shares of a company,  
with intent to defraud, and unlawfully matching sale and purchase orders with  
intent to create a false or misleading appearance as prohibited by s. 340 (now s.  
382). At trial, Allman and his co-accused argued that they had believed that the  
future of the company was bright and that the market price for its shares was more  
than justified by the company’s prospects. They attempted to establish that their  
conduct was an everyday occurrence in the promotion of a junior resource  
company. The court disagreed. Allman appealed both convictions. In relation to  
the conspiracy conviction, Seaton J.A., for the court, commented at para. 25:  
Several grounds of appeal turned on the allegation that these people honestly believed  
that the market price to which the shares were driven was a fair and legitimate price. It is  
said that if that is the case there is no mens rea. It is also said that there was no actus  
reus if there was no deprivation. I do not think these contentions to be sound. By deceit,  
the appellant and Kohn affected the market price of shares. Their intention was to cause  
people to part with their money in exchange for shares or not acquire money by disposing  
of their shares. In short, they were deceiving people into having shares instead of money.  
There was a risk of prejudice to them. It is not necessary for the Crown to prove in  
addition that there was actual economic loss, or indeed that the accused persons intended  
that they suffer economic loss. …  
And further, at paras. 27-28:  
The trial judge found that Allman and Kohn, with others, conspired and offered to pay  
secret commissions are part of a scheme to control the market price for shares. He found  
that they used accounts in the names of others to mislead the public. He found that orders  
for the sale of Grand Prix shares were based on information obtained respecting purchase  
orders and the actions were to the detriment of the public. And he found that they  
conspired to and did pay secret commissions or bribes to persons in the securities  
industry for the purpose of inducing those persons to cause members of the public to buy  
Grand Prix shares. To all of this, the answer that there was no deprivation, no intention  
to defraud, that everything that they were doing was in the best interests of the public, I  
find quite unrealistic.  
An argument that is common to a number of grounds is that the words in the indictment,  
“with intent to defraud of money or other valuable securities”, focuses the Crown’s onus.  
It is my impression that the allegation was made out if what I just said is accepted; that is,  
that a person is defrauded of money if he is induced dishonestly to buy shares, regardless  
Page 151  
of the values of those shares. That seems to me was the intention, and in a conspiracy  
count it is the intention that is vital.  
[491] In R. v. McNaughton, (1976), 43 C.C.C. (2d) 293, [1976] Q.J. No. 187  
(Que. C.A.), the accused was convicted on a charge of conspiracy to affect the  
public market price of shares by fraudulent means. The evidence at trial indicated  
that the accused had agreed, with two others, to manipulate the public market price  
of certain shares through the use of a “box account”. The Court in McNaughton  
recognized that, at the time of these events in 1971, box accounts were permitted  
for the purpose of price stabilization.32 The trial judge found that the use of the box  
account by the accused was not done for the legitimate purpose of stabilizing the  
price of the stock in question, but instead was used to drive up the value of the  
stock to a level disproportionate to its intrinsic value. The Court dismissed  
McNaughton’s appeal in three separate concurring judgments. Montgomery J.A.  
wrote at para. 3:  
McNaughton’s defence is that, although he was a party to the organization of the box, it  
was his understanding that this was to be used in a legitimate manner to stabilize the price  
of the stock. As the trial Judge has pointed out, while McNaughton’s direct and personal  
participation in the operation of the box may have been limited, there is no reason to  
doubt that he was at all stages fully informed as to what was going on, and there is no  
evidence that he protested until after the event. There is, therefore, every reason to  
presume that what was done was done in accordance with the understanding between the  
parties and not in violation of it. …  
[492] In separate judgments, Turgeon J.A. and Mayrand J.A. rejected  
McNaughton’s claim that he was not aware that the box account was being used  
for manipulation. They did accept, however, that McNaughton was not aware that  
manipulation of the market in this manner was prohibited by the Criminal Code.  
Mayrand J.A. held that it was not necessary for the accused to appreciate that his  
conduct was illegal so long as he knew that by using the box account in such a way  
as to cause a fictitious and disorderly rise in prices, he was distorting the ordinary  
operation of the market rather than stabilizing it.  
32As Nightingale and Sennek note at p. 12-10.1 of The Law of Fraud and Related Offences, “The use of this  
mechanism to stabilize the market had by this time fallen into disuse in other Exchanges which utilized instead  
‘specialists’ who operated on the floor of the Exchange and whose activities were controlled by the Exchange  
itself.”  
Page 152  
[493] In The Law of Fraud and Related Offences at p. 12-10, the authors suggest  
that the Quebec Court of Appeal in McNaughton neglected to consider the specific  
intent required for conviction under s. 380(2):  
While s. 380(2) provides that an accused must engage in the prohibited conduct “with  
intent to defraud,” it is clear that the Court in McNaughton considered this to be an  
offence of general intent, as it found mens rea upon the proof that the accused had  
knowledge of the prohibited conduct and had foresight of the prohibited consequences.  
[494] In other words, according to Nightingale and Sennek, the Court in  
McNaughton found mens rea upon the proof that: (1) the accused had knowledge  
of the facts found to constitute “deceit, falsehood and others fraudulent means”  
(the manipulative use of the box account) and that (2) the accused had foresight  
that the public market price of the stock would be affected. I note, however, that  
Montgomery J.A. was satisfied that the accused was not only aware of the  
illegitimate use of the box account but that he had agreed to it, and Mayrand J.A.  
acknowledged that the resultant false appearance of an increase in share value was  
intended to deceive the public for the benefit of a small group of speculators.  
Nevertheless, I agree that the analyses in McNaughton are unclear on the issue of  
the necessary intent and are not of much assistance on that point.  
[495] In addition to s. 380(2), the phrase “with intent to defraud” appears in other  
offence provisions of the Criminal Code including cheating at play (s. 209),  
criminal breach of trust (s. 336) and arson for a fraudulent purpose (s. 435). In R.  
v. Bird, 2013 SKQB 343, [2013] S.J. No. 586, the accused was charged with fraud  
and criminal breach of trust. In determining whether the accused’s actions were  
committed with intent to defraud, the trial judge relied on the following helpful  
principles:  
1) The specific intent of "with intent to defraud" is to be assessed by the use of a  
subjective test;  
2) The specific intent of "with intent to defraud" can be established upon proof of:  
a) knowledge or recklessness as to the facts which constitute a "deceit", a  
"falsehood" or "other fraudulent means"; and  
b) foresight or recklessness as to the facts which are found in law to constitute  
"deprivation";  
3) A belief held by the accused that his conduct is not dishonest will not negate a  
finding of specific intent; and  
Page 153  
4) A belief by an accused that his conduct will not cause deprivation will not negate a  
finding of specific intent.33  
[496] Turning to the consequence element of s. 380(2), what does it mean to  
“affect the public market price” of a stock? The Toronto Stock Exchange is a  
“public market” for “stocks, shares, merchandise or anything that is offered for  
sale to the public” within the meaning of s. 380(2) of the Criminal Code. The  
“public market price” for a security is the trading price on an exchange like the  
TSX. The Code seeks to protect the integrity of Canada’s capital markets and  
prevent fraudulent conduct that “affects” the public market price.  
[497] The “public market price” at which a security trades must be the product of  
the natural and unimpeded forces of supply and demand within that market place.  
Investors are entitled to assume that the price they see is a real price, determined  
by the unimpeded forces of supply and demand. The Crown’s expert testified that  
price discovery through the unimpeded forces of supply and demand is  
fundamental to the integrity of Canada’s capital markets. Public confidence in the  
integrity of those markets is essential to their continued successful operation. In R.  
v. MacMillan, [1968] 1 O.R. 475, 1968 CarswellOnt 241 (Ont. C.A.), the Ontario  
Court of Appeal wrote at para. 14:  
… To the extent that the economy of the country is based upon enterprises requiring  
capital and therefore the free trading in securities it is of the utmost importance that  
public confidence be maintained in the integrity of trading on the stock exchanges which  
are in one sense public utilities and also that a similar confidence be maintained in the  
financial community serving that phase of economic life. …  
[498] Any attempt to interfere with the normal forces of supply and demand in the  
marketplace, or any attempt to create a misleading appearance with respect to the  
price of a security or its trading volume, is contrary to these fundamental principles  
and undermines public confidence in the market:  
When investors and prospective investors see activity, they are entitled to assume that it  
is real activity. They are also entitled to assume that prices that they pay and receive are  
determined by the unimpeded interaction of real supply and real demand so that those  
prices are the collective marketplace judgements that they purport to be. Manipulations  
33These principles appear in Nightingale and Sennek’s The Law of Fraud and Related Offences at p. 22-69.  
Page 154  
frustrate these expectations. They substitute fiction for fact … the vice is that the market  
has been distorted and made into a ‘stage-managed performance.’34  
[499] To similar effect, in United States v. Brown, 5 F. Supp. 81 (S.D.N.Y. 1933);  
aff’d 79 F.2d 321 (2d Cir. 1935), the Court wrote:  
When an outsider, a member of the public, reads the price quotations of a stock listed on  
an exchange, he is justified in supposing that the quoted price is an appraisal of the value  
of that stock due to a series of actual sales between various persons dealing at arm's  
length in a free and open market on the Exchange, and so represents a true chancering of  
the market value of that stock thereon under the process of attrition due to supply  
operating against demand.  
If, however, the market for the stock listed on an exchange is a manipulated or controlled  
market, in which a group of insiders, in order to enable themselves profitably to dispose  
of their holdings, are artificially raising the quoted price of the stock on the only market  
to which any man who wishes to purchase that stock would inevitably resort, and an  
outsider buys in that market, he obviously pays more--how much more perhaps cannot be  
estimated and, in any event, in a criminal case of this kind, it is not material--than he  
would have paid in a free and open market, and hence is a victim of unfair dealing by the  
insiders.35  
[500] The regulatory framework of Canada’s capital markets provides context for  
the Court’s interpretation of the Criminal Code phrase “affects the public market  
price.” Canada’s stock exchanges, and the people who use them, are heavily  
regulated by a combination of provincial legislation (e.g., the Nova Scotia  
Securities Act) provincial regulators (e.g., the Nova Scotia Securities  
Commission), self-regulatory organizations (e.g., the Investment Industry  
Regulatory Organization of Canada), the exchanges themselves, (e.g., the TSX)  
and Canadian criminal law. Among other things, these various laws, rules, and  
regulations seek to protect the integrity of Canada’s capital markets.  
[501] In Workum and Hennig, Re, 2008 ABASC 363, the Alberta Securities  
Commission set out several principles in relation to Alberta’s securities law that  
apply to all of Canada’s provinces and territories:  
…Securities laws are designed to protect investors and to foster a fair and  
efficient capital market, and confidence in that market. These objectives require  
34Re Edward Mawod & Co., 46 SEC 865, (1977), aff’d, 591 F. (2d) 588 (10th Cir. 1979) at 871-872. See also  
Hogan v. British Columbia (Securities Commission), 2005 BCCA 53, [2005] B.C.J. No. 131, at para. 14.  
35This passage was cited in R. v. Allman, [1983] B.C.W.L.D. 1615, 1983 CarswellBC 1258, at para. 43.  
Page 155  
that those engaged in securities trading act with integrity, and that market  
participants have access to adequate, reasonably reliable information on which to  
base trading and investment decisions. Essential to this is that trading activity  
involve real transactions reflecting genuine supply and demand and genuine  
assessments of value. Trading that creates a false impression about the price or  
value of, or level of interest in, a security is fundamentally incompatible with fair  
and efficient market operation. Alberta securities laws prohibit such deceptive  
practices. …  
[para. 1141]  
[502] The Commission went on to describe an “artificial price”:  
This Commission discussed "artificial price" in this context in Re Podorieszach,  
[2004] A.S.C.D. No. 360 at paras. 84-90:  
... In our view, the meaning can best be determined by considering it in the  
context of the Act and the framework of securities regulation established  
by the Act. ... that framework is designed to protect investors and to foster  
fair, efficient capital markets and confidence in those markets, all of which  
turn on the integrity with which the market and market participants  
operate. Key to that market integrity is that the market be able to operate  
on real information.  
... in this context, an artificial price can be described as a price that  
differs from the price that would result from the market operating freely  
and fairly on the basis of information concerning true market supply and  
demand.  
The capital market is the venue in which buyers and sellers come together  
and trade on the basis of their own investment decisions, assessments and  
preferences. The accumulation of their interactions makes up market  
supply and demand and establishes market prices. Any transactions  
between buyer and seller can affect market price. Normal-course  
transactions between buyers and sellers, operating at arm's length, reflect  
real demand and supply; whatever the effect on price, it can be said to be a  
genuine market effect. If, however, demand or supply is distorted, then  
price will likely also be distorted - no longer reflective of real market  
demand and supply, it will be artificial.  
[para. 1142]  
[503] The Commission noted that investor confidence is a key component and goal  
of market integrity:  
Investors must have confidence that they can trade in a marketplace in which the  
available information properly reflects genuine trading activity. Investors in the  
Page 156  
capital market base their behaviour and their investment decisions on posted  
trading prices. They are entitled to assume that the posted prices reflect bona fide  
transactions in a market operating free of improper influence. Their own  
transactions are then reflected in subsequent prices. If any investor makes an  
investment decision in reliance on a posted price that does not reflect genuine  
trading activity, that investor may be harmed. Subsequent transactions could also  
be materially affected by that single instance of a misleading posted price. The  
result could be harm to investors generally and the undermining of investor  
confidence in the marketplace.  
An individual's trading activity may have the intended effect of raising or  
lowering the price of a security to a level different than it would be under normal  
market conditions. Alternatively, the trading activity may maintain a price when it  
would otherwise have risen or fallen. In our view, both situations create an  
artificial price because the price is not reflective of the market's unimpeded  
judgment of the value of the security being traded. Such conduct that is designed  
to affect artificially the prices on the market is contrary to the public interest  
because it misleads other buyers and sellers .  
[para. 1142. Emphasis in original]  
[504] Finally, the Commission distinguished between bona fide transactions which  
have unintended impacts upon the market and transactions that have, as their  
purpose, an impact upon the market:  
Our conclusion is that in assessing whether a price is artificial, it is relevant to  
consider whether one party or another to a transaction is or is not acting in  
response to real demand for or supply of a security. For this purpose, the  
circumstances surrounding a transaction, including any special attributes of the  
parties and the manner in which it is carried out, can indicate whether or not the  
transaction reflects or does not reflect real demand and supply.  
Others have reached a similar conclusion. For example, the TSE in its TSE Policy  
4-202 said ... essentially that an artificial price is one not justified by supply or  
demand having regard to the particular circumstances involved in the trade.  
Thus, the fact that trading changes a price does not by itself mean that the price is  
artificial. The test is whether the trading itself was an expression of bona fide  
investment decisions by both parties to the trade - that is, genuine market demand  
and supply. If so (and absent some other factor), then the resulting price is not  
artificial. Artificiality is, rather, essentially the product of intentional  
misrepresentation of genuine demand or supply.  
[paras. 1142-1143]  
[505] The regulatory framework of Canada’s capital markets can also inform the  
Court’s analysis of “other fraudulent means” under s. 380. As discussed above, the  
Page 157  
Supreme Court of Canada in Riesberry held that the accused’s “conduct  
constituted ‘other fraudulent means’ because in the highly regulated setting in  
which he acted, that conduct can ‘properly be stigmatized as dishonest’”: para. 25.  
Conspiracy analysis  
[506] For this Court to find the defendants guilty of conspiracy to commit fraud in  
relation to the market price for KHI shares, the Crown must prove each of the  
following essential elements beyond a reasonable doubt:  
(a) That there was an agreement among two or more persons to commit the  
indictable offence of fraud in relation to the market price of KHI shares; and  
(b)That the defendants were parties to that agreement.  
[507] While I agree with the Crown that the allegations against the defendants can  
be proven without resorting to the co-conspirators’ hearsay exception, I will follow  
the three-tiered approach set out in Carter to eliminate all doubt.  
Stage 1 - Proof of the conspiracy  
[508] The first step of the Carter analysis is concerned with whether the Crown  
has proven the existence of the conspiracy. It is not concerned with the identity of  
the members of the conspiracy. At this stage, the acts and declarations of others  
are not introduced for the truth of their contents but only as circumstantial evidence  
of the existence of the conspiracy.  
[509] In most conspiracy cases, the existence of an agreement and its scope must  
be inferred from the conduct of the parties. This is one of the rare cases where  
proof of the conspiracy exists in writing  
[510] On November 25, 2000, Dan Potter e-mailed Bernard Schelew and told him  
that he was going to send an e-mail the following day to each of the major  
shareholders “with a recommended joint plan for cooperative action.” The goal?  
“[T]o support and protect the KHI stock over the coming weeks while we are  
bringing in more new investors.”  
[511] The next day, Mr. Potter revealed the depth and scope of the conspiracy  
when he put forth the “Recommended Plan of Joint Action” to Calvin Wadden,  
Ray Courtney, Ken MacLeod, Bernard Schelew, Bruce Clarke, and Blois Colpitts.  
Page 158  
The e-mail, sent with the subject line “Major Shareholder Co-operation and Help  
needed to Support KHI”, set out a plan that included sales suppression, buy-side  
support, the use of incentives to bring buyers to the market, and other techniques.  
In the e-mail, Mr. Potter explained that “the current retail market for KHI shares  
(like most other small caps) is almost non-existent”, “our sources of buying are  
currently exhausted”, and “[w]e need some more new investment.” He continued:  
In the meantime, however, there is significant pressure on the market. As you  
have seen there has been increasing retail selling over the last couple of weeks.  
This is [sic] driven the price down and has exhausted buying support.  
[512] He described the sell-side pressure, and noted that Calvin Wadden had  
managed to convince Steve Tsimiklis to stop selling and work with the group:  
As of Friday afternoon, there was up to 30,000 shares on the ask side on the  
market. Further, Steve Tsmikilis, who still owns over 150,000 shares (we placed  
50,000 of his with Barthe in Aug.) has advised that he needs to sell 50,000 more  
by Dec. 1 to finance a real estate project. He has been good about communicating  
his situation, but I have now [sic] doubt that he will start putting shares in the  
market soon. In fact, he started several days ago until Calvin personally bought  
10,000 shares from him and convinced him to stop and work with us.  
[513] Mr. Potter acknowledged that group members had already borrowed heavily  
to buy shares on the market:  
We all know that each of us is highly leveraged. Ken has bought over 135,000 on  
margin since Aug. I have a $1.3 million margin loan with virtually no buying  
room left, Calvin needs to have funds to pay down high margin loans and do  
projects, Ray needs to pay down his margin and other loans. …  
[514] He warned the major shareholders that without a cooperative effort to  
support the stock, the bottom could quickly fall out of the market:  
These are all valid needs for liquidity, but in the current conditions, we really  
need to be more concerned about protecting the value of our KHI shares -without  
support from us, it is clear that there will be further price erosion and, in  
fact, the market could fall significantly and rapidly in the next few days.  
Unless we all put our liquidity requirements aside for the short term and turn our  
attention to finding ways of supporting the shares in the market, there will be no  
liquidity opportunities for any of us worth having.  
[Emphasis added]  
Page 159  
[515] Mr. Potter informed the group that Doug Rudolph, an accountant, would try  
to place 200,000 to 300,000 shares of KHI in exchange for stock options. Mr.  
Potter then set out a four-part plan going forward. First, buy 50,000 shares from  
Steve Tsimiklis to keep him from putting more downward pressure on the stock:  
RECOMMENDED PLAN OF JOINT ACTION  
In the short term, I propose that:  
We each agree to buy 10,000 of Steve T's shares this coming week.  
[516] Second, add more equity to the 540 account, enabling it to buy more shares  
on margin:  
Bernard lend 100,000 shares to Bruce Clarke's company for an interim period. I'd  
ask that Ray agree to put 100,000 shares with Bruce to replace Bernard's as soon  
as he (with our help) can get BMO Nesbitt Burns to release 100,000 from his  
margin arrangements at that brokerage. For information, I have already provided  
Bruce with 120,000 shares months ago plus $100,000 in cash, which he still has  
and Ken has provided 100,000 shares which he still has. Calvin had provided  
100,000 shares before Ken for several months.36  
[517] Third, each agree to contribute to an options package that would incent  
Doug Rudolph to find buyers for shares:  
That we each agee [sic] to write options on 30,000 of our shares for 4 years at  
$6.50 (for a total of 150,000) to provide a package to Doug Rudolph. In fact, the  
options would be nominally for 2 years, renewable for another 2 provided the  
shares had a market value at that time of at least $9,00 [sic] per share. This is a  
feature to keep him from being forced to sell the shares to pay for the option price  
at the end of two year [sic]. He requested it and I think it's a good idea. The  
understanding would be here that he would find a buyer for 2 shares for each  
share optioned to him- in other words, for 150,000 options, he would have to  
place 300,000 shares. These purchases would support the retail market. For  
information I provided options of 210,000 of my shares at $3.50 for 2 years to  
Banks and on a further 150,000 at $4.00 to Barthe earlier in the year. For  
36Gerard McInnis was asked if he knew what this paragraph was referring to, and he testified:  
Well just what it states. It sounds like you know Bernard was going to lend -- so he didn't want to buy any  
more -- but he would lend a hundred thousand shares so that they would become able to be margined  
because if you added in a new share in that didn't -- that wasn't being borrowed against already then they  
could use the value of those shares to borrow against it. And that would be a way of buying more shares to  
take some of the pressure off the retail sell.  
Page 160  
information, your RRSP can write such options if you have KHI shares in an  
RRSP.  
[518] Fourth, each agree not to sell shares without the group’s consent:  
That we agree on a formula for sharing in liquidity opportunities going forward  
and each agree not to sell any otherwise than as arranged under this arrangement.  
In this regard, I committed to Calvin some time ago that he would get the first  
200,000 share liquidity arranged by the company above the needs of the retail  
market. I think we should stick to this and give the next 100,000 to Bernard  
because of his high need and, thereafter we would each have the right to share  
equally over the next period of time- say two years. I'm not talking about any  
formal legal agreements here -just sensible, honorable gentleman's agreement  
among 5 business people with a huge business interest in common working  
together in a fair and straightforward way.  
[519] Mr. Potter ended the e-mail by stressing that cooperative action was the only  
thing that would keep the share price from plummeting:  
Unless we do something in a united way like this, I'm afraid it's going to be a case  
of: "United we stand, divided we fall!" And, if we fall, we'll all fall with a heavy  
thud! And so will the other shareholders.  
I'd urge each of you to respond positively to this, bearing in mind that the stakes  
are big and the market will [sic] unforgiving if we are unable to act strongly  
together.  
[520] Notwithstanding euphemisms like “supporting the market” and “protecting  
the value of our KHI shares”, the objective of the agreement was both clear and  
criminal: to artificially maintain the price of KHI shares on the Toronto Stock  
Exchange while the company sought new investment.  
[521] An equally probative piece of correspondence is Calvin Wadden’s e-mail to  
Dan Potter, dated February 8, 2001:  
I have been speaking with Ray, Blois and Ken throughout the day and they have  
been in supporting the market. Ray and I would really like to get the stock to  
$5.45 and try to solicit more support from the group going forward. If we can get  
to $5.45 - $5.50 I would like to see each of us put 5,000 shares into the support  
side and try to inch up toward $6.00 to $6.50 until we get some positive news on  
the street.  
If we could come up with a formula to provide support say 5,000 shares each at  
every $.15-.20 gain forward we could be building some reserve and give each of  
us some breathing room until we attract substantial buyers. I think this along with  
Page 161  
the options would be be [sic] a strong sign for the major shareholders who are at  
the sidelines.  
Ray and Ken each purchased 4,000 shares today and have agreed to pick up an  
additional 1,000 shares each by the close. Blois and I bought as well. Aside from  
all the hard feelings it was good to see the teamwork this afternoon.  
I have spoken to Stewart from Assante(FCG) and he has agreed to work with me.  
I really think he was sincere but someone is still in the market. Can you make  
time for me to arrange a pep talk for Eric and Stewart some time next week? Ray  
and I think if we can turn Eric into a supportet [sic] we are clear sailing.  
[522] Dan Potter forwarded the e-mail to Blois Colpitts and wrote, “FYI – good to  
see!” Contrary to the defendants’ submissions, this correspondence begets only  
one interpretation: a group of individuals is working in concert to intentionally  
move the KHI stock price higher, giving themselves “some breathing room” until  
they “get some positive news on the street” and “attract substantial buyers.” These  
individuals were not buying more KHI stock because they wanted it; in fact, most  
were anxious to sell. Instead, they were buying in order to prop up the share price  
until the company could entice new investors.  
[523] More evidence of the joint plan is found in an e-mail dated November 24,  
2000, where, in response to Bernard Schelew’s stated intention to sell his shares,  
Dan Potter identified six individuals and the activities they’d undertaken to support  
KHI stock (Donnie Snow, Ken MacLeod, Calvin Wadden, Ray Courtney, Bruce  
Clarke, and Mr. Potter himself). He concluded his summary of activities by  
stating:  
Bernard, there is no magic in why the stock has done as well as it has people  
who value the company and their investment in it have come to the party! I  
sincerely recommend that you do too.  
[524] Fearing his contribution would be left out, Blois Colpitts e-mailed to make  
sure that Mr. Potter informed Dr. Schelew that he too purchased “shares on margin  
to support the market – nearly $800,000 in total.”  
[525] More evidence of the joint plan to prop up the share price is found in an e-  
mail from Ken MacLeod to Dan Potter on January 5, 2001:  
Good Morning Dan:  
Other than getting him to pay for dinner, I had absolutely no luck with Donnie last  
night. Apparently Blois had taken a crack at him yesterday as well, so he was  
prepared for my sales pitch. He doesn’t believe in buoying up the stock price  
Page 162  
by margining, most of his shares are in warrants, yadda yadda. Gave it the  
old college try and more, but no dice.  
[Emphasis added]  
[526] Mr. Potter forwarded the e-mail to Mr. Colpitts, saying, “FYI! Note what  
Donnie ‘believes!’”  
[527] The conspirators’ ability to control the market was essential to artificially  
maintaining the stock price. On February 8, 2001, Ken MacLeod wrote to Ray  
Courtney:  
We all have history here, and we might have our differences with Dan and how  
we got where we are, but you have to give it to Dan that he is doing everything  
in his power to pull us out of this tail spin. I think he is right that he can't get  
anywhere with controlling the market or getting new investors if we (you,  
me, Calvin, Dan) don't have it together.  
[Emphasis added]  
[528] The conspirators used a number of manipulative techniques to accomplish  
their criminal objective, including high closing the stock. On January 25, 2001,  
Chris Smith wrote to Gerard McInnis with the subject “Stock Price”:  
Not sure if you have checked to day [sic] we fell below $5.00 down to $4.85  
[529] Mr. McInnis replied:  
Painfully aware…they are working on a few folks who are supposed to e [sic]  
putting in support bids. It should close at $5 or $5.10  
[530] Mr. McInnis was asked about this e-mail. He testified as follows:  
Q. Who are “they”?  
A. It would include Mr. Potter and I just say that you know leave it at that I  
guess, the collective. I’m not sure who all he’d be working with. But I’d  
indicated before that there were several of them that had been working in concert  
to help provide support.  
Q. So who’s working in concert at this point in time?  
A. I believe the you know some of those main shareholders that I had already  
referenced. So ---  
Q. The main shareholders that you referenced?  
A. Yes, I believe Mr. Colpitts, Mr. Wadden, Mr. Courtney, Mr. Potter etc.  
Page 163  
[531] Mr. McInnis was asked how these individuals would move the price to “$5  
or $5.10”. He testified:  
By putting in a closing bid. So by having the bid -- having the purchase at the end  
of the day or the last purchase of the day.  
[532] On January 25, 2001, at 15:41:46, Mr. Clarke used the Union account to  
purchase 800 shares at $5.00 per share. At 15:59:37, 23 seconds before the end of  
the trading day, the Union account bought a further 500 shares, causing the stock  
to close at $5.10 exactly as predicted by Mr. McInnis.  
[533] On February 8, 2001, Ken MacLeod wrote to Bruce Clarke:  
Hi Bruce:  
I was talking to Calvin Wadden who had been in touch with Blois and Ray. They  
seem hell bent on taking the stock to 5.50. To do so, they indicated that they may  
need an additional 1 000 from me. You may have a differing view on where to  
take this, so, although I am authorizing you for an additional 1000, use them at  
your most able discretion.  
[534] On the same day, Mr. MacLeod wrote to Blois Colpitts and Dan Potter:  
Hi Blois  
I just sent an email to Bruce Clark [sic] giving him permission to buy 4,000  
shares. Ray Courtney is going to see if he can purchase another 4000. Bruce says  
that should close the day at 5.25 and that perhaps we can move to 5.50 or so  
tomorrow at which point Calvin says he may be able to get back in.  
[535] The closing price on February 8 was $5.25, with the final purchase by Ray  
Courtney’s account at 15:54:51, five minutes before the end of trading. The  
closing price on February 9 was $5.48, as a result of a purchase by FutureEd.com  
at 15:43:12.  
[536] On August 15, 2001, Mr. Clarke wrote to Mr. Colpitts:  
KHI - $5.00 to $5.10 last at $5.05 on 1300 shares  
Looking for help to close higher. Spoke to Calvin and he can't help.  
Please call if you can before quarter to five.  
[537] On August 15, there were no trades until 14:17:55, when Bruce Clarke  
purchased 100 shares at $5.00 using his personal account. David Watson, the  
Page 164  
market maker, purchased 100 shares for $5.00 at the same time from the same  
seller. One minute later, Mr. Watson sold 100 shares to Bruce Clarke at $5.00.  
Mr. Clarke then purchased an additional 1,000 shares at 14:33:03 for $5.05 per  
share. Finally, at 15:43:27, Calvin Wadden came through, purchasing 100 shares  
at $5.10, which became the closing price. It is important to recall that, at this  
point, NBFL had dropped the loan value on KHI shares to 35%, triggering margin  
calls for many clients holding large concentrations of the stock. Even a $0.05  
increase in the share price had a significant impact on shareholders’ margin  
calculations.  
[538] The above e-mails prove high closing beyond a reasonable doubt. Equally  
probative, however, are the consistency and timing of the alleged high-closing  
activity. On August 18, 21, 22, and 23, suspect accounts made late-day purchases  
on an uptick at a time when KHI was negotiating the terms of Ben Barthe’s  
investment.  
[539] The late-day upticks in October and November 2000 are even more  
compelling. In October, with the Barthe/Ristow private placement set to close the  
following month, suspect accounts were involved in late-day upticks on 12 out of  
21 trading days (57%). In November 2000, Dan Potter warned Calvin Wadden  
that the private placement, negotiated at a price of $6.50 per share, was unlikely to  
close if the price was pushed down before the shares were issued. Leading up to  
the closing date of November 23, the stock never closed below $6.50. On  
November 24, the very next day, the stock closed at $6.40. That is not a  
coincidence. In fact, other than on one occasion in early December 2000, the stock  
never again closed at $6.50 or higher.  
[540] During the month of November 2000, suspect accounts were involved in  
late-day upticks on 13 out of 20 trading days (65%). The late-day upticks  
continued in December 2000 (73.68%). In January 2001, when Dan Potter  
informed the KHI Board that the company was in a cash crunch and needed  
immediate investment, suspect accounts were involved in late-day upticks on 17  
out of 22 trading days. (77.27%). In February 2001, they upticked the stock in the  
final hour on 13 out of 19 trading days (68.42%). In March, April, and May 2001,  
suspect accounts were involved in late-day upticks on 47.61%, 53.33% and  
42.85% of the total trading days, respectively. The number dropped to 22.22% in  
June 2001. These patterns cannot be explained away as mere coincidence.  
Page 165  
[541] It is important to remember that this is not a regulatory proceeding and the  
Crown does not need to prove that the defendants committed each of the 124  
alleged high closes. In fact, it is likely that the order information would reveal a  
handful of instances where a suspect account placed a bid earlier in the day that  
was hit by an unknown seller in the final minutes of trading. Indeed, Mr. Potter  
highlighted one such example in closing argument. Based on the pattern and  
timing of the alleged high closes, however, coupled with the lack of market depth  
and the seller overhang, I share Mr. Evans’ expectation that the order information  
would validate most of the alleged high closes. The evidence before the Court  
satisfies me that high closing was an important part of the conspiracy to affect the  
KHI stock price.  
[542] Before leaving the issue of high closes, I wish to address the Crown’s  
allegations against Steven Clarke. At page 104 of its closing brief, the Crown  
states:  
Furthermore, Steven Clarke testified that he was tasked with closing the bid price  
the offer to buy KHI shares – on an “uptick.” In other words, he would enter a  
higher bid to purchase KHI shares at or near the end of the trading day. THIs  
would ensure that the last bid recorded on the TSX (and which is publicly  
reported) would be higher. He testified that he did so on the instructions of his  
father, Bruce Clarke, and the evidence demonstrated that, again, a variety of  
accounts were used.  
[543] Although Steven Clarke did testify that he regularly entered bids at his  
father’s direction within the last five minutes of trading, he did not say that he  
entered bids on an uptick. On this issue, Mr. Clarke testified:  
Q. And so what does -- mechanically what does this look like. What's -- what are  
you actually doing? Can you describe that for the Court?  
A. It would be placing a buy order. If the last sale was five ten it would be placing  
-- if -- it would be placing orders in the market underneath the last sale.  
[Emphasis added]  
[544] Later, in response to a question from the Court in relation to these bids, he  
testified:  
Yeah they would be below the last trade of the stock, meaning a trade was enacted  
at a certain price, a bid would go in below that price. And then expire at the end  
of the day if it wasn’t filled.  
[Emphasis added]  
Page 166  
[545] The cancelled and expired trade tickets show that Steven Clarke typically  
entered late-day bids at prices just below the last trade, not above it. For example,  
on October 20, 2000, the MTR shows the 540 account purchased 300 shares at  
$6.80 at 15:30:25. At 15:59, Steven Clarke entered a bid for 1,000 shares at $6.75,  
five cents less than the last trade. On January 5, 2001, FutureEd.com purchased  
500 shares at $6.00 at 15:59:34. Also at 15:59, Mr. Clarke entered a bid for 3,800  
shares at $5.95. On January 10, 2001, at 15:59:50, the 230 account purchased 600  
shares at $6.00. Also at 15:59, Mr. Clarke entered a bid for 2,300 shares at $5.95.  
Steven Clarke testified that he did not know why his father asked him to enter  
these bids. While I have my suspicions, based on other evidence before the Court,  
as to the purpose of these bids, there is more than enough evidence to establish  
high closing without speculating on this issue.  
[546] Moving on to non-disclosure of material information, I am satisfied that this  
was another component of the conspiracy. In a regulated securities market like the  
TSX (or any other Canadian stock market), full, frank and plain reporting by  
publicly-traded companies is the law. Such transparency is critical not only to  
investor confidence, but to the market's determination of share prices. The Toronto  
Stock Exchange requires all reporting issuers to provide timely disclosure of  
material informationrelated to the business and its affairs. The Crown and the  
defendants accept the definition of “material information” set out in the  
“Knowledge House Inc. Disclosure, Confidentiality and Insider Trading Policy,”  
dated October 15, 1999:  
[M]aterial information is information about a company that has a significant  
affect [sic], or would reasonably be expected to have a significant affect [sic], on  
the market price of the Knowledge House shares. Information may also be  
considered material if it is substantially likely that the information would be  
considered important to a reasonable investor in making a decision to buy or sell  
Knowledge House shares. Knowledge House must disclose material information,  
whether positive or negative, to the public immediately except under limited  
circumstances.  
[547] Mr. Colpitts, legal counsel for KHI, agreed on cross-examination that when  
it is not obvious whether information qualifies as material, there is an obligation to  
err on the side of disclosure.  
[548] Much time was consumed arguing about what should or should not have  
been disclosed. Counsel for Mr. Potter emphasized that an enormous body of law  
exists on the issue of materiality in the securities context and that the Crown has  
Page 167  
not provided the Court with that jurisprudence. The Crown argued that the  
reduction by Royal Bank of KHI’s operating credit facilities from $3 million to  
$500,000, which Mr. Potter described in a memo to the Board as “[a]dding  
urgency to the need for new equity,should have been disclosed. According to the  
Crown, the same is true of the alleged managed selling agreement and various  
escrow agreements in place with major shareholders. The defendants argued that  
the loss of the credit facilities, which had been secured by contract receivables, was  
not a surprise to the company and did not require disclosure. Mr. Colpitts testified  
that escrow agreements are not typically disclosed, and that there was no managed  
selling agreement.  
[549] It bears repeating that this is not a regulatory prosecution. To convict the  
defendants of conspiracy and fraud in relation to the market for KHI shares, the  
Court does not need to identify specific events or information that should have  
been disclosed and precisely when that disclosure should have happened. That  
said, I accept the evidence of Gerard McInnis, KHI’s Senior VP Finance and  
Accounting, that the loss of the credit facilities was unanticipated and put  
significant pressure on the company’s cash flow. He testified that KHI no longer  
had the means to pay bills from its largest suppliers as they became due and was  
forced to negotiate structured payment arrangements and terminate some  
employees. His testimony is supported by other evidence. On January 19, 2001,  
Dan Potter sent a letter to Dr. Lutz Ristow and Ben Barthe seeking further  
investment. He wrote that he put the proposal forward “with great reluctance”,  
but “if we do not ask for and obtain investor support at this crucial stage, the  
company will simply not be able to go forward and none of its great potential will  
be realized.”  
[550] Ken MacLeod expressed similar concerns about the state of the company in  
an e-mail to Ray Courtney on February 8, 2001:  
I’ve given some thought to yesterday’s meeting – boy, your statement about  
where you were 18 months ago and where you are now really hit home. The  
same for me 18 months ago Donnie and I owned McKenzie and CD-Ed and  
Silicon Island and didn’t owe a cent to anyone, now we (not Donnie) are on the  
brink of financial ruin. …  
I’m in a really bad position, because I am not creditor protected at al. IF we go  
down, I lose my house and everything else, because everything is in both of our  
names and I would guess it is too late to fix that. It doesn’t make for great sleeps!  
Page 168  
[551] In March 2001, Calvin Wadden came up with his “brainwave” that one or  
more major shareholders should sell the bulk of their shares to Charlie Keating or  
David Fountain for less then $2.00 per share. There were no takers.  
[552] Gerard McInnis testified that by summer 2001, KHI’s financial situation was  
dire:  
Q. What were the company's finances like during the summer of 2001?  
A. Well it was extremely tight. I mean we were literally going payroll to payroll.  
Q. Was the company able to manage without outside investment during this  
timeframe?  
A. It was literally payroll to payroll. There were like short terms loans even taken  
I believe and this is just a recollection that I have that I believe Mr. Potter's wife,  
Fiona Imrie actually advanced money to cover payroll I think on two occasions.  
[553] On June 20, Calvin Wadden wrote in an e-mail to Steve Wilsack:  
Going to be a rough few days..hope KHI can survive!  
[554] The next day, Mr. Wadden wrote in an e-mail to Dan Potter:  
On another note I could really use the May and June consulting fees, especially  
now, but I understand the strain on KHI so if that is not possible I will understand.  
[555] Under the consulting agreement, Mr. Wadden was to receive $5,000 per  
month for his services. So fragile was the company’s financial situation that  
$10,000 could be “the straw that broke the camel’s back.”  
[556] With all of this in mind, consider the perspective of potential investors  
analyzing KHI from April 2000 to July 2001. Looking at the market, they would  
see that the stock price appeared largely unaffected by the dot-com crash in March  
2000. The price remained relatively steady through 2000 and 2001, usually  
trading between $5.00 and $6.50. It was outperforming the indices. The trade  
volume on the TSX was at times low, with occasional increases, not unlike most  
comparable start-ups. There were months where millions of dollars worth of shares  
crossed the exchange. A review of KHI’s public disclosure would reflect a strong  
small-cap company with dynamic leadership, encouraging press releases, buzz on  
the street, and significant local support.  
[557] Potential investors reviewing KHI’s public disclosure would not know: 1)  
that over 50% of the share volume on the TSX was generated by a small KHI  
Page 169  
“buying network”; 2) that the 540 account, funded by company insiders, purchased  
millions of dollars worth of shares; 3) that KHI had lost a major source of  
financing; 4) that insiders offered millions of their shares to deep-pocket investors  
for a fraction of the reported price; 5) that the company struggled to make payroll;  
or, 6) that the CEO and other major shareholders privately questioned KHI’s very  
survival. To suggest that this information would not have been considered  
important to a reasonable investor deciding whether to buy or sell KHI shares is,  
frankly, ridiculous. If reporting issuers were not required to disclose any of this  
information, public confidence in Canadian capital markets would be non-existent.  
The markets would cease to function. For these reasons, I am satisfied that  
material non-disclosure was an element of the conspiracy to commit fraud in  
relation to the market price for KHI shares.  
[558] Finally, I find that parking stock was another technique used by the  
conspirators to achieve their criminal objective. From July, 2000 to August, 2001,  
the Union account was used to purchase over $900,000 worth of KHI shares.  
[559] In the highly-regulated setting of the Toronto Stock Exchange, market  
domination, sell-side suppression, undisclosed incentives, high closing, non-  
disclosure of material information, and parking stock clearly constitute “other  
fraudulent means.Indeed, contrary to what they say now, the dishonest nature of  
their conduct was not lost on the defendants themselves at the time. After the  
stock price collapsed, Leon Trakman and his lawyer, Bob Barnes, wanted the name  
of a lawyer for KHI to discuss the financial losses incurred by Mr. Trakman when  
his LP shares were not delivered to him on time. Leon Trakman’s e-mails became  
threatening, and Mr. Potter forwarded the chain to Mr. Colpitts:  
B,  
We need to be careful about this [sic] guys they could go to the TSE or  
Securities Commission if we do not give them a lawyer to talk to!! Neither you or  
I need that!  
[560] This leaves only the issue of intent. The defendants submit that the Crown  
cannot prove conspiracy to commit fraud contrary to ss. 380(1) and 380(2), or the  
substantive offences, because it has failed to establish an intent to defraud. I  
disagree. I find that the objective of the agreement, as proven by the  
communications, was to artificially maintain the KHI share price on the Toronto  
Stock Exchange creating a false impression of retail demand for the stock for  
the specific purpose of attracting new investors. Said differently, the whole point  
Page 170  
was to induce outside investors to buy shares, putting their economic interests at  
risk, in the hope that further investment would pull the company out of its tailspin.  
For the conspirators, substantial new investment could turn their illusion of an  
active market for KHI into reality, leaving no one the wiser. In the words of the  
British Columbia Court of Appeal in Allman, the conspirators’ intention “was to  
cause people to part with their money in exchange for shares or not acquire money  
by disposing of their shares. In short, they were deceiving people into having  
shares instead of money.”  
[561] The strongest evidence of intent to defraud relates to the Barthe/Ristow  
private placement. As early as September 2000, Ben Barthe and his friend Dr.  
Lutz Ristow were in discussions to make a large purchase of KHI shares. Dr.  
Ristow testified that Dan Potter initially wanted him to buy shares from existing  
shareholders, but he refused. He testified that his due diligence included watching  
and researching the performance of KHI shares on the TSX. He agreed to the price  
of $6.50 per share, at Mr. Potter’s insistence, because that was the then going  
market price.During negotiations on the price, Dr. Ristow reviewed the  
performance of KHI stock on the TSX and found that $6.50 was repeatedly paid.”  
He further testified that he believed that the price was set by normal supply and  
demand, and that liquidity was a factor he considered when deciding whether to  
invest. The deal, worth $3.25 million, was to be finalized on November 15, 2000,  
but in fact did not close until November 23.  
[562] Dr. Ristow was unaware that, behind the scenes, the “KHI network” was  
buying large volumes of KHI shares to keep the price from falling and frequently  
high closing the stock to maintain the KHI share price at or above $6.50. In  
September, suspect accounts spent over $500,000 buying 56.3% of the shares; in  
October, the 540 account spent $641,447 buying 63.4%. By November, suspect  
account purchases increased to 77.1% of the total KHI shares, at a cost of over $1  
million. High closing by the suspect accounts followed the same pattern,  
increasing from one month to the next. In September, they high-closed the stock  
eight times; in October, 12 times; and in November, 13 times, or 65% of trading  
days. None of this coordination was disclosed.  
[563] In addition to high closing and market domination, there was significant  
sales suppression during this period, for the purpose of defrauding the German  
investors. The intent to defraud Dr. Ristow and Mr. Barthe is made clear in Mr.  
Potter’s November 19, 2000, e-mail to Calvin Wadden in relation to Steve  
Tsimiklis’ intention to sell shares:  
Page 171  
As you know, we are closing on a $3,250,000 treasury issue to our German  
friends- we are hoping to get this completed (closed) on Mon. or Tues. (Nov. 20  
or 21). The price of this issue is $6.50 per share. If the market is driven down in  
advance of this issue it is quite likely that the investors will not close. This  
would be most harmful for the company and all of its shareholders, including  
Steve. Hopefully, he can be convinced to proceed with care, prudence and  
caution.  
I’m copying Blois just to keep him in the loop.  
[Emphasis added]  
[564] At the time of Mr. Potter’s e-mail, Mr. Colpitts would have been preparing  
(or overseeing the preparation of) the Barthe/Ristow legal agreement for their  
treasury share purchase. On November 23, the Germans signed the agreement to  
purchase at what they believed to be a fair market price: $6.50 per share. On  
November 24, with the ink still wet, the stock closed below $6.50 for the first time  
in three months. When the KHI share price plummeted in August 2001, Dr.  
Ristow and Mr. Barthe lost their entire investments.  
[565] I find that the Crown has proven beyond a reasonable doubt the existence of  
a conspiracy to commit fraud related to the market price for KHI shares. The e-  
mails and other evidence cited above represent only a portion of the evidence  
supporting that conclusion. Many additional e-mails and other evidence that will  
be discussed at the remaining stages of the Carter analysis could also go to the  
existence of the conspiracy.  
Stage 2 - Probable membership in the conspiracy  
[566] At the second stage of the Carter analysis, the trier of fact must determine,  
exclusively on the basis of evidence directly receivable against each accused,  
whether that person was probably a member of the conspiracy. Evidence of this  
nature includes viva voce testimony, communications they authored and  
circumstantial evidence of their involvement. The trier of fact may not consider  
co-conspirator hearsay evidence at this stage of deliberations.  
[567] It is also at the second stage that the trier of fact determines whether the  
unindicted co-conspirators were probable members of the conspiracy. If the  
Crown proves that an accused and the maker of an out-of-court statement in  
furtherance of the conspiracy were both probable members of the conspiracy, the  
trier of fact may use the out-of-court statement, along with the other admissible  
Page 172  
evidence, to determine whether the Crown has proven guilt beyond a reasonable  
doubt.  
[568] While a finding of probable membership must be made using the acts and  
non-hearsay declarations of the accused, this does not mean that the trier of fact  
cannot consider the context in which the accused’s statements and actions are  
made. In R. v. Filiault, [1981] O.J. No. 132, 1981 CarswellOnt 1817 (Ont. C.A.),  
aff’d [1984] 1 S.C.R. 387; [1984] S.C.J. No. 20, the Ontario Court of Appeal  
overturned the respondents’ acquittals because the trial judge, when determining  
whether the respondents were probable members, restricted himself to considering  
only the acts and declarations of the respondents without considering the context in  
which they occurred. The context includes the acts and declarations of the  
unindicted co-conspirators. This principle was described by Martin J.A. as  
follows:  
17  
R. v. Baron and Wertman, supra, merely emphasizes a basic principle that a  
person can only become a participant in a conspiracy as a result of his own acts or  
declarations, that is, by his own conduct or utterances. Although the acts and  
declarations of alleged co-conspirators may be provisionally admitted and viewed  
in combination, if there is no proof by evidence properly admissible against an  
accused, of any conduct or utterance by him, which permits an inference to be  
drawn that he was a participant in the conspiracy, he must be acquitted. The  
decision in that case does not say that a defendant's conduct or utterances must be  
viewed in isolation, divorced from the context in which they occurred or that they  
cannot be interpreted against the picture provided by the acts of the alleged co-  
conspirators.  
[569] The principle was reaffirmed by Weiler J.A. in R. v. Gagnon [2000] O.J.  
No. 3410, 2000 CarswellOnt 3317 (Ont. C.A.) at para. 51:  
In order to give meaning to the accused's own acts and utterances it is permissible  
to consider them against the context of the acts of others which may be hearsay.  
[570] Some of the most useful direct evidence to determine probable membership  
in the conspiracy came from the viva voce testimony of Gerard McInnis. He  
identified each member of the “collective” that was actively engaged in  
“supporting the market” for KHI shares. When asked about a reference in an e-  
mail to using shares to “support market”, Mr. McInnis testified as follows:  
Q. Now you -- there's a reference there to market -- support market -- shares to  
support market. Do you see that, sir?  
Page 173  
A. I do, yes.  
Q. What does that -- what does that mean? Or what did you understand that to  
mean within Knowledge House?  
A. Again, it comes to the timing of when you know, when the shares could be -  
- you know, when Bruce would feel comfortable I guess to sell the shares into the  
market. So again, it's an offset of timing of the buyers and the seller.  
Q. Was this -- supporting the market, was this a consideration within Knowledge  
House itself?  
A. Well it would be a consideration on behalf of the shareholders.  
Q. And was this something that was discussed within Knowledge House, to your  
recollection, sir?  
A. It was fairly well understood by the senior senior management team and I  
presume by the Board. I’d be speculating I guess on the Board.  
Q. What do you mean it was fairly well understood by the senior management  
team? What does that mean?  
A. Well it was just a continuous -- like I use -- I'll keep using the word  
continuous. It was just part of the DNA that -- you know, that -- that, you know,  
continuous support of the market so that you'd always coordinate buying and  
selling.  
Q. For what purpose?  
A. For for purposes of not putting pressure on the stock.  
Q. And sir, who was who did anyone ever express these concerns to you  
directly, sir? You said it was part of the DNA. Did you have any specific  
discussions with anyone concerning this?  
A. I -- I presume -- like I say, it was it was just continuous. It was -- or -- when  
I say it was in our DNA it was just -- it was a continuous understanding. So  
probably would have been in some conversation at certain weeks plus in many  
email communications.  
Q. You said this was known within the senior management team. Who would  
that have included?  
A. Oh, many of the people I listed earlier that I knew were senior management  
that were shareholders. So Calvin Wadden, Ray Courtney, etc., Cate MacNutt  
and Louisa Horne, myself, Dan Potter, Jack Sullivan, etc.  
Q. Now you mentioned previously Dan Potter, Fiona Imrie, Mr. Schelew, Mr.  
MacLeod, Mr. Courtney, Mr. Wadden, Mr. Colpitts, is that right?  
A. Correct.  
Page 174  
Q. Sir, was there anybody who was at the centre of this DNA?  
A. Well, Mr. Potter.  
Q. Anybody else?  
A. Well, Mr. Wadden, Mr. Courtney, Mr. Colpitts, and Mr. Clarke.  
[571] Mr. McInnis was a credible witness. His testimony, understood in the  
context of the rest of the evidence, identifies the main players in the conspiracy.  
At the centre was Mr. Potter, along with Mr. Colpitts, Mr. Clarke, Mr. Wadden and  
Mr. Courtney. Mr. McInnis also identified Mr. MacLeod, Jack Sullivan, Dr.  
Schelew and others whose continuous concern was to ensure that there was no  
pressure put on the stock and to always coordinate buying and selling of KHI  
shares. His evidence on this point was not challenged and is consistent with the  
other evidence available to establish probable membership.  
(1)Dan Potter’s probable membership in the conspiracy  
[572] Dan Potter was the primary participant in the conspiracy. As the Crown  
noted in its post-trial brief, “If Mr. Potter is not a member, no one is a member.”  
The Court would have been unable to conclude that the conspiracy existed beyond  
a reasonable doubt without evidence implicating Mr. Potter as a member.  
[573] On December 1, 1999, Mr. Potter initiated “a push to create overall  
increased demand for KHI shares.” Although this might first appear to be a benign  
employee stock option promotion, the primary purpose was not for employees to  
have KHI stock, but to increase demand for the stock. As Mr. Potter noted, this  
should have the effect of pushing the price higher. Within a half hour, Mr. Potter,  
in an e-mail to Bernard Schelew, began to exert his influence to minimize all sell-  
side pressure on the stock:  
From the memo below you'll see that I am working to get the stock to progress  
to the next level. As part of this process, I will be asking each Director to help  
facilitate buy-side activity in the stock- it is a good time to do this for our  
respective friends and network because that stock has consolidated strongly  
around the $4.00 level and increased activity will tend to bring that up.  
In discussing this program with Bruce and David, they advised that Anthony P  
wanted to sell 200,000 KHI shares - I assume that this may be connected to his  
Page 175  
investment [sic] your new company. I am asking you to help me in our  
initiative at this time and NOT to put sell-side pressure on the stock at this  
time. It will [sic] fine as we (with your help) find new buyers for the KHI shares,  
that Tony and anyone else wishing to invest in your company, sell so that they  
may do so. Right now, however, the emphasis needs to be on the "Goose that lays  
the Golden Eggs – KHI”)!  
Please confirm that you can keep Tony's shares from becoming a burden to  
the efforts I have initiated with David, Bruce and others to have the KHI  
stakeholders work together and support the company in this initiative.  
[Emphasis added]  
[574] The e-mail is clear. Find buyers and suppress sellers so the value of KHI  
stock is not diminished. Stop Anthony P. from selling shares that he is legally  
entitled to sell.  
[575] In March 2000, Dan Potter took his plan to “facilitate buy-side activity in the  
stock” to the next level when he loaded the 540 account with a $100,000 “loan”.  
The 540 account immediately began buying KHI shares on the market. Although  
Bruce Clarke owned the 540 account, Mr. Potter controlled its activities. On April  
21, 2000, Mr. Potter wrote in an e-mail to Mr. Clarke:  
Donnie told me (by email today) that he is going to call you next week and buy  
Danny’s (father’s!) shares. So, just hold tight and don’t sell (or buy!) them  
until you see if Donnie comes through on his promise. …  
[Emphasis added]  
[576] In his “best of times, worst of times” e-mail, Mr. Potter demonstrated that he  
and the other major shareholders directed Bruce Clarke’s “market support”  
activities:  
We need to be able to give some direction and support to Bruce before the market  
opens on Monday (tomorrow).  
[577] No decisions were made and no action was taken without Mr. Potter’s  
express approval. In February 2001, Louisa Horne, Senior Vice-President of  
Learning Systems at KHI, wanted to exercise options and sell KHI shares. She  
wrote to Dan Potter with the subject, “Exercising options”:  
I know this isn't what you want to hear but further to our 2nd last lunch  
conversation about my situation, I do need to exercise my options now and am  
prepared to take a price slightly lower than the market price in order to expedite  
this and hopefully not harm the overall market... what do you suggest?  
Page 176  
I am off to Toronto in the morning but would like to get this in the works asap.  
[578] Dan Potter replied the same day:  
We'll talk about this when you get back- we'll have to be sure to have liquidity  
pre-arranged, which won't be easy in the current environment. I [sic] any case,  
we'll discuss.  
Have a good trip.  
[579] A week later, Ms. Horne tried again:  
Further to this ... I hate talking about it.. do you think there would be an  
opportunity for me to sell 50K shares now? L.37  
[580] As Mr. McInnis testified, Ms. Horne was part of the KHI DNA regarding the  
stock price and she knew who was in control when it came to putting stock on the  
market.  
[581] In November 2000, Mr. Potter described to Dr. Schelew all the actions taken  
to manage the stock. In effect, he revealed that everything Dr. Schelew thought he  
knew about the market for KHI, based on the publicly available information from  
the TSX, was in fact stage-managed and controlled by Mr. Potter.  
[582] Mr. Potter identified all the major KHI stock purchases and maneuvering of  
stock to perpetrate the charade. He told Dr. Schelew that there was no buying  
power left in the “KHI network”. Then he tried to convince Dr. Schelew to  
support the group’s efforts by buying shares to address the lack of retail demand:  
In my opinion you should either be buying or supporting the buying of shares in  
the coming week and beyond. If you insist on selling shares (without having the  
buy-side arranged) as you have previously indicated, then I'd say all of our good  
work in attracting investors over the last several months may well prove to have  
been in vain. Now, more than ever, we need to work co-operatively to protect the  
interests of KHI shareholders, including you and the people you have brought into  
the company over the years. In this regard, I should add that Steve T warned us  
that he has to sell 50,000 shares by Dec. 1.  
37During closing submissions, Mr. Potter’s counsel attempted to introduce evidence that Ms. Horne eventually sold  
stock through the corporate account “Alannah Holding”. I have no evidence in relation to the ownership of Alannah  
Holding or whether the shares sold (if any) were as a result of exercising the options referred to in Ms. Horne’s e-  
mails. I make no finding on this issue.  
Page 177  
[583] All of these communications, and many others in evidence, have a singular,  
consistent theme: do not let the stock price fall. Mr. Potter was the central  
performer in this act, keeping all the plates spinning. I am satisfied on a balance of  
probabilities that Mr. Potter was a member of the conspiracy.  
(2)Blois Colpitts’ probable membership in the conspiracy  
[584] Blois Colpitts was identified by Mr. McInnis as one of the core members of  
the “collective”, constantly concerned about sell-side pressure on the stock. Mr.  
Colpitts admitted under oath that the major shareholders engaged in “support  
buying”, but suggested that such conduct was legitimate price stabilization an  
assertion I earlier rejected.  
[585] On August 2, 2000, Brian MacLellan, counsel for Calvin Wadden, sent a  
letter to Eric Hicks, Mr. Clarke’s Branch Manager, demanding the return of the  
100,000 shares that Wadden had loaned to the 540 account. Mr. MacLellan wrote  
to Mr. Hicks only after his first letter to Mr. Clarke had been ignored. On August  
4, Mr. Colpitts stepped in, drafting a reply to Mr. MacLellan on behalf of 2317540  
NS Ltd. In the letter, Mr. Colpitts wrote that Mr. Wadden had deposited the shares  
as security for the 540 account “to facilitate market purchasing”, that “[t]his  
certificate is not connected to your clients’ margin account at National Bank  
Financial Inc.”, and that:  
This was a private transaction between 2317540 Nova Scotia Limited and is not  
connected to his dealings with National Bank Financial Inc.  
[586] Mr. Colpitts was not counsel to 2317540 NS Ltd. or Bruce Clarke. During  
his testimony, he was unable to provide a satisfactory reason for drafting this letter.  
[587] This was not the only time that Mr. Colpitts intervened to protect the  
conspiracy. In April 2001, Mr. Colpitts became suspicious that Steve Wilsack was  
selling shares. He wrote Mr. Wilsack a letter threatening to enforce undefined  
terms of his employment separation agreement against him, to keep him from  
selling shares. Mr. Colpitts demanded that Mr. Wilsack provide him with copies  
of his account statements to ensure that he had not sold any shares. A few months  
later, on June 12, 2001, Steve Wilsack sent an e-mail to Mr. Clarke advising that  
he’d held off as long as he could, but that “too many personal bills are mounting”  
and he needed to sell some shares. He told Mr. Clarke to sell 2,000 shares between  
$5.15 and $5.25. Mr. Clarke forwarded the e-mail to Blois Colpitts. That same  
Page 178  
day, Mr. Colpitts sent Mr. Clarke a draft reply to Mr. Wilsack which included the  
following:  
Blois Colpitts had subsequently advised that you have an outstanding request to  
provide him with evidence that you have complied with the terms of your  
agreements.  
As you are aware from your meeting the bids for KHI are currently support  
bids and if others arise we will proceed with your request within the context of  
your instructions.  
[Emphasis added]  
[588] Blois Colpitts was not the lawyer for NBFL, either. Yet, he was advising a  
broker for NBFL how to respond to an order from a client to sell shares. In  
addition, Mr. Colpitts’ draft reply demonstrates his knowledge that any bids on the  
market for KHI were orchestrated “support bidsintended to maintain the stock  
price, not genuine retail bids.  
[589] These incidents show that whenever a problem needed fixing to ensure the  
objective of the conspiracy continued without disruption, Mr. Colpitts was ready  
and willing to step in as “counsel” to try and resolve it. This often entailed  
threatening legal action, but never actually taking it because that would expose the  
stock manipulation.  
[590] The Court also heard evidence that Mr. Colpitts took steps to keep share  
certificates out of the hands of LP unit holders who might want to sell. When KHI  
exercised the LP call option in late December, the share certificates were sent to  
Stewart McKelvey to be held in trust. George Unsworth testified that when the  
hold period expired, he called Mr. Colpitts looking for his certificate, but Mr.  
Colpitts brushed him off. Mr. Unsworth further testified that Mr. Colpitts  
approached him outside the courtroom and said, “Well if I would have sent any of  
the certificates he would have had me disbarred.” The obvious inference is that  
“he” was a reference to Mr. Potter.  
[591] Mr. Colpitts’ failure to deliver the share certificate to Mr. Unsworth stands  
in stark contrast to his immediate delivery of Calvin Wadden’s certificate in  
January 2001. Unlike Mr. Unsworth, however, Mr. Wadden planned to use his  
shares as security to buy more KHI shares:  
Blois,  
Page 179  
Please forward my share certificate for the converted LP to Bruce as soon as  
possible. I will be depositing to my margin account and will be able to help  
Bruce take 20,000 shares of KHI out of the market if we can do this today.  
[592] Mr. Colpitts responded, “Done – I delivered it myself.” Shirley Locke also  
had no difficulty obtaining her share certificate. She testified that she picked it up  
from Mr. Colpitts at Stewart McKelvey on January 8, 2001.  
[593] Mr. Unsworth did eventually get his shares. They were sent to him in a  
plain envelope with no return address. Unfortunately, by that time, the stock was  
already worthless.  
[594] Other LP unitholders also encountered difficulty obtaining their share  
certificates. Mr. Colpitts testified with pride that he used his own money to  
purchase claims against KHI from Leon Trakman and Thomas MacQuarrie, a  
partner at his firm. According to Mr. Colpitts, while he was under no obligation to  
purchase the claims, he did so because he felt that (what he described as) the  
inadvertent failure by the company to issue the certificates in a timely manner  
reflected poorly on him. I find that Mr. Colpitts purchased claims from LP  
unitholders to keep anyone from taking action that could expose the conspiracy.  
[595] Based on all of this evidence, I am satisfied on a balance of probabilities that  
Blois Colpitts was a member of the conspiracy.  
(3)Bruce Clarke’s probable membership in the conspiracy  
[596] A broker with access to the public market was an essential component in the  
price maintenance scheme. Gerard McInnis identified Bruce Clarke as part of the  
collective focused on the price of KHI stock. Mr. Clarke’s son, Steven Clarke,  
testified that his trading in KHI and the e-mails and calculations he prepared in  
relation to KHI were done on his father’s instruction. Other evidence directly  
admissible against Mr. Clarke include his communications, the Match Trade  
Report and account statements.  
[597] In order to effectively manage the market, Mr. Clarke needed control over as  
many of the accounts trading in KHI as possible. In addition to managing the  
accounts of the “collective”, Mr. Clarke opened accounts for Ben Barthe, Dr. Lutz  
Ristow, Staffing Strategist Inc., and others. Gerard McInnis was asked about Mr.  
Potter’s insistence that shareholders place their shares with Bruce Clarke. He  
testified as follows:  
Page 180  
Q. Why was -- why did Mr. Potter insist on Bruce doing the selling? Do you  
know?  
A. I -- I understand that there would have been there was always a concern  
around just the timing of, you know, when shares would go to the market. So  
really just to try to keep an orderly market.  
Q. When you say there was concern about shares going to the market, can you  
explain that?  
A. Just the timing of buying and selling. So you'd always want to have an active  
or willing -- willing buyer so that you could sell the shares into the market.  
Q. And if there -- what if there wasn't a willing buyer? What did you understand  
would be the result?  
A. Well there would always be a willing buyer, just a matter of what price I  
think would be the expectation, so -- shares without a buyer would have the  
impact of -- of most likely bringing down the share price.  
Q. Was this a concern within Knowledge House, sir?  
A. Continuously.  
Q. What -- when you say continuously, what period until what period, within  
your experience?  
A. From my first day of employment to my last.  
Q. And how was it -- how was it addressed, this concern?  
A. That's why there was always the desire to use Mr. Clarke for, you know,  
managing the buying and the selling so that he could keep track of -- to the best of  
his knowledge, who he knew that wanted to sell and who was in the queue that  
was looking to buy.  
[598] Mr. Clarke moved the levers as directed by the defendants to manage the  
trading in all the conspirators’ NBFL accounts. His trading with these accounts  
dominated the buy side of the KHI market, pushing back against the sell-side  
overhang which, if left unattended, would have driven down the price of the stock.  
This is illustrated by a March 13, 2001, e-mail to Mr. Potter:  
Hello Dan.  
I have no buying power left for yourself, Ken, or Ray and I was supposed to have  
5000 for Cal in through Nesbitt but Eric Richards says he only has about 1500 to  
2000 to buy and the current quote is $5.20 to 5.45 . at 5.45 there is 600 offered by  
CIBC Wood Gundy, at $5.50 there is 3000 by CIBC Wood Gundy and 1500 by  
ScotiaMcleod.  
Please give me a call when you get this message.  
Page 181  
[599] Here, Mr. Clarke was coordinating all efforts to manage the market price of  
KHI stock and he had “no buying power left” out of the named accounts. There  
was significant sell side pressure, and he identified the brokers, the volume and the  
sellers’ offer price. Mr. Clarke looked to Mr. Potter for direction and help.  
[600] Mr. Clarke also looked to Mr. Colpitts when he needed help. On July 10,  
2001, he wrote:  
Blois:  
Please give me a call A.S.A.P. I have margin calls because of KHI at below  
$5.00 per share.  
Bruce  
[601] Mr. Colpitts responded, “I am still on the plane what is the price now?” Mr.  
Clarke replied, “It’s $4.85 to $5.05.” Mr. Clarke also reached out to Mr. Colpitts,  
a securities lawyer, for help to high close the stock on August 17, 2001:  
KHI - $5.00 to $5.10 last at $5.05 on 1300 shares  
Looking for help to close higher. Spoke to Calvin and he can't help.  
Please call if you can before quarter to five.  
[602] In addition to the conspirators’ accounts, Mr. Clarke controlled the buying  
for his own 540 account and the Union account. Together, these accounts  
purchased millions of dollars’ worth of KHI stock. In March 2000, Mr. Clarke  
accepted $100,000 from Mr. Potter and 220,000 shares from Calvin Wadden to  
load the 540 account for future purchases of KHI stock. Mr. Clarke also managed  
the “liquidation events” such as the Banks, Barthe, and Fountain purchases. His  
control of the accounts allowed him to ensure that the individuals Mr. Potter had  
“arranged” to sell into these deals were the ones who got liquidity. Mr. Clarke or  
his son Steven updated Mr. Potter monthly on the status of Mr. Potter’s cross-  
guaranteed accounts and the available excess margin.  
[603] There are e-mail communications from Mr. Clarke that explicitly highlight  
his activity to soak up all retail selling activity to keep the price from falling. On  
August 17, 2000, Ken MacLeod e-mailed Mr. Clarke, with copies to Dan Potter  
and Blois Colpitts, to authorize the purchase of 40,000 shares of KHI from his  
margin account “[t]o give [Clarke] a bit of breathing room on damage control.”  
Mr. Clarke reported back to Mr. MacLeod at the end of the day:  
Page 182  
Hello Ken.  
thanks for the order today. We really needed it as we got hit by unknown seller at  
RBC Securities who sold a total of 45 000 shares very aggressively by hitting any  
of are [sic] bids that we would post.  
For you I bought 5700 @ $6.30  
10,000 @ $6.35  
21,300 @ $6.40  
3000 @ $6.50  
Total  
40, 000 shares  
Thanks again Ken. talk to you tomorrow.  
Bruce  
[604] “Damage control” is an apt descriptor for the conspiracy’s objective. Keep  
the KHI stock price from being damaged by a drop in price as a result of the seller  
overhang. Mr. Clarke’s e-mail demonstrates his daily role as monitor and fixer of  
the potential damage.  
[605] Other evidence shows that Mr. Clarke did not have a normal broker/client  
relationship with the conspirators. Instead, his relationship to his “clients” was  
defined by their agreement to affect the market price of KHI shares. In an e-mail  
dated November 15, 2000, Mr. Clarke provided the latest KHI purchase numbers  
to Mr. MacLeod. He also told him that he purchased 2,500 shares more than Mr.  
MacLeod authorized, and thanked him:  
Ken. for your Insider Report for Future Ed.Com:  
On November 14:  
Bot 500 KHI @$6.40  
Bot 1500 KHI @$6.50  
P.S. I bought an additional 2.500 over the 20.000 you authorized. If this is a  
problem. Please advise: if not, thank you.  
Bruce  
[606] According to this e-mail, Mr. Clarke used Mr. MacLeod’s account to  
purchase 2,500 more shares than Mr. MacLeod wanted, at a cost of around  
$16,000, and thanked him. Considering the timing of the purchases, Mr. Clarke’s  
Page 183  
expression of gratitude is easily explained. With the German deal set to close, and  
Mr. Potter’s fear that it would not close if the price fell below $6.50, Mr. MacLeod  
was not the sole beneficiary of his unauthorized purchase. It benefitted the entire  
group of conspirators working to keep the stock price at $6.50, including Mr.  
Clarke.  
[607] On January 19, 2001, Bruce Clarke’s client, Lowell Weir, e-mailed Mr.  
Clarke a “stop loss order” to ensure that all of the KHI shares held in his corporate  
and personal accounts, and the accounts of his wife and children, would be sold if  
the price fell below $5.00 per share. Mr. Weir testified that when the price  
dropped below $5.00, the shares were not sold. He e-mailed Mr. Clarke on August  
21, several days after the stock had started closing below $5.00, asking what action  
had been taken pursuant to his January order. Mr. Clarke responded that “30 days  
is the norm to hold an order interest, at the end of which time it has to be re-  
discussed – no such discussion occurred.” He told Mr. Weir that during the initial  
30 days, the stock had not traded below $5.00. According to the Match Trade  
Report, however, the stock did trade below $5.00 on several days during that  
period. Mr. Weir described Mr. Clarke’s response as “totally unsatisfactory”, and  
said it left him “very, very annoyed.”  
[608] Also in January 2001, Odilia MacDonald directed Mr. Clarke to sell all of  
her shares at market. He sold some but not all of the shares, and Ms. MacDonald  
complained that her entire position was not sold as ordered. Mr. Clarke apologized  
for the misunderstanding and sold the remaining shares to FutureEd.com.  
[609] In April 2001, Bruce Clarke also coordinated the gathering of authorizations  
for security on the share lending agreements in accordance with the plan,  
concocted by Dan Potter, Calvin Wadden, and Ray Courtney, for the conspirators  
to borrow shares from Bernard Schelew, place them in margin accounts and  
borrow against them for “market support”.  
[610] All of the above evidence satisfies me on a balance of probabilities that  
Bruce Clarke was a member of the conspiracy.  
(4)Calvin Wadden’s probable membership in the conspiracy  
[611] Calvin Wadden became part of KHI when he and Ray Courtney sold  
Micronet to KHI in return for shares, a KHI executive position, and a seat on the  
Board of Directors. No cash changed hands.  
Page 184  
[612] Mr. Wadden received the Share the Future Programe-mail in December  
1999. On March 9, 2000, he transferred 220,000 KHI shares to the 540 account.  
The first clear evidence that he was both aware of the market support activity and  
an active participant in it is an e-mail dated May 4, 2000, addressed to Mr. Potter:  
I had an opportunity [sic] talk with Ray about our stock and the issue of  
supporting the market. Ray is not prepared to place more than $100,000 in an  
account to support KHI until he at least has an opportunity to sell some of his  
existing stock. I have to agree with his position since we have both used our  
KHI stock as security to purchase more stock in the market. I am comfortable  
with the same arrangement if you are in agreement.  
In the meantime I would like to make arrangements to free up the 220,000 shares  
Bruce holds at National Bank. To be honest Dan I wish someone told me before  
$1.1 million of KHI stock was purchased using this as security. I am quite willing  
to do my part but I would like to have a been kept in the loop.  
As I told you and Ray in April I have committed to my partners to support the  
company and not place pressure on the market but I fully expect that if  
opportunities arise to sell stock we are the three people to be offered the sale first.  
It has been my position for some time that I will need to sell stock by the end of  
June. I am still working under these timelines.  
[Emphasis added]  
[613] Mr. Wadden’s participation in the conspiracy was hindered by his own need  
for liquidity. In May 2000, he asked to be allowed to sell some shares. Sales did  
not materialize, and Mr. Wadden eventually retained Brian MacLellan to help him  
dispose of his shares. The events of summer 2000, and the Match Trade Report,  
suggest that Mr. Wadden left the fold and stopped participating in “market  
support” activity. With BMO NB demanding that he reduce his margin loans, his  
goal was to get rid of shares, not to buy more.  
[614] In late August, Mr. Wadden reconciled with Mr. Potter and Mr. Colpitts, and  
sold 50,000 shares into the Barthe deal on August 31, 2000. On September 3,  
2000, he was given signing authority over the KHI bank account with Royal Bank  
of Canada. On September 13, he bought 10,000 more shares on the market.  
When Dan Potter sent his “Recommended Plan of Joint Action” e-mail on  
November 26, 2000, Mr. Wadden replied the same day:  
I will participate in your plan to provide Steve with the liquidity he requires.  
I have had quite a few discussions with Steve and I agree that he will sell stock on  
the market unless he can get the 50,000 shares he requires by Friday.  
Page 185  
I am also interested in an agreement between the five of us but I would  
prefer some form of binding escrow agreement. I would like to see a two year  
escrow for the stock we were each given for our respective companies and some  
form of written agreement not to sell more than 5,000 shares per month of any  
other KHI stock held by the five of us, starting, say April 01, 2001. All sales  
would be coordinated through Bruce.  
The binding agreement would be set up to hold the KHI stock in trust for a term  
of 24 months expiring January 01,2003. The more I think about it the more I  
believe that we should have kept an escrow agreement in place from the very  
beginning.  
I assume from your email that you have committed Bernard some liquidity since  
you have suggested that he be given the next 100,000 shares after my  
requirements are met. If that is the case I will agree to your suggestion. I would  
be looking for a legal agreement that would exclude any other shares being  
sold outside this exception.  
As for the options being written for the sale and placement of 200,000-300,000  
shares for Doug Rudolph. As long as the stock being placed is coming from the  
orderly market account and that the funds will be used to support the retail  
market, I fully agree.  
I also request Dan, that since these terms will be binding for the five of us, that  
KHI will not provide any further loans or compensation for any of the five people  
in this arrangement. Compensation for the executive should be based on  
performance not personal need.  
I am sure you understand my request for something binding to ensure we all stand  
united over the upcoming two years.  
I will continue to follow the company and I will be following the trades as they  
occur. I am interested in working with yourself, Bruce and Blois going  
forward.  
I look forward to hearing from you.  
Regards,  
Calvin  
[Emphasis added]  
[615] In January 2001, following a request from Mr. Potter to assist with the  
December 2000 seller overhang, Mr. Wadden requested immediate delivery of his  
LP share certificate to use as leverage to take 20,000 shares off the market.  
[616] One of the communications that is most probative of the conspiracy to affect  
the KHI share price originates with Mr. Wadden. On February 8, 2001, he sent the  
Page 186  
following e-mail to Mr. Potter, which Mr. Potter forwarded to Mr. Colpitts with the  
exclamation “Good to see”:  
Dan,  
I have been speaking with Ray, Blois and Ken throughout the day and they have  
been in supporting the market. Ray and I would really like to get the stock to  
$5.45 and try to solicit more support from the group going forward. If we can get  
to $5.45 - $5.50 I would like to see each of us put 5,000 shares into the support  
side and try to inch up toward $6.00 to $6.50 until we get some positive news on  
the street.  
If we could come up with a formula to provide support say 5,000 shares each at  
every $.15-.20 gain forward we could be building some reserve and give each of  
us some breathing room until we attract substantial buyers. I think this along with  
the options would be be [sic] a strong sign for the major shareholders who are at  
the sidelines.  
Ray and Ken each purchased 4,000 shares today and have agreed to pick up an  
additional 1,000 shares each by the close. Blois and I bought as well. Aside from  
all the hard feelings it was good to see the teamwork this afternoon.  
I have spoken to Stewart from Assante(FCG) and he has agreed to work with me.  
I really think he was sincere but someone is still in the market. Can you make  
time for me to arrange a pep talk for Eric and Stewart some time next week? Ray  
and I think if we can turn Eric into a supportet [sic] we are clear sailing.  
Calvin  
[617] Mr. Wadden further cemented his conspiracy membership in an e-mail to  
Steve Wilsack, in which he stated, “I can honestly say I is [sic] the reason the  
damn stock ain’t at $4.00.”  
[618] From the fall of 2000 until August 2001, Mr. Wadden was an active  
participant in many conversations about market support and sales suppression. In  
April 2001, he conceived the “warrant swap” to leverage Donnie Snow’s warrants  
to provide market support through Gerard McInnis, Jack Sullivan, and Jack Hill.  
The plan was eventually executed.  
[619] The foregoing satisfies me on a balance of probabilities that Calvin Wadden  
was a probable member of the conspiracy.  
(5)Raymond Courtney’s probable membership in the conspiracy  
Page 187  
[620] Ray Courtney joined KHI with Calvin Wadden when they sold their interests  
in Micronet. Like Mr. Wadden, he received KHI shares, an executive position, and  
a seat on the Board of Directors.  
[621] Mr. Courtney received the e-mail Mr. Wadden sent to Mr. Potter in May  
2000 complaining that he should have been informed that his 220,000 shares  
would be used to buy $1.1 million worth of KHI shares. Mr. Potter responded that  
Mr. Wadden was aware of his and Mr. Clarke’s intentions. The e-mail noted that  
Mr. Courtney had used his shares as leverage to support the market. On May 11,  
2000, he was copied on an e-mail between Mr. Potter and Mr. Wadden that  
confirmed his intention to provide 100,000 shares to Bruce Clarke’s 540 account.  
[622] Mr. Courtney confirmed his membership in the conspiracy when he  
approved of Mr. Potter’s “Recommended Plan of Joint Action”, but disagreed that  
Mr. Wadden and Dr. Schelew should be the first to collect on any “arranged sales”.  
Then on December 1, 2000, he sent a more comprehensive response setting out his  
past efforts to support the conspiracy and describing his intentions going forward:  
Dan, Ken, Bernard and Calvin,  
In follow up to the many conversations around major shareholder cooperation I  
have the following response:  
I will provide a share certificate of 100,000 shares to send to Bruce Clark  
[sic] to support the market (this has been ordered). …  
It is not possible for me to purchase 10,000 shares from Steve T. Although it is  
not feasible to provide any further cash support I have purchased 342,000 shares  
and an LP unit in past 18 months and placed a significant number of shares  
from the retail market with family members and friends.  
As far as providing options to Doug R., I support this 100% and have in fact  
already given Doug option on 25,000 shares. You should know that Doug and I  
have been working on placing greater than 150,000 shares for which I have an  
agreement in place and have already paid for. This agreement is outside of the  
200-300k he is contemplating selling from the retail market at this time.  
As far as first round liquidity events are concerned I agree to the following:  
o
o
Retail market be supported first  
People holding substantial shares but not part of the “5 Major  
Shareholders” such as Steve T be taken out first, essentially continued support of  
the retail market.  
Page 188  
o
Other liquidity events are equally shared among the five major  
shareholders. I cannot agree to two of the five major shareholders receiving  
significant liquidity first.  
o
In terms of monthly selling, continuous liquidity and other  
requirements all five major shareholders should work together to place an  
appropriate number of shares. I believe 5000 per month had been suggested  
although given the current circumstances this may not be possible.  
o
As far as escrow agreements are concerned, in my case I do not  
believe this is necessary nor have I shown any propensity to kill the market.  
In any event I have no present need to sell the stock acquired as a result of the  
MicroNet sale only the 342,000 shares purchased from the market, treasury, and  
others.  
o
o
Executive compensation is not relevant in this matter.  
As another point I have personally placed approximately 160,000  
shares with friends and family members, none of which came from me. As  
far as I know none of those have been sold.  
I am willing to support the market to the best of my ability but clearly I am not in  
a strong cash position to substantially contribute beyond what I have  
contemplated above.  
Respectfully,  
Ray  
[Emphasis added]  
[623] In the e-mail, Mr. Courtney acknowledged that he would provide 100,000  
shares to Mr. Clarke “to support the market” and that he had made market support  
purchases in the past.  
[624] Mr. Courtney continued to be party to the conspirators’ discussions but, in  
March 2001, he claimed he could not provide any more support. Later that day,  
Mr. Potter gave him advice on how to free up margin so that he could participate in  
the private placement (and that Mr. Clarke was not in a position to return Mr.  
Courtney’s 100,000 shares). Despite his desire to sell at least some of his KHI  
shares, Mr. Courtney used his various accounts to make market purchases  
throughout January, February, and March 2001.  
[625] Ray Courtney was included in the managed selling agreement discussions in  
the spring of 2001 and worked to find a liquidation event. He participated as a  
major shareholder and bought stock on margin throughout the offence period to  
Page 189  
support the price. I am satisfied that Mr. Courtney was a probable member of the  
conspiracy.  
(6)Ken MacLeod’s probable membership in the conspiracy  
[626] Ken MacLeod was a former part-owner of Silicon Island and the Centre for  
Distance Education. As with Mr. Wadden and Mr. Courtney, he sold his company  
to KHI in exchange for KHI shares, an executive position, and a seat on the Board  
of Directors.  
[627] Mr. MacLeod’s role in the conspiracy was clear but narrow. For the most  
part, he acted as a primary source to buy up excessive sell-side pressure on KHI  
stock through his account, FutureEd.com.  
[628] Mr. MacLeod received the “Share the Future Program” e-mails in December  
1999. In June 2000, he opened an NBFL margin account with Bruce Clarke in the  
name of FutureEd.com. Over the course of the conspiracy, this account purchased  
more than $1.7 million of KHI stock.  
[629] As noted earlier, during the summer of 2000, Calvin Wadden demanded the  
return of the remaining 100,000 shares that he had loaned the 540 account in  
March 2000. Mr. Clarke could not return the KHI shares to Mr. Wadden, however,  
because they were completely leveraged in the 540 account and could not be  
removed without triggering a margin call. Instead, on July 18, 2000, Ken  
MacLeod e-mailed Mr. Clarke:  
Hi Bruce:  
As per our telephone conversation, I am emailing you to authorize a transfer of  
100,000 shares of Knowledge House stock from my FutureEd.com account to the  
account of Calvin Wadden.  
[630] This transfer of over $500,000 worth of equity was effected on August 29,  
2000, just days after Mr. Wadden apologized to Mr. Potter and Mr. Colpitts and  
rejoined the fold.  
[631] Ken MacLeod bought $98,613 worth of KHI stock in July 2000. On August  
17, 2000, he e-mailed Mr. Clarke authorizing the purchase of up to 40,000 shares,  
“[t]o give you [Clarke] a bit of breathing room on damage control.” Not because  
Page 190  
he wanted the shares a legal purpose but because he wanted to control the  
damage to the price of the stock. Mr. Clarke responded, thanking Mr. MacLeod  
for his help, and telling him that they got hit by an aggressive unknown seller who  
hit any of his posted bids. The next day, Mr. MacLeod offered more help,  
authorizing the purchase of another 20,000 to 25,000 shares. Notably, he copied  
Blois Colpitts on the e-mail. Mr. MacLeod’s purchases in August totalled  
$410,710.  
[632] In November 2000, with the German investment expected to close if the  
share price stayed at $6.50, Mr. MacLeod’s spending ramped up again. On  
November 15, Mr. Clarke informed him that he’d purchased 2,500 more than the  
20,000 shares Mr. MacLeod had authorized. On November 16, Mr. MacLeod e-  
mailed Mr. Clarke authorizing the purchase of another 20,000 shares. This time,  
he copied Dan Potter. Mr. MacLeod clearly wanted the defendants to know  
whenever he chipped in to maintain the share price.  
[633] Mr. MacLeod received Dan Potter’s “Recommend Joint Plan of Action” e-  
mail on November 26, 2000. He replied the next day:  
Hi Dan:  
It is obvious from my "supply some relief for the stock" buying in August and  
more recently, that I am supportive of lending a helping hand (to us all) when the  
pressure builds on the stock. The plan you outline sounds fine to me. …  
[Emphasis added]  
[634] Mr. MacLeod also attempted to convince “Donnie” to buy stock and  
support the price. He reported to Mr. Potter that he, like Mr. Colpitts, was  
unsuccessful:  
Other than getting him to pay for dinner, I had absolutely no luck with Donnie last  
night. Apparently Blois had taken a crack at him yesterday as well, so he was  
prepared for my sales pitch. He doesn't believe in buoying up the stock price by  
margining, most of his shares are in warrants, yadda yadda. Gave it the old  
college try and more, but no dice.  
[635] What was the object of the conspiracy? “[B]uoying up the stock price.” Mr.  
MacLeod knew the entire endeavour was to keep the price from falling. He  
illustrated this again in an e-mail to Ray Courtney on February 8, 2001, where he  
lamented that he was on the brink of financial ruin before identifying the  
Page 191  
membership’s task ahead (controlling the market) and acknowledging Mr. Potter as  
the leader:  
That being said, it seems to me we can sit and cry in our beer or we can mobilize  
as a group to see if we can pull this out of the hat. We all have history here, and  
we might have our differences with Dan and how we got where we are, but you  
have to give it to Dan that he is doing everything in his power to pull us out of  
this tail spin. I think he is right that he can't get anywhere with controlling the  
market or getting new investors if we (you, me, Calvin, Dan) don't have it  
together.  
[Emphasis added]  
[636] Later, Ken MacLeod bemoaned the problems facing the members of the  
conspiracy but was hopeful that Charles Keating would buy another large volume  
of KHI shares. His motivation for being part of the conspiracy was laid out  
plainly:  
In any event, as I've said numerous times before, I'm game for anything that will  
keep us in the game and keep me from losing my shirt. Making money would also  
be a nice side benefit!! If we aren't in the game then we've thrown up our hands  
and we are all sunk. So, I think we need to COLLECTIVELY, as a team, figure  
out solutions -with everyone participating in the solution (and hopefully the  
benefits).  
[637] I am satisfied on a balance of probabilities that Mr. MacLeod was a member  
of the conspiracy.  
(7)Eric Richards’ probable membership in the conspiracy  
[638] Eric Richards was an investment advisor at BMO Nesbitt Burns, the  
brokerage arm of the Bank of Montreal. He worked at Financial Concepts Group  
(“FCG”) and had responsibility for the investment portfolios of Calvin Wadden,  
Ray Courtney, and Steve Tsimiklis. Mr. Richards moved from FCG to BMO NB  
in May 2000 and intended to take these accounts with him. However, BMO’s head  
office balked at accepting the Wadden and Courtney accounts due to their high  
loan balances and significant concentration in a thinly-traded and unproven stock.  
[639] The BMO Risk Committee accepted the Wadden and Courtney accounts,  
subject to the margin loans being cleared by the end of June 2000. On June 8,  
2000, Eric Richards sent an e-mail to Shirley Locke stating, “SHIRLEY, I HAVE  
A CLIENT WANTING TO SELL 5400 SHARES OF khi at 6.50.” Ms. Locke  
Page 192  
responded a minute later, “where is the stock.” The response from Mr. Richards  
was redacted. Ms. Locke wrote, “between what you put in over the past couple of  
days and this morning your [sic] kinda killing the stock here a bit.” Mr. Richards  
replied, in part, “I know, this is beyond my control. … The 5400 shares will only  
be put on the system if there are buyers and activety [sic] to support.” This e-mail  
was the first hint that Mr. Richards was aware that there was no real market for  
KHI shares and that any sales must be conducted with the buy side arranged.  
[640] On June 9, 2000, Charles Moses, Senior Vice President of Operations, e-  
mailed Bruno Falvo, member of the Risk Management Group, to ask if there had  
been any selling in the accounts. Mr. Falvo responded, “No not as yet.” On June  
12, Mr. Moses forwarded the chain to Carole Cushing, Atlantic Divisional  
Manager, and wrote:  
Comment please. We were buyers for a non-related account today. Are we going  
to leave this til the end of the month?  
[641] Ms. Cushing forwarded the e-mail to Eric Richards, telling him, “I think the  
point of the e-mail was that there is a market for stock so why aren’t we, or will  
we, be selling? If you have an amount of stock to sell we should get the block desk  
in the picture.” Mr. Richards did not explain why he was not selling, other than to  
say that “[b]ecause of the high number of shares to be sold, putting their shares on  
the market would not help as they need to sell a few hundred thousand shares  
each.” He then asked if there were any buyers in house. Ms. Cushing responded,  
“We have to be aware of the clock, Eric, which is why it is being discussed.”  
[642] With assurance that KHI intended to either make a $1 million deposit into  
the Wadden and Courtney accounts or set up a guarantee account with $1 million,  
BMO NB extended the deadline for clearing the loans until July 31, 2000. On July  
12, Mr. Richards e-mailed Ms. Locke:  
Do you have any buyers for a few thousand shares at 6.75? I have a few orders  
which I am reluctant to put on as there is only one bid of 1000 shares at 6.70.  
Clients have wanted to sell for some time and I have been unable to process. 800  
shares, 1000 shares and 1500 shares …. none are cals!  
[643] Again, despite seeing regular market activity in KHI shares on the TSX, he  
knew there was no genuine retail demand for the shares and that he needed to  
arrange a buyer or the price would drop.  
Page 193  
[644] Later that same week, Mr. Richards told Ms. Locke that he had a firm order  
to sell 3,300 shares. He told her that “Blois is aware.” Ms. Locke responded, “is  
Bruce?” Ms. Locke testified that she was referring to Bruce Clarke. She added  
that “there [sic] so touchy these days. Just tell him the number you have too [sic]  
sell.”  
[645] Shirley Locke testified that she simply wanted to ensure that Blois Colpitts  
and Bruce Clarke knew that BMO NB was not selling stock for Calvin Wadden in  
violation of his fiduciary duties as a director or in a malicious attempt to destroy  
the company. As discussed earlier, this narrative does not adequately explain the  
behaviour of Ms. Locke or Mr. Richards. BMO NB was contractually entitled to  
sell stock out of Mr. Wadden’s margin account if it wished to do so. In my view,  
Ms. Locke and Mr. Richards informed Mr. Colpitts and Mr. Clarke whenever they  
had to sell KHI shares because they knew there was no demand for the stock and  
the conspirators would need to find buyers to soak up the sell-side pressure.  
[646] Mr. Richards’ reticence to sell any KHI shares outside of an arranged  
transaction was displayed in September 2000 when he sought help from Ms. Locke  
to find buyers for 5,000 of Calvin Wadden’s shares, rather than just placing the  
order on the open market. Ms. Locke found buyers: herself, and her client Dr.  
Haines, who trusted her and let her “run [his] portfolio.” Ms. Locke purchased  
3,000 shares herself, and bought the remaining 2,000 shares (about $13,000 worth)  
for Dr. Haines.  
[647] In November 2000, Eric Richards again asked for Ms. Locke’s help finding  
a buyer for KHI shares. This time, Mr. Courtney had an $80,000 margin call from  
BMO and needed to sell some KHI. Mr. Richards told Ms. Locke that Mr.  
Courtney was willing to sell at a reduced price if they could somehow cross 12,000  
of his shares - more proof that the conspirators knew the price of KHI stock on the  
market was not a representation of real supply and demand.  
[648] In December 2000, at Mr. Potter’s request, Mr. Courtney provided Mr.  
Clarke with 100,000 shares for deposit in the 540 account. Mr. Richards told Mr.  
Clarke that he needed to sell 10,000 KHI shares and that Mr. Clarke needed to  
“buy back the 10,000 he [Courtney] bought last week.” Mr. Clarke replied, “Eric,  
I’ve copied this e-mail to both Dan and Ray as I feel it requires further discussion.”  
Dan Potter then e-mailed Ray Courtney directly:  
Page 194  
I left you a voicemail on this. We definitely need to discuss this. Bruce cannot be  
expected to buy these 20,000 shares . His investments are in relation to the retail  
float market. As always, we need to engage new investors.  
[649] Mr. Richards replied to Mr. Clarke:  
Bruce. in all due respect. I made it very clear that I would require a paydown to  
release the certificate. I also bought the shares last week as a temporary measure  
to help support knowing that Ray’s cert would be forthcoming. I was not suppose  
[sic] to release the certificate without the paydown first.  
[650] These e-mails demonstrate that Mr. Richards was aware of Mr. Clarke’s  
responsibility for soaking up sell-side pressure and that Mr. Richards knew the bids  
he entered for Mr. Courtney the week before were “to help support.” He clearly  
expected that Mr. Clarke would help Mr. Courtney since Mr. Courtney was  
providing leverage to the 540 account.  
[651] I find that Mr. Richards’ participation in the conspiracy has been proven on  
a balance of probabilities.  
(8)Steve Wilsack’s probable membership in the conspiracy  
[652] Steve Wilsack, along with Craig Dunham, sold their company, Innovative  
Solutions, to KHI, receiving shares as payment. Soon after the transaction was  
completed, both Mr. Wilsack and Mr. Dunham chose to leave their employment  
with KHI.  
[653] After adjustments, both Mr. Dunham and Mr. Wilsack owed KHI money in  
the form of shareholder loans. In February 2000, Dan Potter (through Gerard  
McInnis) insisted that Bruce Clarke manage any KHI sales made to satisfy these  
loans.  
[654] Based on the trading information, however, it appears that Mr. Wilsack did  
not completely comply with this request. Throughout April, May, and early June  
2000, he sold shares from an account at Royal Bank. Mr. McInnis was aware that  
Mr. Wilsack also sold shares through a BMO NB account when he told Mr.  
Wilsack, “I understand Eric has sold your shares into market already so you have  
raised the cash for repaying the loan.” The Match Trade Report shows that the  
bulk of Mr. Wilsack’s KHI share sales were through his Royal Bank account, and  
that most of his shares were purchased by suspect accounts.  
Page 195  
[655] In June 2000, Mr. McInnis asked Mr. Wilsack to stop selling shares until  
September, saying, “Dan does not want to see any more pressure on the stock (sell  
side) if possible until Sept. However, if you need to sell more to raise the needed  
cash we would ask you [sic] co-ordinate with Bruce Clark [sic].” Mr. Wilsack  
refused, telling Mr. McInnis:  
At no time was there a mention of a condition about holding the stock until  
September as part of my settlement. As of yesterday, this was the first mention of  
this. …  
[656] Mr. Potter stepped in at that point, inviting Mr. Wilsack to come to his  
home. On June 18, 2000, Mr. Wilsack e-mailed Mr. Potter to confirm that he  
would “set up an account with Bruce this week” and “I will work with Bruce with  
any further liquidation of stock until the end of September.” Mr. Potter replied,  
with copies to Gerard McInnis and Bruce Clarke:  
… I’m confirming our agreement that KHI will release your shares from escrow  
immediately on the understanding that you will put the shares in a new account  
you will open with Bruce at National Bank Financial and dispose of them only in  
consultation and agreement with him at least until the end of this Sept. …  
We also agreed that the balance of your account with KHI will be paid with the  
appropriate number of the released escrowed shares at $7.00 per share.  
What a great win-win way to work together!  
[657] Mr. Wilsack did not sell shares from any of his accounts until September 8,  
2000, when he sold 5,000 KHI shares out of his NBFL account into the Barthe  
purchases. It is reasonable, from these e-mails and the trading information, to infer  
that Mr. Potter told Mr. Wilsack why he was insisting that his market sales stop –  
to prevent sell-side pressure that could have derailed the pending Banks and Barthe  
transactions. Mr. Wilsack did his part and did not sell any shares until the arranged  
transaction with Barthe.  
[658] Mr. Wilsack continued to “work with Clarke” regarding KHI sales through  
September, October, and November 2000. With the Barthe/Ristow private  
placement looming, he went so far as to ask permission to sell KHI shares: “Hi  
Bruce … just checking in …. When will it be possible to sell 1000 shares?”  
[659] Mr. Wilsack’s escrowed shares were released to him in December 2000,  
following receipt of his termination letter from KHI. The letter contained a  
“gentleman’s agreement” that he “manage his account on advice from…Bruce  
Page 196  
Clarke.” Notwithstanding this language, Mr. Wilsack continued to sell KHI shares  
out of his Royal Bank account throughout January 2001, the bulk of which were  
purchased by suspect accounts.  
[660] Then, on February 9, 2001, while the conspirators were embroiled in a  
concerted effort to raise the KHI share price (recall Mr. Potter’s “FYI – Good to  
see!!” e-mail to Mr. Colpitts endorsing Mr. Wadden’s intentional increase of the  
KHI share price), Mr. Wilsack started buying KHI shares on the market at  
increasing prices:  
At 12:05 pm, Mr. Wilsack bought 500 @ $5.35; 500 @ $5.50; 200 @  
$5.60;  
At 12:36 pm, Mr. Wilsack bought 400 @ $5.55; 100 @ $5.95 the  
high price of the day.  
[661] For two of the 12:05 pm trades, Mr. Wilsack was buying from Bruce  
Clarke’s personal account. Considering that the KHI share price had been trading  
below $5.00, and that Mr. Wilsack had been selling shares for far less in the weeks  
prior, it is reasonable to infer that this uneconomic trading was done to assist the  
conspiracy.  
[662] A few days later, on February 13, Mr. Wilsack confirmed his awareness that  
the share price was being controlled and that Mr. Wadden was one of the primary  
actors:  
Hi Calvin,  
Just touching base. Looks like KHI is getting strong again..8-) …..great work!!!  
[663] Mr. Wadden replied:  
Market is getting stronger every day. I had a meeting with Ken, Dan, Ray,  
Bernard at breakfast. Ken had the Steve special .... he said you got that from him  
... hmmm!  
I made it a point to tell the whole table you are not selling into them ... you  
were actually buying! Big impact and helped me convince Ray and Bernard  
to support and help put the stock in the $6+ range. …  
[Emphasis added]  
[664] Mr. Wadden closed his e-mail with, “I can honestly say I is [sic] the reason  
the damn stock ain't at $4.00.”  
Page 197  
[665] Mr. Wilsack was clearly aware of Mr. Wadden’s importance to the  
conspiracy. When he wanted to sell shares in June 2001, he knew he needed Mr.  
Wadden’s permission to do so. He sought instructions from Mr. Wadden as to  
when he should sell, and at what price clearly aware that the KHI share  
transactions on the TSX were stage-managed:  
HI Cal…I would like to sell 1500 KHI shares….could you work them in during  
the next couple of days….let me know what price to list and when. Thanks,  
Stephen  
[666] On June 20, Mr. Wilsack again asked Mr. Wadden for permission to sell  
KHI shares:  
Hi Cal…just checking in to see about selling 2000 shares of KHI.  
I am going to put a sell order into Bruce on Thursday. I have been holding off as  
long as I could …. But got too many bills and visa bills mounting.  
[667] Mr. Wadden responded in great detail, describing his efforts to control the  
KHI share price and telling Mr. Wilsack that he was asking everyone to hold and  
not sell KHI shares. Mr. Wilsack told Mr. Wadden that someone else should carry  
the “big stick” (co-ordinate market control) and that Mr. Wadden had gone “way  
beyond the call of duty.” Like Mr. Wadden, Mr. Wilsack hoped that “the  
magician” (Mr. Potter) would have good news. Mr. Wadden began:  
Steve,  
I am working on your request every day but I have had no luck yet. Yesterday  
there was more selling from BMO and Yorkton and we are out of support. I am  
asking everyone to buy not to sell this week. I am hoping on Dan’s return on the  
weekend we will have some progress and positive news.  
I am going to keep doing what I can until I head for Russia the first week of July  
(fingers crossed) then I am moving away from KHI and persuing [sic] another  
career to see if I can rebuild. They say it is always easier the second time around.  
I hope there is some truth to that.  
I am asking everyone to send their statements to Dan by Saturday. I will forward  
mine today to ensure the group I am part of the solution. It will be interesting  
who will comply!? Blois mentioned he bought KHI (5,000 shares) last week for  
his mothers RRSP account. Things are really bad when that becomes our last bit  
of support.  
Going to be a rough few days..hope KHI can survive!  
Cal  
Page 198  
[668] Mr. Wilsack responded:  
Hi Cal..thanks for the update..as I said..time for someone else to carry the big  
stick for a while..you have gone way beyond the call of duty on this one,  
considering the events in the past 12 months.  
I will stop in next week..perhaps we can even go the the [sic] GM..8-)  
I will hold my breath for another few days to see what the magician pulls out of  
the hat.  
If you need to chat..I can be in the city in 55 minutes or less…perhaps we should  
grab a game of golf in the next few days..let me know.  
Keep the faith Cal!  
Regards  
Stephen  
[669] On July 10, 2000, Mr. Wilsack cancelled his order to sell 2,000 shares with  
Mr. Clarke.  
[670] I find that Mr. Wilsack was a probable member of the conspiracy. On  
request, he did not sell when market pressures mounted (summer 2000 and  
June/July 2001), and he bought shares at increasing prices in February 2001 when  
there was a clear and intentional effort by the members of the conspiracy to  
artificially raise the market price.  
(9)Probable membership of Jack Sullivan and Jack Hill  
[671] Although the Crown is not seeking to admit any communications from Jack  
Hill or Jack Sullivan under the hearsay exception, it submits that there is ample  
evidence to demonstrate that both individuals committed acts as members of the  
conspiracy.  
[672] The Crown relies primarily on the evidence that Mr. Hill and Mr. Sullivan,  
along with Mr. McInnis, participated in the April/May 2001 warrant swap deal  
conceived by Mr. Wadden. Under that deal, each would acquire warrants for a  
nominal cost (1 cent each) and then exercise the warrants for $1.50 to acquire KHI  
shares from treasury. A condition of the deal was that once the KHI shares were in  
hand, they would be placed in a margin account and used to purchase shares off the  
market. The buying of the KHI shares from the market was done in support of the  
conspirators’ domination of the buy-side as Mr. Wadden clearly stated in his e-  
mail to Mr. Potter (who forwarded it to Mr. Clarke and Mr. Colpitts).  
Page 199  
[673] I find on a balance of probabilities that Mr. Hill and Mr. Sullivan acted as  
members of the conspiracy and that their share purchases in May 2001 should be  
included in any calculation related to the conspiracy’s market domination efforts.  
Stage 3 Use of exception evidence to make ultimate determination on  
membership of accused  
[674] At the third stage of the Carter analysis, the trier of fact may consider all of  
the evidence, including the out-of-court acts and declarations of other members of  
the conspiracy made in furtherance of the conspiracy to determine if the accused is  
a member of the conspiracy. The standard at this stage is beyond a reasonable  
doubt.  
[675] The hearsay exception does not apply to all acts and declarations of co-  
conspirators; it applies only to statements made in furtherance of the conspiracy.  
Notwithstanding its prominence in conspiracy jurisprudence, there is no precise  
legal definition of the term “in furtherance”. Courts have interpreted it broadly to  
include acts taken or declarations made to report, advance, or conceal the alleged  
conduct. As noted in Casey Hill, David M. Tanovich & Louis P. Strezos,  
McWilliams’ Canadian Criminal Evidence (Thomson Reuters Canada: Online,  
WestlawNext Canada) at 7:170.20.40:  
The rule only permits the use of acts and declarations made in furtherance of the  
common enterprise of the accused and declarant. A statement which is pure  
narrative, divorced from the operation of the common unlawful enterprise, is not  
made “in furtherance” of the design. Statements made to report back or within the  
design itself are, however, made in furtherance of the objects of the common  
enterprise. Similarly, statements or acts taken to preserve or conceal the existence  
of the design are done “in furtherance” of the design.  
Reassurances and updates given by one member to another in the context of an  
ongoing enterprise have been held to be “in furtherance” of the common design.  
Similarly, declarations “consisting of instructions and a report” were in  
furtherance of the conspiracy where the declarant uttering them was unaware that  
the conspiracy had been effectively terminated by the police. Acts done to avoid  
detection and prosecution, such as concealing a dead body, may also be within the  
objectives of the conspiracy and thus evidence of these acts may be admissible  
where the common enterprise is established.  
Where a substantive offence is alleged to have been committed as a result of a  
common design, hearsay statements admissible against the accused must similarly  
be “in furtherance” of the common design to be admitted. A statement is in  
Page 200  
furtherance of the common enterprise if it has the purpose of “advancing the  
objectives” of the common enterprise, and is thus distinct from mere narrative.  
[676] I have considered all of the correspondence referenced in this decision and I  
find it all to have been in furtherance of the conspiracy to commit fraud in relation  
to the market price for KHI shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Even without  
admitting these communications for the truth of their contents, I would have been  
satisfied the Crown has proven that the defendants were members of the  
conspiracy and are guilty of the conspiracy-related charges against them.  
Admitting the statements for their truth merely reinforces that finding.  
Fraud analysis  
[677] The defendants are charged with the general fraud offence related to the  
market for KHI shares (s. 380(1)(a)) and the specific fraud offence of affecting the  
public market price of KHI shares with intent to defraud (s. 380(2)).  
[678] The actus reus of fraud simpliciter requires proof of a dishonest act in the  
form of an act of deceit, falsehood, or other fraudulent means, and deprivation.  
Deprivation is established by proof of detriment, prejudice, or risk of prejudice to  
the economic interests of the victim, caused by the dishonest act.  
[679] The mens rea of fraud is established on proof that the accused knowingly  
(i.e., subjectively) undertook the conduct which constituted the dishonest act, and  
subjectively appreciated that the prohibited act could have as a consequence the  
deprivation of another (which deprivation may consist in knowledge that the  
victim’s pecuniary interests are put at risk).  
[680] The specific fraud offence of affecting the public market is more difficult to  
prove. The actus reus requires proof of a dishonest act in the form of an act of  
deceit, falsehood or other fraudulent means and that the dishonest act affected the  
public market price of stocks, shares, merchandise or anything that is offered for  
sale to the public.  
[681] The mens rea of the offence is established on proof that the accused  
knowingly undertook the conduct which constituted the dishonest act, that the  
accused committed the dishonest act with the intent to defraud, and that the  
accused subjectively appreciated that the public market price would be affected as  
a consequence of the dishonest act.  
Page 201  
[682] I have found that the defendants were members of a conspiracy to commit  
fraud in relation to the market price for KHI shares on the Toronto Stock  
Exchange. The conspiracy had its origins in Dan Potter’s “Share the Future  
Program” e-mail, and he acted quickly to keep people from selling stock while his  
campaign to increase buy-side activity was underway. He recruited Dr. Schelew to  
keep Anthony Phelips from selling 200,000 shares. When Mr. Phelips did decide  
to sell 50,000 shares a few weeks later, the defendants protected the share price by  
ensuring that the buy side was already arranged.  
[683] Indeed, by the time Gerard McInnis started at KHI in January 2000, the  
“collective” was firmly in place, working together to support the market. By the  
end of the month, the share price had risen to over $7.00 from $4.15 on its first day  
of trading on the TSX.  
[684] Unfortunately for the defendants, they made a decision in January 2000 that  
would come back to haunt them. To help effect the sale of one million shares by  
Donnie Snow, Calvin Wadden, and Ray Courtney agreed to purchase 178,900  
shares from Ken MacLeod. In the spirit of fairness to all involved, Mr. Potter  
released all of the escrowed shares of Mr. MacLeod, Mr. Wadden, and Mr.  
Courtney.  
[685] In March 2000, the defendants loaded the 540 account with cash and shares,  
which it used as leverage to purchase KHI shares on the market. Using the 540  
account allowed the defendants to sidestep insider disclosure obligations and create  
the misleading appearance of active public trading in the stock. From March 2000  
to January 2001, the 540 account spent $4,336,816 buying KHI shares on the TSX.  
[686] The dot-com crash in March 2000 changed the game. Public interest in tech  
stocks plummeted. Financing dried up. The defendants were under enormous  
pressure to keep the share price up while they tried to find new sources of  
investment that would keep the company alive. Their objective was clear keep  
people from selling the stock. If retail sellers do come to market, buy the shares.  
[687] The defendants exercised their influence to suppress sales by individuals  
they could control, like Steve Wilsack and Mr. Wadden (who had racked up  
massive debt by borrowing on his shares), while they courted potential investors.  
By this time, Ben Barthe, a German investor, had expressed interest in making a  
large investment in treasury shares.  
Page 202  
[688] By summer 2000, the 540 account was highly leveraged. To keep buying  
stock, Bruce Clarke started using client accounts, such as the Union and Enervision  
accounts, to make unauthorized purchases of KHI shares. Shirley Locke and Eric  
Richards, Investment Advisors with BMO NB, helped keep pressure off the stock  
by selling only when the buy side was prearranged.  
[689] By July 2000, Calvin Wadden was under pressure from BMO NB to clear  
his margin loans and he had grown fed up with not being allowed to sell any  
shares. He was done with KHI and he retained Brian MacLellan to negotiate an  
agreement with Mr. Potter (or his designates) for the sale of his entire position.  
This situation was a significant source of stress for the defendants and threatened  
to derail their efforts to protect the stock while they secured new investment.  
[690] A partial solution to the Calvin Wadden problem appeared to be an  
investment from Derek Banks. Mr. Banks agreed to purchase $1 million worth of  
shares directly from Mr. Wadden and Mr. Courtney. That was not what ended up  
occurring, however. On August 3, 2000, the day of closing, Mr. Banks was  
informed that he would instead be buying his shares on the TSX from Dan Potter’s  
RRSP. Once Mr. Potter had the proceeds in his account, he went on a buying  
spree, purchasing 143,800 shares of KHI, often at increasing prices. Many of his  
purchases were from other members of the conspiracy, including Mr. Courtney,  
Mr. Wadden, the 540 account, and Mr. Colpitts.  
[691] Also in August 2000, Dan Potter convinced Ben Barthe to purchase existing  
KHI shares on the TSX rather than investing in treasury. On August 4, Mr. Barthe  
agreed to purchase 250,000 common shares of KHI from Mr. Potter or his  
designates on the TSX at $6.80 per share. The plan was for Mr. Potter to use the  
proceeds to purchase Calvin Wadden’s shares. The Barthe transaction was to take  
place no later than August 31, 2000. Ken MacLeod and the 540 account stepped in  
to keep the price up in the interim, soaking up sell-side pressure and high closing  
the stock.  
[692] Days before the Barthe transaction was executed, Calvin Wadden  
apologized to the defendants and the KHI Board of Directors. With Mr. Wadden  
back in the fold, Mr. Potter no longer needed to use the Barthe proceeds to buy his  
shares. Instead, the proceeds could be directed to the many other shareholders who  
wanted liquidity. Mr. Barthe would end up paying less for his shares, selling  
pressure from the other shareholders would be relieved, and more transactions  
would signal an active market for KHI. Mr. Potter, through Bruce Clarke, directed  
Page 203  
the liquidity to individuals like Ray Courtney, Craig Dunham, Calvin Wadden,  
Steve Wilsack, Mr. Colpitts, Steve Tsimiklis and Shirley Locke.  
[693] In September 2000, David Fountain invested almost $2 million in  
purchasing 300,000 KHI shares on the TSX. Mr. Clarke directed half of the  
proceeds to the 540 account.  
[694] In October and November 2000, Mr. Potter was negotiating with Dr. Lutz  
Ristow and Ben Barthe for the purchase of 500,000 common shares from treasury  
at $6.50 per share ($3.25 million). At the same time, Bernard Schelew told him  
that he wanted to sell more than 1.3 million KHI shares to finance his new  
company. Mr. Potter was not going to let that happen. He suppressed Bernard  
Schelew’s sales and set out his “Recommended Plan of Joint Action,” which  
received a favourable response from his fellow conspirators.  
[695] To ensure that the Barthe/Ristow private placement closed, the conspirators  
dominated the buy side in October and November, regularly high closing the stock.  
Shirley Locke encouraged her client Darren Mitchell to invest, and he bought  
$20,000 worth of shares. With the company appearing to be doing well, Michael  
MacIntyre purchased 2,390 shares for himself and his children’s RESP. Mr. Potter  
pressured Calvin Wadden to keep Steve Tsimiklis from acting on his plan to sell  
shares to finance a real estate project. The private placement closed successfully.  
The next day, the stock closed below $6.50 for the first time in three months.  
[696] In December 2000, KHI decided to wind up the KHLP. The defendants  
were concerned about the possibility of almost 650,000 shares coming to market  
and decided to impose a six-month contractual hold period on the shares. The  
initial LP subscription agreement contained no such restriction. When a unitholder  
expressed frustration upon learning of the hold period, Mr. Potter advised Mr.  
McInnis to respond that all the other unitholders had agreed to the restriction.  
When the share certificates were issued on December 28, Mr. Colpitts hand-  
delivered Mr. Wadden’s certificate so that it could be used as leverage to purchase  
20,000 shares on the market.  
[697] Also in December 2000, the defendants advised Gerard McInnis to “rag the  
puck” in relation to releasing shares purchased by CD-ED employees who had  
already paid to exercise options. On December 13, Steve Wilsack’s shares were  
released from escrow. His KHI settlement letter included a “soft/non-legal”  
paragraph confirming the company’s understanding that Mr. Wilsack intended to  
Page 204  
hold his shares for the time being and “otherwise manage your account as  
necessary on advice from your financial advisor, Bruce Clark [sic].”  
[698] By January 2001, KHI was in financial trouble. Dan Potter distributed a  
memo to the Board of Directors explaining that KHI’s operating credit facilities  
had been reduced from $3 million to $500,000, and that immediate investment  
from existing stakeholders was necessary to keep the company going. Although  
KHI did not disclose this information, rumours of KHI’s financial distress had  
apparently hit the streets and shareholders wanted to sell. To the best of his ability,  
Bruce Clarke began ignoring client instructions to sell. When backed into a corner,  
he used conspirator accounts to soak up the sell-side pressure.  
[699] On January 24, Mr. Potter drafted a memo contemplating a $2 million  
treasury issue. The memo also stated that the major shareholders would enter into  
a managed selling agreement and agree to provide option incentives “to persons  
who provide market support and liquidity for the Company’s shares.” Mr. Potter  
also sent letters to Dr. Ristow and Mr. Barthe looking for further investment.  
[700] Also in January 2001, Jim Wilson of Staffing Strategists needed cash.  
Rather than letting him sell shares, Dan Potter and Bruce Clarke arranged for a  
transfer of 95,000 shares of Anitech Enterprises into the Staffing Strategists  
account. Staffing Strategists then sold the shares for $1.05 per share.  
[701] In February 2001, Mr. Colpitts prepared an agreement giving Steve  
Tsimiklis options on 123,870 KHI shares at an exercise price of 50 cents in  
exchange for not selling any of his KHI shares. Calvin Wadden took on an  
investor relations role that involved “overall co-ordination of the day to day retail  
market” with Bruce Clarke. Bernard Schelew and Steve Wilsack started buying  
shares on the market as part of an effort by the conspirators to push the stock price  
up toward $6.00 to $6.50. High closing the stock was part of this effort. Dan  
Potter updated the Board of Directors, outlining a series of operational steps the  
company had taken to address the “financial crunch”. He confirmed that a  
managed selling agreement had been reached by the five largest shareholders and  
advised that the company had obtained commitments for $1.25 million of the $2  
million private placement. He cautioned, however, that KHI’s future was in  
jeopardy if it did not secure the remaining $750,000. None of this information was  
disclosed to the public.  
[702] In March 2001, Calvin Wadden came up with the idea that one of the five  
major shareholders should sell the bulk of his shares “for a song” to either Charlie  
Page 205  
Keating or David Fountain to incent them to contribute $1 million to the private  
placement. Mr. Potter was in favour of the idea, and made a “strong  
recommendation” that all five major shareholders commit to buying 5,000 more  
shares while they worked on all the options. On March 19, Steven Clarke  
informed Mr. Potter that his accounts had gone under margin, and that every five  
cent drop in KHI’s share price would cost him $15,000. Jim Wilson’s Staffing  
Strategists account also received a margin call, for $155,000. To keep him from  
selling shares, Mr. Potter or Mr. Colpitts arranged for the company to acquire  
240,000 warrants from Ken MacLeod for $1.51 per share at a time when the  
market value was $5.40, bringing the account back on side and creating $100,000  
in excess margin that could be used to fund operations.  
[703] In April 2001, Calvin Wadden came up with the “warrant swap” idea, which  
was executed by Gerard McInnis, Jack Sullivan, and Jack Hill. This plan resulted  
in the infusion of cash into treasury along with additional market support purchases  
in May by the three warrant recipients. Also in April, Mr. Colpitts became  
suspicious that Steve Wilsack was selling KHI shares on the market, and  
threatened legal action against him for allegedly breaching the terms of his  
settlement agreement.  
[704] In June 2001, Steve Wilsack had bills mounting and needed to sell some  
shares. When he instructed Mr. Clarke to sell 2,000 shares, Mr. Clarke forwarded  
the e-mail to Mr. Colpitts who drafted a response on his behalf. During the same  
period, Mr. Clarke convinced Michael Mahoney not to sell his KHI shares to  
finance his three-week motorcycle trip, but to borrow on the shares instead.  
[705] On June 21, 2001, Calvin Wadden e-mailed Mr. Potter to resign from his  
investor relations role. On June 27, 2001, the LP share hold period ended. On July  
12, Dan Potter wrote in an e-mail that “[w]e are working to keep this low key a  
number of the shares are still being held and will only be released upon request.”  
When Mr. Colpitts was contacted by George Unsworth, who wanted his share  
certificate, Mr. Colpitts brushed him off.  
[706] In July 2001, NBFL cut the loan value on KHI shares to 35%, triggering  
margin calls. On July 30, Thomas Hickey invested after Dan Potter suggested that  
“everything was rosy” at KHI. At the same time, Michael Chambers received a  
call from his accountant, Doug Rudolph, who recommended that he invest his  
pension money in KHI. Mr. Chambers gave Mr. Rudolph authority to make the  
Page 206  
investment. On July 31, Mr. Rudolph invested roughly $56,000 of Mr. Chambers  
pension funds into KHI stock.  
[707] On August 16, 2001, ITI announced that it had gone into receivership,  
triggering margin calls for several ITI shareholders who also held KHI. Making  
things worse, KHI announced an agreement with IBK Capital Corp. that was not  
favourably received. Shareholders began aggressively selling their shares, and the  
bottom fell out of the KHI market.  
[708] In the weeks after the stock price collapsed, Mr. Colpitts purchased claims  
against KHI from two LP unitholders who had not received their share certificates  
in a timely manner.  
[709] As the foregoing demonstrates, the defendants and their fellow conspirators  
used a variety of techniques to manipulate the market for KHI shares. Starting with  
market domination, Ian Black identified a list of suspect accounts that purchased  
shares as part of the conspiracy. While I agree with most of this list, I have not  
included the purchases by Gerald Doucet or Stevens Construction in reaching my  
conclusions. Even without these purchases, the amount spent by the suspect  
accounts purchasing KHI shares on the TSX exceeds $11 million.  
[710] The defendants, together with Bruce Clarke and the other conspirators,  
suppressed sales by numerous individuals, including Steve Wilsack, Calvin  
Wadden, Bernard Schelew, Steve Tsimiklis, LP unitholders, Jim Wilson, Michael  
Mahoney, John Groves, and others.  
[711] The defendants, together with their fellow conspirators, regularly high  
closed the stock. They also failed to disclose material information concerning the  
“KHI buying network”, KHI’s financial situation and the existence of a managed  
selling agreement.  
[712] All of these activities constitute “fraudulent means” in a regulated securities  
market like the TSX. I find that each of the defendants knowingly undertook these  
activities and subjectively appreciated that their conduct could have as a  
consequence the deprivation of another. Their goal was to artificially maintain the  
KHI stock price while they secured new investors, who, as a result of the  
defendants’ conduct, would be making investment decisions based on a misleading  
impression of the level of demand for the stock. In other words, the defendants  
acted with an intent to defraud.  
Page 207  
[713] The defendants argue that the Crown has failed to prove that their conduct  
affected the price of KHI stock. I disagree. Where market manipulation is alleged  
to have occurred in a narrow window of time, or to have involved a small number  
of purchases, proving that an accused’s activities created an artificial price would  
be quite challenging. In this case, however, the defendants’ conduct spanned an  
18-month period which, significantly, included the dot-com crash. During this  
time, the conspirators spent more than $11 million buying over 50% of the KHI  
shares that crossed the Exchange. Even Mr. Potter’s own statements support the  
conclusion that the defendants succeeded in artificially maintaining the share price.  
In his January 15, 2001, memo to the KHI Board of Directors, for example, Mr.  
Potter noted:  
The price of KHI shares declined only $.15 on a year-over-year comparison (Dec.  
31 2000 compared to Dec. 1999). This is in an environment where the market  
value of many comparable companies declined sharply, often by amounts well in  
excess of 50%.  
[714] I find that the defendants’ conduct affected the price of KHI shares on the  
Toronto Stock Exchange. This conduct not only put the economic interests of  
existing and potential KHI shareholders at risk, but caused significant economic  
loss to numerous investors, known and unknown, and financial institutions. As a  
result, I find each defendant guilty of fraud contrary to ss. 380(1)(a) (two counts  
each) and 380(2) (one count each).  
Page 208  
Kienapple principle  
[715] Although I have found the defendants guilty on all five counts of the  
indictment, I enter convictions only on counts 1 and 2.  
Coady, J.  


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission